Annual Statements Open main menu

PLAINS GP HOLDINGS LP - Annual Report: 2020 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K
(Mark One)

    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
OR
    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-36132

PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware90-1005472
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
333 Clay Street, Suite 1600, Houston, Texas
77002
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (713) 646-4100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s)Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Class A Shares, Representing Limited Partner InterestsPAGPNasdaq
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes   No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No 
The aggregate market value of the Class A shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant (treating all executive officers and directors of the registrant and holders of 10% or more of the Class A shares outstanding, for this purpose, as if they may be affiliates of the registrant) was approximately $1.6 billion on June 30, 2020, based on a closing price of $8.90 per Class A share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. As of February 11, 2021, there were 194,097,504 Class A shares outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A pertaining to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. The registrant intends to file such Proxy Statement no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.



Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K—2020 ANNUAL REPORT
Table of Contents

Page

2

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
All statements included in this report, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including but not limited to statements incorporating the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend” and “forecast,” as well as similar expressions and statements regarding our business strategy, plans and objectives for future operations. The absence of such words, expressions or statements, however, does not mean that the statements are not forward-looking. Any such forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, based on what we believe to be reasonable assumptions. Certain factors could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from the results or outcomes anticipated in the forward-looking statements. The most important of these factors include, but are not limited to:

Factors Related Primarily to the COVID-19 Pandemic:

further declines in global crude oil demand and crude oil prices that correspondingly lead to a significant reduction of North American crude oil, natural gas liquids (“NGL”) and natural gas production (whether due to reduced producer cash flow to fund drilling activities or the inability of producers to access capital, or both, the unavailability of pipeline and/or storage capacity, the shutting-in of production by producers, government-mandated pro-ration orders, or other factors), which in turn could result in significant declines in the actual or expected volume of crude oil and NGL shipped, processed, purchased, stored, fractionated and/or gathered at or through the use of our assets and/or the reduction of commercial opportunities that might otherwise be available to us;
uncertainty regarding the timing, pace and extent of an economic recovery in the United States and elsewhere, which in turn will likely affect demand for crude oil and therefore the demand for the midstream services we provide and the commercial opportunities available to us;
uncertainty regarding the future impacts of COVID-19, which may depend on the development, deployment and effectiveness of vaccines; treatments and testing protocols; mutations of the virus resulting in increased transmissibility or severity of the disease or decreasing the effectiveness of vaccines or treatments; the capacity of our healthcare systems and public health infrastructure to manage current and future outbreaks; and various political and economic restrictions;
the timing of a return to market conditions that are more conducive to an increase in drilling and production activities in the United States and a resulting increase in demand for the midstream services we provide;
the refusal or inability of our customers or counterparties to perform their obligations under their contracts with us (including commercial contracts, asset sale agreements and other agreements), whether justified or not and whether due to financial constraints (reduced creditworthiness, liquidity issues or insolvency), market constraints, legal constraints (including governmental orders or guidance), the exercise of contractual or common law rights that allegedly excuse their performance (such as force majeure or similar claims) or other factors;
our inability to perform our obligations under our contracts, whether due to non-performance by third parties, including our customers or counterparties, market constraints, third-party constraints, legal constraints (including governmental orders or guidance), or other factors;
disruptions to futures markets for crude oil, NGL and other petroleum products, which may impair our ability to execute our commercial or hedging strategies;
General Factors:
our ability to pay distributions to our Class A shareholders;
our expected receipt of, and amounts of, distributions from Plains AAP, L.P.;
the effects of competition and capacity overbuild in areas where we operate, including contract renewal risk and the risk of loss of business to other midstream operators who are willing or under pressure to aggressively reduce transportation rates in order to capture or preserve customers;
negative societal sentiment regarding the hydrocarbon energy industry and the continued development and consumption of hydrocarbons, which could influence consumer preferences and governmental or regulatory actions that adversely impact our business;
unanticipated changes in crude oil and NGL market structure, grade differentials and volatility (or lack thereof);
environmental liabilities or events that are not covered by an indemnity, insurance or existing reserves;
3

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
fluctuations in refinery capacity in areas supplied by our mainlines and other factors affecting demand for various grades of crude oil, NGL and natural gas and resulting changes in pricing conditions or transportation throughput requirements;
maintenance of PAA’s credit rating and ability to receive open credit from its suppliers and trade counterparties;
the occurrence of a natural disaster, catastrophe, terrorist attack (including eco-terrorist attacks) or other event that materially impacts our operations, including cyber or other attacks on our electronic and computer systems;
weather interference with business operations or project construction, including the impact of extreme weather events or conditions;
the incurrence of costs and expenses related to unexpected or unplanned capital expenditures, third-party claims or other factors;
the successful integration and future performance of acquired assets or businesses and the successful operation of joint ventures and joint operating arrangements we enter into from time to time, whether relating to assets operated by us or by third parties;
failure to implement or capitalize, or delays in implementing or capitalizing, on investment capital projects, whether due to permitting delays, permitting withdrawals or other factors;
shortages or cost increases of supplies, materials or labor;
the impact of current and future laws, rulings, governmental regulations, trade policies, accounting standards and statements, and related interpretations, including legislation or regulatory initiatives that prohibit, restrict or regulate hydraulic fracturing or that prohibit the development of oil and gas resources and the related infrastructure on lands dedicated to or served by our pipelines;
tightened capital markets or other factors that increase our cost of capital or limit our ability to obtain debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms to fund additional acquisitions, investment capital projects, working capital requirements and the repayment or refinancing of indebtedness;
inability of producers, who have made commitments to our pipelines, to access capital to fund their drilling and completion activities;
general economic, market or business conditions (both within North America and globally and including the potential for a recession or significant slowdown in economic activity levels) and the amplification of other risks caused by volatile financial markets, capital constraints, liquidity concerns and inflation;
the availability of, and our ability to consummate, divestitures, joint ventures, acquisitions or other strategic opportunities;
the use or availability of third-party assets upon which our operations depend and over which we have little or no control;
the currency exchange rate of the Canadian dollar to the United States dollar;
continued creditworthiness of, and performance by, our counterparties, including financial institutions and trading companies with which we do business;
inability to recognize current revenue attributable to deficiency payments received from customers who fail to ship or move more than minimum contracted volumes until the related credits expire or are used;
significant under-utilization of our assets and facilities;
increased costs, or lack of availability, of insurance;
the effectiveness of our risk management activities;
fluctuations in the debt and equity markets, including the price of PAA’s units at the time of vesting under its long-term incentive plans;
risks related to the development and operation of our assets, including our ability to satisfy our contractual obligations to our customers; and
other factors and uncertainties inherent in the transportation, storage, terminalling and marketing of crude oil, as well as in the storage of natural gas and the processing, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing of natural gas liquids.
4

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Other factors described herein, as well as factors that are unknown or unpredictable, could also have a material adverse effect on future results. Please read Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” Except as required by applicable securities laws, we do not intend to update these forward-looking statements and information.
5

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PART I

Items 1 and 2.  Business and Properties

General

Plains GP Holdings, L.P. is a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership that has elected to be taxed as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. PAGP’s Class A shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the ticker symbol “PAGP.” PAGP does not directly own any operating assets; as of December 31, 2020, its principal sources of cash flow are derived from an indirect investment in Plains All American Pipeline, L.P (“PAA”), a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, through its 100% managing member member interest in Plains All American GP LLC (“GP LLC”) and its limited partner interest in Plains AAP, L.P. (“AAP”).

PAA’s business is based on the fundamental thesis that hydrocarbons are essential to the security and advancement of human quality of life and will continue to play a major long-term role in the world economy. We believe that midstream energy infrastructure provides a critical link between energy supply and demand, and is fundamental to the maintenance and advancement of our modern-day standard of living. Acknowledging the need for multiple forms of energy to meet growing world-wide demand, we believe absolute hydrocarbon demand will increase over time, driven by global population growth and a desire to improve quality of life. As a result, we believe that hydrocarbon energy infrastructure will remain critical and valuable.

PAA’s business model integrates large-scale supply aggregation capabilities with the ownership and operation of critical midstream infrastructure systems that connect major producing regions to key demand centers and export terminals. As one of the largest midstream service providers in North America, PAA owns an extensive network of pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage and gathering assets in key crude oil and natural gas liquids (“NGL”) producing basins (including the Permian Basin) and transportation corridors and at major market hubs in the United States and Canada. PAA’s assets and the services it provides are primarily focused on crude oil, NGL and natural gas.

PAA’s operations are conducted directly and indirectly through its primary operating subsidiaries, which comprise 100% of the assets and operations affiliated with PAA and its subsidiaries. As used in this Form 10-K and unless the context indicates otherwise (taking into account the fact that PAGP has no operating activities apart from those conducted by PAA and its subsidiaries), the terms “Partnership,” “Plains,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “ours” and similar terms refer to PAGP and its subsidiaries.

6

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Organizational Structure

The diagram below shows our organizational structure as of December 31, 2020 in a summarized format:

pagp-20201231_g1.jpg


7

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements


(1)Each Class C share represents a non-economic limited partner interest in us. The number of Class C shares that PAA owns is equal to the number of outstanding PAA common units and Series A Preferred units (“Common Unit Equivalents”) that are entitled to vote, pro rata with the holders of our Class A and Class B shares, for the election of eligible PAGP GP directors. The Class C shares function as a “pass-through” voting mechanism through which PAA votes at the direction of and as proxy for the PAA common unitholders and Series A preferred unitholders in such director elections. PAA common units held by AAP and PAA Series B preferred units are not entitled to vote in the election of directors.
(2)PAA holds (i) direct and indirect ownership interests in consolidated operating subsidiaries including, but not limited to, Plains Marketing, L.P., Plains Pipeline, L.P., Plains Midstream Canada ULC (“PMCULC”) and PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and (ii) indirect equity interests in unconsolidated entities including, but not limited to, BridgeTex Pipeline Company, LLC, Cactus II Pipeline LLC, Capline Pipeline Company LLC, Diamond Pipeline LLC, Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC, Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC, Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLC, STACK Pipeline LLC, White Cliffs Pipeline, L.L.C. and Wink to Webster Pipeline LLC.

Our Business Strategy

Unless we directly acquire and hold assets or businesses in the future, our cash flows will be generated solely from the cash distributions we receive on the Class A units of AAP (“AAP units”) we directly and indirectly own. AAP currently receives all of its cash flows from distributions on the PAA common units it owns.

Accordingly, our primary business objective is to increase our cash available for distribution to our Class A shareholders through the execution by PAA of its business strategy. In addition, we may facilitate PAA’s growth activities through various means, including, but not limited to, making loans, purchasing equity interests or providing other forms of financial support to PAA.

We maintain a one-to-one relationship between our Class A shares and the underlying PAA common units in which we have an indirect economic interest through our ownership interests in AAP and GP LLC (referred to as “Economic Parity”), such that the number of our outstanding Class A shares equals the number of AAP units we directly and indirectly own, which in turn equals the number of PAA common units held by AAP attributable to our direct and indirect ownership interest in AAP.

PAA’s Business Strategy

PAA’s principal business strategy is to provide competitive and efficient midstream infrastructure and logistics services to producers, refiners and other customers. PAA strives to address regional supply and demand imbalances for crude oil and NGL in the United States and Canada by combining the strategic location and capabilities of its transportation, terminalling, storage, processing and fractionation assets with its supply, logistics and distribution expertise. PAA intends to execute its strategy by:
Focusing on operational excellence, continuous improvement and running a safe, reliable, environmentally and socially responsible operation;
Using its well positioned network of midstream infrastructure in conjunction with its commercial capabilities to provide market access, flexibility and value chain solutions to its customers, capture market opportunities, address physical market imbalances, mitigate risks and generate sustainable cash flow and margin;
Optimizing its asset portfolio and operations to maximize returns on invested capital; and
Pursuing a balanced, long-term financial strategy that is focused on maintaining an investment grade credit profile and enhancing financial flexibility by making disciplined capital allocation decisions.

We believe PAA’s successful execution of this strategy will enable it to generate sustainable earnings and cash flow, and will position PAA to reduce leverage and maintain an investment grade credit profile while increasing returns to equity holders over time.
8

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PAA’s Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths position PAA to successfully execute its principal business strategy:
Strategically located, geographically diverse and interconnected asset base that provides operational flexibility and commercial optionality. The majority of PAA’s primary Transportation segment assets are in crude oil service, are located in well-established crude oil producing regions (with PAA’s largest asset presence in the Permian Basin) and other transportation corridors and are connected, directly or indirectly, with PAA’s Facilities segment assets. The majority of PAA’s Facilities segment assets are located at major trading locations and premium markets that serve as gateways to major North American refinery and distribution markets where PAA has strong business relationships. In addition, PAA’s pipeline, rail, barge, truck and storage assets provide PAA’s customers and PAA with significant flexibility and optionality to satisfy demand and balance markets.
Full-service integrated model and long-term focus attracts broad, diverse and high-quality customer base that supports sustainable fee-based cash flow generation. PAA’s strategically located and interconnected asset base enables it to provide its customers with a wide variety of services, including supply aggregation, quality segregation, flow assurance and market access. PAA focuses on building long-term relationships and alignment of interests with its customers. PAA believes this approach has helped it build a high-quality portfolio of customers and contracts (including long-term, third-party transportation contracts and acreage dedication contracts) that provide long-term volume support for its assets and, in turn, support long-term fee-based cash flow generation from its assets.
PAA possesses specialized crude oil and NGL market knowledge.  We believe PAA’s business relationships with participants in various phases of the crude oil and NGL distribution chain, from producers to refiners, as well as PAA’s own industry expertise (including PAA’s knowledge of North American crude oil and NGL flows), provide PAA with extensive market insight and an understanding of the North American physical crude oil and NGL markets that enables PAA to provide value chain solutions for its customers.
PAA’s supply and logistics activities provide it with the opportunity to realize incremental margins. We believe the variety of activities executed within PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment provides PAA with a low-risk opportunity to generate incremental margin, the amount of which may vary depending on market conditions (such as differentials and certain competitive factors).
PAA has the strategic and technical skills needed to execute strategic transactions that support its business and financial objectives, including joint ventures, joint ownership arrangements and divestitures. Since 2016, PAA has consummated over 10 joint venture and/or joint ownership arrangements and completed over $3 billion of divestitures of non-core assets and/or strategic sales of partial interests in selected assets. In addition, although acquisitions and investment capital projects are not currently a focus area, the strategic and technical skills needed to complete such transactions are very similar to those needed for other strategic transactions and since its initial public offering, PAA has completed and integrated over 90 acquisitions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.7 billion, and PAA has also implemented investment capital projects totaling approximately $16.7 billion.
PAA has an experienced management team whose interests are aligned with those of its unitholders. PAA’s executive management team has an average of 30 years of experience spanning across all sectors of the energy industry, as well as investment banking, and an average of 14 years with PAA or its predecessors and affiliates. In addition, through their ownership of PAA common units and grants of phantom units, PAA’s management team has a vested interest in PAA’s continued success.

9

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Our Financial Strategy

Our financial strategy is designed to be complementary to PAA’s financial and business strategies. Our only cash-generating assets consist of our direct and indirect limited partner interests in AAP, which currently receives all of its cash flows from distributions on the PAA common units it owns.

We have entered into an Omnibus Agreement with the Plains Entities which provides for (i) our ability to issue additional Class A shares and use the net proceeds therefrom to purchase a like number of AAP units from AAP, and the corresponding ability of AAP to use the net proceeds therefrom to purchase a like number of PAA common units from PAA and (ii) our ability to lend proceeds of any future indebtedness we incur to AAP, and AAP’s corresponding ability to lend such proceeds to PAA, in each case on substantially the same terms as we incur.

Accordingly, we may access the equity capital markets from time to time to enhance the financial position of PAA and its ability to compete for incremental capital opportunities (including organic investments and third-party acquisitions) to drive future growth. We currently do not intend to incur any indebtedness in the near term. We would expect to fund direct acquisitions made by us, if any, with a combination of debt and equity.

PAA’s Financial Strategy

Targeted Credit Profile

We believe that a major factor in PAA’s continued success is its ability to maintain significant financial flexibility. An important part of PAA’s financial strategy is its commitment to generating positive free cash flow after distributions with a continued priority on deleveraging while also prudently increasing cash returned to its unitholders.

In that regard, PAA intends to maintain a credit profile that it believes is consistent with investment grade credit ratings. PAA targets a credit profile with the following attributes:

a long-term debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA multiple averaging between 3.0x and 3.5x (See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a discussion of our selected items that impact comparability and our non-GAAP measures.);
an average long-term debt-to-total capitalization ratio of approximately 50% or less;
an average total debt-to-total capitalization ratio of approximately 60% or less; and
an average Adjusted EBITDA-to-interest coverage multiple of approximately 3.3x or better.

The first two of these four metrics include long-term debt as a critical measure, but do not include certain components of PAA’s capital structure such as short-term debt, preferred units and operating leases that may be considered by rating agencies in assigning their ratings. At December 31, 2020, PAA’s publicly-traded senior notes comprised approximately 97% of its long-term debt. Additionally, PAA also routinely incurs short-term debt primarily in connection with its supply and logistics activities that involve the simultaneous purchase and forward sale of crude oil and NGL. The crude oil and NGL purchased in these transactions are hedged. These borrowings are self-liquidating as they are repaid with sales proceeds. PAA also incurs short-term debt to fund New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) and Intercontinental Exchange (“ICE”) margin requirements. In certain market conditions, these routine short-term debt levels may increase above baseline levels. Similar to PAA’s working capital borrowings, these borrowings are self-liquidating. PAA does not consider the working capital borrowings or margin requirements associated with these activities to be part of its long-term capital structure.

Values and Sustainability

Our Core Values include Safety and Environmental Stewardship, Accountability, Ethics and Integrity and Respect and Fairness. Our Code of Business Conduct sets forth the ways in which these Core Values govern how we and PAA conduct ourselves and engage in business relationships. Additional information regarding our Core Values and our commitment to environmental and social responsibility is available in the Sustainability section of our website. See “—Available Information” below.

10

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Ongoing Activities Related to Strategic Transactions

PAA is continuously engaged in the evaluation of potential transactions that support its current business strategy. While in the past such transactions have included acquisitions and large capital projects, consistent with PAA’s current strategic focus on capital discipline, leverage reduction, portfolio optimization and free cash flow generation, PAA is currently primarily focused on evaluating whether it should (i) sell assets that it regards as non-core or that it believes might be a better fit with the business and/or assets of a third-party buyer or (ii) sell partial interests in assets to strategic joint venture partners, in each case to optimize PAA’s asset portfolio and strengthen its balance sheet and leverage metrics. With respect to a potential divestiture, PAA may also conduct an auction process or may negotiate a transaction with one or a limited number of potential buyers. Such transactions could involve assets that, if sold or put into a joint venture or joint ownership arrangement, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

PAA typically does not announce a transaction until after it has executed a definitive agreement. However, in certain cases in order to protect its business interests or for other reasons, PAA may defer public announcement of a transaction until closing or a later date. Past experience has demonstrated that discussions and negotiations regarding a potential transaction can advance or terminate in a short period of time. Moreover, the closing of any transaction for which PAA has entered into a definitive agreement may be subject to customary and other closing conditions, which may not ultimately be satisfied or waived. Accordingly, PAA can give no assurance that its current or future efforts with respect to any such transactions will be successful, and PAA can provide no assurance that its financial expectations with respect to such transactions will ultimately be realized. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to PAA’s Business—Divestitures, joint ventures, joint ownership arrangements and acquisitions involve risks that may adversely affect PAA’s business.”

PAA’s Joint Venture and Joint Ownership Arrangements

PAA is party to over 25 joint venture (“JV”) and undivided joint interest (“UJI”) arrangements with long-term partners throughout the industry value chain spanning across multiple North American basins. We believe that these capital-efficient arrangements provide strategic alignment with long-term industry partners, adding volume commitments to the systems and improving returns.

The following table summarizes PAA’s significant JVs as of December 31, 2020:

Entity (1)
Type of OperationJV
Ownership
Percentage
BridgeTex Pipeline Company, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline20%
Cactus II Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
65%
Capline Pipeline Company LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (3)
54%
Diamond Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
50%
Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
50%
Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC
Crude Oil Terminal and Dock (2)
50%
Red River Pipeline Company LLC (4) (5)
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
67%
Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLC (4)
Crude Oil Pipeline30%
STACK Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
50%
White Cliffs Pipeline, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline36%
Wink to Webster Pipeline LLC (4)
Crude Oil Pipeline16%

(1)Except for Eagle Ford Terminals, which is reported in our Facilities segment, the financial results from the entities are reported in our Transportation segment.
(2)Asset is operated by Plains.
(3)The Capline pipeline was taken out of service pending the reversal of the pipeline system.
(4)Entity owns a UJI in the crude oil pipeline.
(5)We consolidate Red River Pipeline Company LLC based on control, with our partner’s 33% interest accounted for as a noncontrolling interest.
11

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes PAA’s significant UJIs as of December 31, 2020, excluding UJIs that are indirectly owned by PAA through JVs (e.g., Wink to Webster, Saddlehorn and Red River JVs):

AssetOperating SegmentType of
Operation
UJI
Ownership
Percentage
Basin Pipeline (1)
TransportationCrude Oil Pipeline87%
Empress Processing (2)
FacilitiesNGL Facility50% to 88%
Ft. Saskatchewan NGL Storage and Fractionation (2)
FacilitiesNGL Facility21% to 48%
Western Corridor System (2)
TransportationCrude Oil Pipeline21% to 58%
Sarnia NGL Storage and Fractionation (2)
FacilitiesNGL Facility62% to 84%
Sunrise II Pipeline (1)
TransportationCrude Oil Pipeline80%

(1)Asset is operated by Plains.
(2)Certain of these assets are operated by Plains.

PAA’s Acquisitions

Since PAA’s initial public offering in 1998, the acquisition of midstream assets and businesses has been an important component of its business strategy. Over the last five years, PAA completed several acquisitions for an aggregate of approximately $2.0 billion, the majority of which related to an acquisition in 2017. While the pace of PAA’s acquisition activity has slowed down in recent years, it continues to selectively analyze and pursue assets and businesses that are strategic and complementary to PAA’s existing operations.

PAA’s Divestitures

In 2016, PAA initiated a program to evaluate potential sales of non-core assets and/or sales of partial interests in assets to strategic joint venture partners to optimize its asset portfolio and strengthen its balance sheet and leverage metrics. Through December 31, 2020, PAA has completed asset sales totaling more than $3 billion.

12

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PAA’s Investment Capital Projects

PAA’s extensive asset base and its relationships with long-term industry partners across the value chain provide it with opportunities for organic growth through the construction of additional assets that are complementary to, and expand or extend, its existing asset base. PAA’s 2021 capital plan consists of capital-efficient, highly contracted projects that help address industry needs. Substantially all of the capital will be invested in PAA’s fee-based Transportation and Facilities segments. The following investment capital projects are included in PAA’s 2021 capital plan as of February 2021:

ProjectDescriptionProjected
In-Service Date
2021 Plan
Amount (1)
($ in millions)
Permian Basin Takeaway Pipeline ProjectsPrimarily includes contributions for our interest in the Wink to Webster JV pipeline2021 - 2022+$140 
Long-Haul Pipeline Projects (Non-Permian)Primarily includes contributions for our interests in the Diamond JV pipeline expansion / Capline JV pipeline reversal1H 2021 - 2022115 
Complementary Permian Basin ProjectsMultiple projects to support the Permian Basin takeaway pipeline projects, and to expand/extend our gathering and intra-basin pipelines 1H 2020 - 2021+85 
Selected Facilities ProjectsPrimarily includes amounts for new connections at our St. James and Cushing facilities and a cavern conversion at our Fort Saskatchewan facility202150 
Other Projects2021 - 2022+35 
Total Projected Investment Capital Expenditures (1)
$425 

(1)Represents the portion of the total project cost expected to be incurred during the year. Potential variation to current capital costs estimates may result from (i) changes to project design, (ii) final cost of materials and labor and (iii) timing of incurrence of costs due to uncontrollable factors such as receipt of permits or regulatory approvals and weather.

13

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Global Petroleum Market Overview and Fundamental Themes

Current Global Petroleum Market Conditions

Crude oil and other petroleum liquids are supplied by producers around the world, including the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and North American producers, among others. The chart below depicts the relationship between global supply of crude oil and other petroleum liquids and demand since the beginning of 2016:

Global Petroleum and Other Liquids Supply / Demand Balance (1)
(in millions of barrels per day)
pagp-20201231_g2.jpg

(1)Average barrels produced and consumed per quarter.
Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration (“EIA”), Short-Term Energy Outlook, February 2021

In 2019, global demand for crude oil and other petroleum liquids worldwide averaged approximately 101 million barrels per day and since the year 2000 had grown at an average annual rate of approximately 1.0 to 1.5 million barrels per day. The largest drivers of demand growth were increases in population and rising standards of living in developing nations, particularly in Asia.

In 2020, global demand for crude oil and other petroleum liquids worldwide averaged approximately 92 million barrels per day, representing a significant decrease compared to 2019 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. As countries around the globe implemented government mandated shutdowns, demand for refined products such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel significantly decreased resulting in global crude oil and other petroleum liquids demand falling to approximately 81 million barrels per day in April of 2020.

As global demand decreased, inventories began to build and global crude oil prices reached historic lows. Global supply responded in an attempt to rebalance the market as OPEC enacted production cuts, and North American producers shut-in production and greatly reduced capital spending, leading to a 75% reduction in Lower 48 onshore rig count versus the March 2020 peak and an excess of infrastructure in every major North American producing basin.

14

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Both the EIA and OPEC currently forecast that global crude oil demand will recover to or near pre-COVID-19 levels by year end 2021. The global retrenchment of capital in both long-cycle and short-cycle supply combined with natural declines may put a constraint on the ability of producers to meet a meaningful recovery in demand. When demand does recover, there may be a need for incremental supply, and United States short-cycle shale is well positioned to meet this need. In the meantime, we as an industry must focus on rationalization and optimization of the existing infrastructure base while ensuring the ability to serve future growth of both supply and demand. Similar to crude oil, we expect demand for NGL to increase as the world population increases and as the population in developing nations seek to improve their quality of life. In addition, the resource base and the existing logistical infrastructure in North America is well situated to supply a meaningful portion of the expected increase in demand for NGL.

Crude Oil Market Overview

Crude oil is a global commodity that serves as feedstock for many of the world’s essential refined products such as transportation fuels (gasoline, diesel, jet fuel) and heating oil, among others. While commodities are typically considered unspecialized, mass-produced and fungible, crude oil is neither unspecialized nor fungible. The crude slate available to North American and world-wide refineries consists of a substantial number of different grades and varieties. Each crude oil grade has distinguishing physical properties. For example, specific gravity (generally referred to as light or heavy), sulfur content (generally referred to as sweet or sour) and metals content, along with other characteristics, collectively result in varying economic attributes. In many cases, these factors result in the need for such grades to be batched or segregated in the transportation and storage processes, blended to precise specifications or adjusted in value.

The lack of fungibility of the various grades of crude oil creates logistical transportation, terminalling and storage challenges and inefficiencies associated with regional volumetric supply and demand imbalances. These logistical inefficiencies are created as certain qualities of crude oil are indigenous to particular regions or countries. Also, each refinery has a distinct configuration of process units designed to handle particular grades of crude oil. The relative yields and the cost to obtain, transport and process the crude oil drive the refinery’s choice of feedstock.

We designed a business model to integrate large-scale supply aggregation capabilities with the ownership and operation of critical infrastructure systems that connect major producing regions (supply) to key demand centers (refineries) and export terminals. Our assets and our business strategy are designed to serve our producer and refiner customers by addressing regional crude oil supply and demand imbalances that exist in the United States and Canada. The nature and extent of supply and demand imbalances change from time to time as a result of a variety of factors, including global demand for exports; regional production declines and/or increases; refinery expansions, modifications and shut-downs; available transportation and storage capacity; and government mandates and related regulatory factors.

NGL Market Overview

NGL primarily includes ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane and natural gasoline, and is derived from natural gas production and processing activities, as well as crude oil refining processes. Liquefied petroleum gas (“LPG”) primarily includes propane and butane, which liquefy at moderate pressures making it easier to transport and store than ethane. NGL refers to all NGL products including LPG when used in this Form 10-K.

NGL is the primary feedstock for petrochemical facilities that produce many of the everyday consumer products used in the world. Individual NGL products have varying uses.  Described below are the five basic NGL components and their typical uses:

Ethane (C2). Ethane accounts for the largest portion of the NGL barrel and substantially all of the extracted ethane is used as feedstock in the production of ethylene, one of the basic building blocks for a wide range of plastics and other chemical products. When ethane recovery from a wet natural gas stream is uneconomic, ethane is left in the natural gas stream, subject to pipeline specifications.

Propane (C3). Propane is used as heating fuel, engine fuel and industrial fuel, for agricultural burning and drying and also as petrochemical feedstock for the production of ethylene and propylene.

Normal butane (C4). Normal butane is principally used for motor gasoline blending and as fuel gas, either alone or in a mixture with propane, and feedstock for the manufacture of ethylene and butadiene, a key ingredient of synthetic rubber. Normal butane is also used as a feedstock for iso-butane production and as a diluent in the transportation of heavy crude oil and bitumen, particularly in Canada.
15

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Iso-butane. Iso-butane is principally used by refiners to produce alkylates to enhance the octane content of motor gasoline.

Natural Gasoline. Natural gasoline is principally used as a motor gasoline blend stock, a petrochemical feedstock, or as diluent in the transportation of heavy crude oil and bitumen, particularly in Canada.

We source NGL supply from field processing plants that are connected to our Cochrane-to-Edmonton (“Co-Ed”) system and other third-party pipelines that deliver NGL to our storage and processing assets in the Fort Saskatchewan area in Canada, and large processing plants located near Empress, Canada. These plants straddle the TransCanada pipeline system which is a mainline carrier of pipeline quality gas and primarily extract ethane that feeds local petrochemical facilities, and to a lesser extent extract NGL, which can be processed at our Empress or Sarnia fractionators. We expect NGL supply to grow with increased natural gas production in Western Canada when TransCanada completes the expansion of its mainline system in 2021.

Natural Gas Storage Market Overview

North American natural gas storage facilities provide a staging and warehousing function for seasonal swings in demand relative to supply, as well as an essential reliability cushion against disruptions in natural gas supply, demand and transportation by allowing natural gas to be injected into, withdrawn from or warehoused in such storage facilities as dictated by market conditions. Natural gas storage serves as a “shock absorber” that balances the market, serving as a source of supply to meet the consumption demands in excess of daily production capacity and a warehouse for gas when production exceeds daily demand.

Overall market conditions for natural gas storage appear to be improving as several fundamental factors are contributing to growth in North American natural gas demand. These factors include (i) increasing exports of LNG from North America, (ii) increasing exports of natural gas to Mexico, (iii) construction of new natural gas-fired power plants, (iv) sustained fuel switching from coal to natural gas among existing power plants and (v) growth in base-level industrial demand. The increase in both supply and demand has created greater opportunities for natural gas storage operations.

16

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Description of Segments and Associated Assets

Under GAAP, we consolidate GP LLC, AAP and PAA and its subsidiaries. We currently have no separate operating activities apart from those conducted by PAA. As such, our segment analysis, presentation and discussion is the same as that of PAA, which conducts its operations through three segments—Transportation, Facilities and Supply and Logistics. Accordingly, any references to “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms describing assets, business characteristics or other related matters are references to assets, business characteristics or other matters involving PAA’s assets and operations. We have an extensive network of pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage and gathering assets in key crude oil and NGL producing basins and transportation corridors and at major market hubs in the United States and Canada. The map and descriptions below highlight our more significant assets (including certain assets under construction or development) as of December 31, 2020. Unless the context requires otherwise, references herein to our “facilities” includes all of the pipelines, terminals, storage and other assets owned by us.

pagp-20201231_g3.jpg

Following is a description of the activities and assets for each of our three business segments.

17

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Transportation Segment

Our Transportation segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with transporting crude oil and NGL on pipelines, gathering systems and trucks. We generate revenue through a combination of tariffs, pipeline capacity agreements and other transportation fees. Our Transportation segment also includes equity earnings from our investments in entities that own or are developing transportation assets. We account for these investments under the equity method of accounting. See Note 9 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these investments.

As of December 31, 2020, we employed a variety of owned or, to a much lesser extent, leased long-term physical assets throughout the United States and Canada in this segment, including approximately:

18,370 miles of active crude oil and NGL pipelines and gathering systems;
35 million barrels of active, above-ground tank capacity used primarily to facilitate pipeline throughput and help maintain product quality segregation; and
815 trailers (primarily in Canada).

The following is a tabular presentation of our active crude oil and NGL pipeline assets in the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2020, grouped by geographic location:

Region Ownership Percentage
Approximate System Miles (1)
2020 Average Net
Barrels per Day (2)
(in thousands)
Crude Oil Pipelines:
Permian Basin:
Gathering pipelines 100%3,265 1,472 
Intra-basin pipelines (3)
50% - 100%815 1,907 
Long-haul pipelines (3)
16% - 100%1,535 1,048 
5,615 4,427 
South Texas/Eagle Ford50% - 100%830 380 
Central50% - 100%2,495 379 
Gulf Coast54% - 100%1,170 134 
Rocky Mountain21% - 100%3,380 245 
Western100%545 223 
Canada 100%2,700 294 
Crude Oil Pipelines Total16,735 6,082 
Canadian NGL Pipelines21% - 100%1,635 184 
Crude Oil and NGL Pipelines Total18,370 6,266 

(1)Includes total mileage of pipelines in which we own less than 100%.
18

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)Represents average daily volumes for the entire year attributable to our interest. Average daily volumes are calculated as the total volumes (attributable to our interest) for the year divided by the number of days in the year. Volumes reflect tariff movements and thus may be included multiple times as volumes move through our integrated system.
(3)Includes pipelines operated by a third party.

A significant portion of our pipeline assets are interconnected and are operated as a contiguous system. The following descriptions are organized by type and geographic location and represent a selection of our most significant assets. Pipeline capacities throughout these descriptions are based on our reasonable estimate of volumes that can be delivered from origin to final destination on our pipeline systems. We report pipeline volumes based on the tariffs charged for individual movements, some of which may only utilize a certain segment of a pipeline system (i.e. two short-haul movements on a pipeline from point A to point B and another from point B to point C would double the pipeline tariff volumes on a particular system versus a single point A to point C movement). As a result, at times, our reported tariff barrel movements may exceed our total capacity.

Crude Oil Pipelines

Our crude oil pipelines are comprised of:

gathering pipelines that move crude oil from wellhead or central battery connections to regional market hubs;

intra-basin pipelines that are used as a hub system creating a significant amount of flexibility by creating connections between regional hub locations; and

long-haul pipelines that move crude oil from (i) regional market hubs to major market hubs such as Cushing, Oklahoma or to export facilities, including our Corpus Christi terminal or (ii) major market hubs to a refinery.

Gathering Pipelines

Permian Basin. We own and operate over 3,200 miles of gathering pipelines in both the Midland Basin and the Delaware Basin that in aggregate represent over 2.5 million barrels per day of pipeline capacity. This gathering capacity includes pipeline capacity that delivers volumes to regional market hubs. Approximately 75% of the capacity of our gathering systems is in the Delaware Basin.

Central. We own and operate gathering pipelines that source crude oil from Western and Central Oklahoma and Southwest Kansas for transportation and delivery into our terminal facilities at Cushing, Oklahoma.

Rocky Mountain. We own and operate pipelines that provide gathering services in the Bakken and the Powder River Basin.

Western. We own and operate a pipeline in the San Joaquin Valley that gathers locally produced crude oil, which is then delivered via our Line 63 pipeline system and/or Line 2000 pipeline for transportation to Los Angeles area refiners.

Canada. We own and operate gathering systems with capacity of approximately 220,000 barrels per day. These gathering systems source crude from truck terminals and pipeline connected facilities to deliver to the Enbridge Mainline system at our Kerrobert and Regina terminals in Saskatchewan.

Intra-basin Pipelines

Permian Basin. We own and operate an intra-basin pipeline system with a capacity of over 2 million barrels per day that connects gathering pipelines and truck injection volumes to our owned and operated as well as third-party mainline pipelines that transport crude oil to major market hubs. This interconnected pipeline system is designed to provide shippers flow assurance, flexibility and access to multiple markets.

19

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Canada. We own and operate intra-basin pipelines with capacity of approximately 290,000 barrels per day that deliver crude from northern and southern Alberta to the Edmonton, Alberta market hub. These pipelines provide shippers with flexibility to access the Enbridge and TransMountain long-haul pipelines along with the Imperial Oil Refinery. In addition, we have three cross-border pipelines that have the flexibility to move up to approximately 60,000 barrels per day of Canadian crude oil to our Rocky Mountain area long-haul pipelines. These intra-basin pipelines also have the ability to deliver up to approximately 105,000 barrels per day of crude oil to third-party pipelines in the Rocky Mountain region.

Long-haul Pipelines

Permian Basin. We own interests in multiple long-haul pipeline systems that, on a combined basis, represent over 1.5 million barrels per day of currently operational takeaway capacity (net to our ownership interests) out of the Permian Basin to major market hubs in Corpus Christi and Houston, Texas and Cushing, Oklahoma. Below is a description of some of our most significant long-haul pipeline systems within the Permian Basin region.

Permian to Cushing/Mid-Continent

Basin Pipeline (Permian to Cushing).  We own an 87% UJI in and are the operator of Basin Pipeline. Basin Pipeline has three primary origination locations: Jal, New Mexico; Wink, Texas; and Midland, Texas and, in addition to making intra-basin movements, serves as the primary route for transporting crude oil from the Permian Basin to Cushing, Oklahoma. Basin Pipeline also receives crude oil from a facility in southern Oklahoma which aggregates South Central Oklahoma Oil Province (SCOOP) production.

Sunrise II Pipeline. We operate the Sunrise II Pipeline and, through a UJI arrangement, own 400,000 barrels of the capacity. Our Sunrise II Pipeline transports crude oil from Midland and Colorado City to connecting carriers at Wichita Falls.

Permian to Gulf Coast

BridgeTex Pipeline (Permian to Houston). We own a 20% interest in the legal entity that owns the BridgeTex Pipeline, with two other partners. The pipeline, operated by a subsidiary of Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P., originates at Colorado City, Texas and extends to Houston, Texas. The pipeline has a capacity of 440,000 barrels per day and is capable of receiving supply from both our Basin and Midland South (formerly Sunrise) pipelines.

Cactus Pipeline (Permian to Corpus Christi). We own and operate the Cactus Pipeline, which has a capacity of 390,000 barrels per day, originates at McCamey, Texas and extends to Gardendale, Texas. Cactus Pipeline volumes are interconnected to the Corpus Christi, Texas market through a connection at Gardendale to our Eagle Ford joint venture pipeline system.

Cactus II Pipeline (Permian to Corpus Christi). We own a 65% interest in the legal entity that owns the Cactus II Pipeline (“Cactus II”), which we operate. Cactus II is a Permian mainline system that extends directly to the Corpus Christi, Texas market, and has a capacity of 670,000 barrels per day.

Wink to Webster Pipeline. We own a 16% interest in the legal entity that owns the Wink to Webster Pipeline (“W2W Pipeline”), which in turn owns 100% of certain segments of the W2W Pipeline and a 71% UJI in the segment from Midland, Texas to Webster, Texas. The W2W Pipeline originates in the Permian Basin in West Texas and transports crude oil to multiple destinations in the Houston and Galveston market areas. The pipeline system, which is currently in partial service, will provide approximately 1.5 million barrels per day of crude oil capacity (1.1 million barrels per day, net to the UJI interest) and is supported by long-term shipper commitments. Phase one of the pipeline system from Midland, Texas to Webster, Texas is currently in service. Phase two, which increases the pipeline system to 1.5 million barrels per day of capacity, is expected to be in service in the fourth quarter of 2021, at which time long-term shipper commitments will become effective. The third phase of the project, which includes the segments from Wink, Texas to Midland, Texas and from Webster, Texas to Baytown, Texas, has been deferred by the partners until the fourth quarter of 2023.

20

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
South Texas/Eagle Ford. We own a 50% interest in the legal entity that owns the Eagle Ford Pipeline through a joint venture with a subsidiary of Enterprise. We serve as the operator of the Eagle Ford Pipeline, which has a total capacity of approximately 660,000 barrels per day and connects Permian and Eagle Ford area production to Corpus Christi, Texas refiners and terminals. Additionally, the Eagle Ford Pipeline has connectivity to Houston, Texas via a connection with Enterprise’s pipeline at Lyssy, Texas.

Central. We own and operate various pipeline systems that extend from our Cushing terminal in Oklahoma to various refineries and/or crude oil hubs. Below is a description of some of our most significant pipeline systems in the Central region.

Diamond Pipeline (Cushing to Memphis). We own a 50% interest in the legal entity that owns the Diamond Pipeline through a joint venture with Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”). We operate the Diamond Pipeline, which extends from our Cushing Terminal to Valero’s refinery in Memphis, Tennessee. The Diamond Pipeline is underpinned by a long-term minimum volume commitment and currently has a total capacity of 200,000 barrels per day. Following the successful 2019 open season on the Capline Pipeline system (“Capline”), the joint venture partners sanctioned an expansion and modest extension of the Diamond Pipeline that will expand its capacity to approximately 420,000 barrels per day, connect it to Capline and facilitate the movement of volumes from Cushing, Oklahoma to St. James, Louisiana.

Red River Pipeline (Cushing to Longview). The Red River Pipeline is an approximately 235,000 barrel per day capacity pipeline that extends from our Cushing Terminal in Oklahoma to Longview, Texas, where it connects with various pipelines. The Red River Pipeline is supported by long-term shipper commitments and we serve as operator. In May 2019, we announced a new joint venture of the Red River Pipeline. Delek Logistics Partners, LP (“Delek”) purchased a 33% ownership interest in the new Red River Pipeline Company LLC (“Red River JV”) joint venture and we retained a 67% interest. In 2020, we put into service an expansion that enables additional volume pull-through from Cushing, Oklahoma and the Permian to the U.S. Gulf Coast markets, providing additional supply optionality for shippers. In support of this expansion, Delek increased its long-term throughput and deficiency agreement on the Red River Pipeline system from an existing 35,000 barrels per day to 100,000 barrels per day. The Red River JV has an approximate 69% UJI in the pipeline segment from Cushing to Hewitt and owns 100% of the segment of the pipeline extending from Hewitt to Longview.

Rocky Mountain. Our pipeline systems in the Rocky Mountain region provide access to our terminal in Cushing, Oklahoma as well as other major market hubs. We own and operate the Bakken North pipeline system that accommodates bidirectional flow and can move crude oil from the Bakken to the Enbridge Mainline system at Regina, Saskatchewan or from the Enbridge Mainline system to our terminal in Trenton, North Dakota. We own a UJI in a pipeline system that extends from the Canadian border to our terminal in Guernsey, Wyoming. This pipeline system receives crude oil from our Rangeland and Milk River Pipelines in Canada. In addition to these assets, our largest Rocky Mountain area systems include the following joint venture pipelines, both of which connect to our terminal in Cushing, Oklahoma.

Saddlehorn Pipeline. We own a 30% interest in the legal entity that owns the Saddlehorn Pipeline and, through a UJI arrangement, owns 290,000 barrels per day of capacity in the Saddlehorn Pipeline, which includes a recent expansion of 100,000 barrels per day. The pipeline extends from the Niobrara and Denver-Julesburg (“DJ”) Basin to Cushing and is operated by Magellan. The Saddlehorn Pipeline is supported by minimum volume commitments.

White Cliffs Pipeline. We own an approximate 36% interest in the entity that owns the White Cliffs Pipeline system through a joint venture with three other partners. The White Cliffs Pipeline system consists of one crude oil pipeline with approximately 100,000 barrels per day of capacity that extends from the DJ Basin to Cushing, Oklahoma and one NGL pipeline with approximately 90,000 barrels per day of capacity that extends from the DJ Basin to a tie-in location with the Southern Hills Pipeline in Oklahoma. The NGL pipeline is supported by a long-term capacity lease and long-term throughput agreements. A subsidiary of Energy Transfer LP serves as the operator of the pipelines.

Western. We own and operate the Line 63 and Line 2000 pipelines in California. Line 2000 is a mainline system that has the capacity to transport approximately 110,000 barrels per day from the San Joaquin Valley to refineries and terminal facilities in the Los Angeles area. Line 63 is used as a gathering and distribution system. The pipeline gathers crude oil in the San Joaquin Valley for delivery to Line 2000 and local refiners. In the Los Angeles area, the Line 63 distribution lines are used to move crude oil from Line 2000 to local refiners.

21

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Canadian NGL Pipelines

Supply lines. Our supply lines transport NGL from producing locations to downstream processing facilities. Our primary supply system, the Co-Ed NGL pipeline system, has transportation capacity of approximately 70,000 barrels per day and gathers NGL from Southwest and Central Alberta (Cardium, Deep Basin, and Alberta Montney) for delivery to our Fort Saskatchewan, Alberta NGL fractionation facilities. In addition, we own a 50% UJI in a supply line with capacity of approximately 50,000 barrels per day that carries NGL from our Empress, Alberta fractionation facility to cavern storage assets in Kerrobert, Saskatchewan.

Market lines. Market lines are typically used to transport NGL from production locations to further downstream market distribution and storage terminals. We own and operate one market pipeline, the Plains Petroleum Transmission Company (“PPTC”) pipeline system, which has approximately 15,500 barrels per day of capacity. The pipeline extends from our Empress, Alberta fractionation facility to our Fort Whyte terminal in Winnipeg, Manitoba. The pipeline also delivers NGL to various terminals and rail loading facilities along the pipeline system.

Hub lines. Hub lines connect regional hub locations, such as processing assets to storage and petrochemical facilities. We own and operate hub lines in eastern Canada with approximately 130,000 barrels per day of capacity that transport propane and butane from our Sarnia, Ontario fractionation facility to our St. Clair, Michigan and Windsor, Ontario storage, rail and truck terminals, as well as third-party locations, and ethane from the Kinder Morgan Utopia pipeline to Nova Chemicals’ Corunna petrochemical complex in Sarnia, Ontario.

Facilities Segment

Our Facilities segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with providing storage, terminalling and throughput services primarily for crude oil, NGL and natural gas, as well as NGL fractionation and isomerization services and natural gas and condensate processing services. We generate revenue through a combination of month-to-month and multi-year agreements and processing arrangements.

Revenues generated in this segment include (i) storage and throughput fees at our crude oil, NGL and natural gas storage facilities, (ii) fees from natural gas and condensate processing services and from NGL fractionation and isomerization services and (iii) loading and unloading fees at our rail terminals.

As of December 31, 2020, we owned, operated or employed a variety of long-term physical assets throughout the United States and Canada in this segment, including:

approximately 75 million barrels of crude oil storage capacity primarily at our terminalling and storage locations;
approximately 28 million barrels of NGL storage capacity;
approximately 68 billion cubic feet (“Bcf”) of natural gas storage working gas capacity;
approximately 26 Bcf of owned base gas;
five natural gas processing plants located throughout Canada and the Gulf Coast area of the United States;
a condensate processing facility located in the Eagle Ford area of South Texas with an aggregate processing capacity of approximately 120,000 barrels per day;
eight fractionation plants located throughout Canada and the United States with an aggregate net processing capacity of approximately 206,500 barrels per day, and an isomerization and fractionation facility in California with an aggregate processing capacity of approximately 15,000 barrels per day;
22 crude oil and NGL rail terminals located throughout the United States and Canada;
five marine facilities in the United States; and
approximately 330 miles of active pipelines that support our facilities assets.

22

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The following discussion contains a detailed description of our more significant Facilities segment assets.

Crude Oil Storage and Terminalling Facilities

Our largest crude oil terminals are located in key market hubs, including Cushing, Oklahoma, St. James, Louisiana, Midland, Texas and Patoka, Illinois, and have connectivity to all major inbound and outbound pipelines and other terminals at these hubs.

We are the largest provider of crude oil terminalling services in Cushing, Oklahoma, which is one of the largest physical trading hubs in the United States and is the delivery point for crude oil futures contracts traded on the NYMEX. Our Cushing Terminal has been designated by the NYMEX as an approved delivery location for crude oil delivered under the NYMEX light sweet crude oil futures contract.

Our Cushing terminal is connected to our long-haul pipelines from the Permian Basin and Rocky Mountain regions, as well as to our Central region gathering pipelines. Additionally the terminal supplies crude oil to all four of our joint venture, Central region long-haul pipelines.

Our Midland terminal has access to all of our Permian Basin gathering pipelines, either through direct connections, or through our intra-basin pipelines in the Permian Basin. Likewise, the terminal is also either directly connected, or connected through our intra-basin pipelines to all four of our Permian Basin long-haul pipelines.

Our terminals at Corpus Christi, Texas, St. James, Louisiana and Mobile, Alabama all have docks and the capacity to export crude oil. In addition, our St James terminal has a rail unload facility that can move crude from rail cars to pipelines that service local refiners, or to our dock for export.

Our Patoka and St. James terminals are both connected to Capline pipeline, and the terminals will be a receipt and destination facility, respectively, once Capline is placed into service in 2022.

Our crude oil terminals have significant flexibility and operational capabilities, including large-scale multi-grade handling and segregation capabilities and multiple marine transportation loading and unloading capabilities. The table below presents our crude oil storage capacity by location as of December 31, 2020:

Crude Oil Storage FacilitiesTotal Capacity
(MMBbls)
Cushing27 
St. James15 
Patoka
Permian Basin Area
Mobile and Ten Mile
Corpus Christi (1)
Other (2)
12 
75 

(1)We own 50% of this storage capacity through our investment in Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC.
(2)Amount includes approximately 2 million barrels of storage capacity associated with our crude oil rail terminal operations.

23

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NGL Storage, Fractionation and Isomerization and Natural Gas Processing Facilities

We have a large integrated network of NGL storage and fractionation and natural gas processing facilities throughout Canada, as well as NGL storage and fractionation facilities in the United States. The tables below present volumes and capacities for these facilities as of December 31, 2020 and our most significant assets are described further below.

NGL Storage FacilitiesTotal Capacity
(MMBbls)
Fort Saskatchewan11 
Sarnia Area
Empress Area
Other
28 

NGL Fractionation and Isomerization Facilities Ownership Interest
Total
Spec Product (1)
(Bbls/d)
Net
Capacity
(Bbls/d)
Empress100 %19,300 23,300 
Fort Saskatchewan21-100%49,100 68,100 
Sarnia62-84%47,200 90,000 
Other82-100%13,200 40,100 
128,800 221,500 

Natural Gas Processing Facilities (2)
Ownership Interest
Total Gas
Spec Product (1)
(Bcf/d)
Gas
Processing
Capacity 
(Bcf/d)
United States Gulf Coast Area100 %0.2 0.3 
Empress Area50-88%2.3 6.0 
2.5 6.3 

(1)Represents average volumes net to our share for the entire year.
(2)While natural gas processing volumes are presented, they are not indicative of revenues generated by these assets as fees associated with our natural gas processing activities are generally fixed.

Fort Saskatchewan.  The Fort Saskatchewan facility is located near Edmonton, Alberta in one of the key North American NGL hubs. The facility is a receipt, storage, fractionation and delivery facility for NGL and is connected to other major NGL plants and pipeline systems in the area. The facility’s primary assets include 28 storage caverns. The facility includes assets operated by us and assets operated by a third party. Our ownership in the various facility assets ranges from approximately 21% to 100%. Our Fort Saskatchewan fractionation facility has a design capacity of 85,000 barrels per day and is able to produce up to approximately 50,000 barrels per day of spec propane, butane and condensate. The remaining capacity is used to produce a propane and butane mix, which is sent to our Sarnia facility for further fractionation. Through our 21% ownership in the Keyera Fort Saskatchewan fractionation plant, we have additional fractionation capacity of approximately 17,300 barrels per day.

Sarnia Area.  Our Sarnia Area facilities in Southwestern Ontario consist of (i) our Sarnia facility, (ii) our Windsor storage terminal and (iii) our St. Clair, Michigan terminal. The Sarnia facility is a large NGL fractionation and storage facility located in the Sarnia Chemical Valley that contains multiple rail and truck loading spots. The Sarnia Area facilities are served by a network of multiple pipelines connected to various refineries, chemical plants and other pipeline systems in the area. This pipeline network also delivers product between our Sarnia facility and our Windsor storage terminal in addition to the delivery capability from our Sarnia facility to our St. Clair terminal. The Sarnia Fractionator is the largest fractionation plant in Eastern Canada and receives NGL feedstock primarily from the Enbridge pipeline system. The fractionation unit is able to produce approximately 120,000 barrels per day of spec NGL products. Our ownership in the various processing units at the Sarnia Fractionator ranges from 62% to 84%.
24

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Empress Area. We own and/or operate four straddle plants located in the Empress Area, capable of processing up to 6.0 Bcf of natural gas per day, however, supply available to these plants are typically in the 2.5 to 3.5 Bcf per day range. These plants produce approximately 30,000 to 40,000 barrels per day of NGL which can be fractionated at either our Empress or Sarnia fractionators. Our Empress fractionation facility is capable of processing and producing up to 23,300 barrels per day of spec NGL products and is connected to our PPTC pipeline system.

Other.  We have a long-term liquids supply and profit sharing contract with a third-party owned straddle plant, near Cochrane, Alberta, with gross processing capacity of approximately 2.5 Bcf per day. NGL produced from this facility are transported on our Co-Ed pipeline system to our Fort Saskatchewan area assets, and then to our Sarnia fractionator via the Enbridge pipeline system. In addition, we own a facility located near Bakersfield, California that provides approximately 15,000 barrels per day of isomerization and fractionation services to producers and customers.

Natural Gas Storage Facilities

We own two natural gas storage facilities with an aggregate commercial working gas capacity of approximately 68 Bcf in service as of December 31, 2020. Our natural gas storage facilities are strategically located within the Gulf Coast market and have a diverse group of customers, including liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) exporters, utilities, pipelines, producers, power generators and marketers whose storage needs vary from traditional seasonal storage services to hourly balancing. We are located near several major market hubs and our facilities have multiple physical interconnects with third-party interstate pipelines, intrastate pipelines and direct connect customers, serving markets in the Gulf Coast, Mid-Atlantic, Northeast, and Southeast regions of the United States.

Condensate Processing Facility

Our Gardendale condensate processing facility is located in La Salle County, Texas. The facility stabilizes condensate that is primarily sourced from our Eagle Ford area gathering systems. The NGL extracted at this facility is delivered to a third-party pipeline that delivers the NGL to Mont Belvieu, Texas. The facility has a total processing capacity of 120,000 barrels per day and usable storage capacity of 160,000 barrels. Throughput at the Gardendale processing facility is supplied by long-term commitments from producers.

Crude Oil Rail Facilities

We own crude oil rail loading facilities located at or near Carr, Colorado; Tampa, Colorado; Manitou, North Dakota; and Kerrobert, Saskatchewan. We own crude oil rail unloading facilities in St. James, Louisiana, Yorktown, Virginia and Bakersfield, California. The table below presents aggregate loading and unloading capacity for these facilities as of December 31, 2020:

Ownership InterestLoading
Capacity 
(Bbls/d)
Unloading
Capacity 
(Bbls/d)
Crude Oil Rail Facilities100 %264,000 350,000 

NGL Rail Facilities

We own 18 operational NGL rail facilities (including our Fort Saskatchewan rail facility, as well as facilities that can provide both crude oil and NGL service) strategically located near our NGL facilities as well as third-party distribution centers throughout Canada and the United States. Our NGL rail terminals are predominately utilized for internal purposes specifically for our supply and logistics activities. See our “Supply and Logistics Segment” discussion following this section for further discussion regarding the use of our rail terminals. The table below presents additional information regarding our NGL rail facilities as of December 31, 2020:

Ownership InterestNumber of
Rack Spots
Number of
Storage Spots
NGL Rail Facilities75-100%284 1,589 

25

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Supply and Logistics Segment

Our Supply and Logistics segment activities include the purchase, logistics and resale of crude oil and NGL in North America. Through these transactions, we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases and sales and future delivery obligations. The segment owns a significant volume of crude oil and NGL required to conduct our commercial activities. The crude oil and NGL used to support our ongoing commercial activities is classified as long-term assets and linefill or minimum inventory requirements. A summary of the assets employed to support our commercial activities, December 31, 2020, include approximately:

16 million barrels of crude oil and NGL linefill in pipelines owned by us;
4 million barrels of crude oil and NGL utilized as linefill in pipelines owned by third parties or otherwise required as long-term inventory;
680 trucks and 840 trailers; and
6,000 crude oil and NGL railcars.

Our crude oil activities generally include the purchase of crude oil at the wellhead or at central tank batteries typically owned by the crude oil producer. We may also purchase crude oil at market hubs, such as our Cushing terminal, or in-transit in a pipeline. We typically transport our crude oil supply to market hub locations, or directly to refiners using our pipeline or trucking assets and, to a lesser extent, pipelines owned by third parties. We may also optimize the value of our supply by executing exchanges with third parties, where we may exchange qualities of crude oil or the location of our crude oil, and we would either pay or receive a fee for the differential in value for the quality or location of the crude oil. We may use derivative instruments such as the NYMEX futures market to hedge our exposure to crude oil prices. We also hedge the currency differential between the U.S. and Canadian dollar for crude oil purchased on a Canadian dollar basis and sold on a U.S. dollar basis.

Our crude oil supplies are typically sold to refiners, crude oil exporters, traders or other market participants. All crude oil sales arrangements are subject to credit approval. In certain circumstances, where the market value for prompt deliveries of crude oil is discounted to the value for deferred delivery (such conditions are referred to as a “Contango Market”) we may store crude oil in tanks included in our Facilities or Transportation segments and use a NYMEX futures contract to hedge the value of the stored crude oil.

Our NGL activities include the purchase of both NGL and the spec components propane and butane (“spec products”). Our NGL supply is typically sourced at our Empress facility, where we acquire the rights to extract NGL from producers and/or shippers of the gas streams that pass through our Empress facility. The extraction rights that we acquire allow us to process that gas at our Empress facility and extract the higher valued NGL from the gas stream. We then purchase natural gas to replace the thermal content attributable to the NGL that was extracted. Our NGL supply at Empress is then either fractionated into spec products at our Empress fractionator, or transported on a third-party pipeline and fractionated into spec products at our Sarnia fractionator. Often times we will use derivative instruments to hedge the differential between natural gas prices and the spec product prices to ensure that we are able to extract and fractionate NGL, and deliver spec products to markets at a profitable margin.

We also acquire spec products from third parties. The majority of the spec products we purchase are at the end (“tailgate”) of our Fort Saskatchewan fractionator; however, we may also purchase butane from refiners and propane and/or butane from third-party processors. Some of the spec product we purchase at Fort Saskatchewan is combined into a propane/butane mix and transported on a third-party pipeline to our Sarnia fractionator. The spec products that we own are transported by pipeline, rail or truck and either delivered to one of our storage facilities, or delivered and sold to a third party. Similar to our crude oil activities, spec products may be profitably stored when there is a Contango Market. The value of the stored product is hedged using various derivative instruments.

Credit.  Our supply and logistics activities require significant extensions of credit by our suppliers. In order to assure our ability to perform our obligations under the purchase agreements, various credit arrangements are negotiated with our suppliers. These arrangements include open lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, standby letters of credit issued under our hedged inventory facility or our senior unsecured revolving credit facility. In addition, storing crude oil, NGL or spec products in a Contango Market, or otherwise, requires us to have credit facilities to finance both the purchase of these products in the prompt month as well as margin requirements that may be required for the derivative instruments used to hedge our price exposure.

26

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
When we sell crude oil and NGL, we must determine the amount, if any, of credit to be extended to any given customer. Because our typical sales transactions can involve large volumes of crude oil, the risk of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers is a major consideration in our business. We believe our sales are made to creditworthy entities or entities with adequate credit support. We also have credit risk exposure related to our sales of NGL (principally propane); however, because our sales are typically in relatively small amounts to individual customers, we do not believe that these transactions pose a material concentration of credit risk. Typically, we enter into annual contracts to sell NGL on a forward basis, as well as to sell NGL on a current basis to local distributors and retailers. In certain cases our NGL customers prepay for their purchases, in amounts ranging up to 100% of their contracted amounts. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our credit review process and risk management procedures.

The following table shows the average daily volume of our supply and logistics activities for the year ended December 31, 2020:

Volumes
(MBbls/d)
Crude oil lease gathering purchases (1)
1,174 
NGL sales144 
Supply and Logistics segment total volumes1,318 

(1)Of this amount, approximately 862 MBbls/d were purchased in the Permian Basin.

Impact of Commodity Price Volatility and Dynamic Market Conditions on Our Business Model

Crude oil, NGL and natural gas commodity prices have historically been very volatile. For example, in the last year, the prompt month NYMEX light, sweet futures contract (commonly referred to as “WTI”) price ranged from a low of approximately minus $38 per barrel to a high of approximately $63 per barrel. Similarly, there has also been volatility within the propane and butane markets as seen through the North American benchmark price located at Mont Belvieu, Texas, as well as with the basis differentials between Mont Belvieu prices and prices realized at various market hubs in North America.

While our objective is to position the Partnership such that our overall annual cash flow is not materially adversely affected by the absolute level of energy prices, market volatility associated with shifts between demand-driven markets and supply-driven markets or other similar dynamics has in the past, and may in the future create market conditions that are more challenging to our business model. In extended periods of lower crude oil and/or NGL prices, or periods where the supply and demand fundamentals compress regional location differentials, our financial results may be adversely impacted. In such market conditions, product flows on our pipelines in our Transportation segment may be adversely impacted and/or our Supply and Logistics segment may not fully recover its costs on certain transactions. Alternatively, in periods where supply exceeds regional demand and/or pipeline egress, product flows on our pipelines may be favorably impacted and/or our Supply and Logistics segment may be able to capture additional margins. In executing our business model, we employ a variety of financial risk management tools and techniques, predominantly in our Supply and Logistics segment. These are discussed in greater detail in the “—Risk Management” section below.

 Relative contribution levels will vary from quarter-to-quarter due to seasonality, particularly with respect to our NGL activities in our Supply and Logistics segment. However, we expect that (absent material outperformance in our Supply and Logistics segment) our fee-based Transportation and Facilities segments should comprise more than 90% of our aggregate segment results.

27

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Risk Management

In order to hedge margins involving our physical assets and manage risks associated with our various commodity purchase and sale obligations and, in certain circumstances, to realize incremental margin during volatile market conditions, we use derivative instruments. We also use various derivative instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate risk and currency exchange rate risk. In analyzing our risk management activities, we draw a distinction between enterprise-level risks and trading-related risks. Enterprise-level risks are those that underlie our core businesses and may be managed based on management’s assessment of the cost or benefit of doing so. Conversely, trading-related risks (the risks involved in trading in the hopes of generating an increased return) are not inherent in our core business; rather, those risks arise as a result of engaging in trading activities. Our policy is to manage the enterprise-level risks inherent in our core businesses by using financial derivatives to protect our ability to generate cash flow and optimize asset profitability, rather than trying to profit from trading activity. Our commodity risk management policies and procedures are designed to monitor NYMEX, ICE and over-the-counter positions, as well as physical volumes, grades, locations, delivery schedules and storage capacity, to help ensure that our hedging activities address our risks. Our interest rate and currency exchange rate risk management policies and procedures are designed to monitor our derivative positions and ensure that those positions are consistent with our objectives and approved strategies. We have a risk management function that has direct responsibility and authority for our risk policies, related controls around commercial activities and procedures and certain other aspects of corporate risk management. Our risk management function also approves all new risk management strategies through a formal process. Our approved strategies are intended to mitigate and manage enterprise-level risks that are inherent in our core businesses.

Our policy is generally to structure our purchase and sales contracts so that price fluctuations do not materially affect our operating income, and not to acquire and hold physical inventory or derivatives for the purpose of speculating on outright commodity price changes. Although we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced within our supply and logistics activities, we purchase crude oil, NGL and natural gas from thousands of locations and may experience net unbalanced positions for short periods of time as a result of production, transportation and delivery variances as well as logistical issues associated with inclement weather conditions and other uncontrollable events that may occur. When unscheduled physical inventory builds or draws do occur, they are monitored constantly and managed to a balanced position over a reasonable period of time. This activity is monitored independently by our risk management function and must take place within predefined limits and authorizations.

Customers

Marathon Petroleum Corporation and its subsidiaries accounted for 13%, 12% and 14% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. ExxonMobil Corporation and its subsidiaries accounted for 12%, 12% and 14% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Phillips 66 Company and its subsidiaries accounted for 11% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues during any of the three years ended December 31, 2020. The majority of revenues from these customers pertain to our supply and logistics operations. The sales to these customers occur at multiple locations and we believe that the loss of these customers would have only a short-term impact on our operating results. There is risk, however, that we would not be able to identify and access a replacement market at comparable margins.  For a discussion of customers and industry concentration risk, see Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Competition

Competition among pipelines is based primarily on transportation charges, access to producing areas and supply regions and demand for crude oil and NGL by end users. Although new pipeline projects represent a source of competition for our business, there are also existing third-party owned pipelines with excess capacity in the vicinity of our operations that expose us to significant competition based on the relatively low operating cost associated with moving an incremental barrel of crude oil or NGL through such unutilized capacity. In areas where additional infrastructure is being built or has been built to accommodate new or increased production or changing product flows, we face competition in providing the required infrastructure solutions as well as the risk that capacity in the area will be overbuilt for the foreseeable future. As a result of multiple pipeline expansions that have occurred or are being completed in the Permian Basin and other areas, together with meaningful reductions in expected production growth due to COVID-19 impacts, we anticipate competition for uncommitted barrels and contract renewals and extensions will be amplified in the coming years, increasing our contract renewal and customer retention risk.

28

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
In addition, depending upon the specific movement, pipelines, which generally offer the lowest cost of transportation, may also face competition from other forms of transportation, such as truck, rail and barge. Although these alternative forms of transportation are typically higher cost, they can provide access to alternative markets at which a higher price may be realized for the commodity being transported, thereby overcoming the increased transportation cost.

We also face competition with respect to our supply and logistics and facilities services. Our competitors include other crude oil and NGL pipeline and terminalling companies, other NGL processing and fractionation companies, the major integrated oil companies and their marketing affiliates, independent gatherers, private equity backed entities, banks that have established a trading platform, brokers and marketers of widely varying sizes, financial resources and experience. Some of these competitors have capital resources greater than ours. The addition of new pipelines supported by minimum volume commitments and/or acreage dedications could also amplify the level of competition for purchasing wellhead barrels, especially in the Permian Basin and thus impact our margins.


Regulation

Our assets, operations and business activities are subject to extensive legal requirements and regulations under the jurisdiction of numerous federal, state, provincial and local agencies. Many of these agencies are authorized by statute to issue, and have issued, requirements binding on the pipeline industry, related businesses and individual participants. The failure to comply with such legal requirements and regulations can result in substantial fines and penalties, expose us to civil and criminal claims, and cause us to incur significant costs and expenses. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Impacting PAA’s Business—PAA’s operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, climate change and related matters that may expose it to significant costs and liabilities. The current laws and regulations affecting PAA’s business are subject to change and in the future PAA may be subject to additional laws, executive orders and regulations, which could adversely impact PAA’s business.” At any given time there may be proposals, provisional rulings or proceedings in legislation or under governmental agency or court review that could affect our business. The regulatory burden on our assets, operations and activities increases our cost of doing business and, consequently, affects our profitability. We can provide no assurance that the increased costs associated with any new or proposed laws, rules or regulations will not be material. We may at any time also be required to apply significant resources in responding to governmental requests for information and/or enforcement actions.

The following is a summary of certain, but not all, of the laws and regulations affecting our operations.

Health, Safety and Environmental Regulation

General

Our operations involving the storage, treatment, processing and transportation of liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons, including crude oil, are subject to stringent federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to protection of the environment, including wildlife. As with the industry generally, compliance with these laws and regulations increases our overall cost of doing business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities as regulations are updated or new regulations are invoked. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory and remedial liabilities and the issuance of injunctions or other orders that may subject us to additional operational constraints. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could also result in negative public perception of our operations or the industry in general, which may adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Environmental and safety laws and regulations are subject to changes that may result in more stringent requirements, and we cannot provide any assurance that compliance with current and future laws and regulations will not have a material effect on our results of operations or earnings. A discharge of hazardous liquids into the environment could, to the extent such event is not insured, subject us to substantial expense, including both the cost to comply with applicable laws and regulations and any claims made by third parties. The following is a summary of some of the environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which our operations are subject.

29

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Pipeline Safety/Integrity Management

A substantial portion of our petroleum pipelines and our storage tank facilities in the United States are subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation’s (“DOT”) Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”) pursuant to the Hazardous Liquids Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, as amended (the “HLPSA”). The HLPSA imposes safety requirements on the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of pipeline and tank facilities. Federal regulations implementing the HLPSA require pipeline operators to adopt measures designed to reduce the environmental impact of oil discharges from onshore oil pipelines, including the maintenance of comprehensive spill response plans and the performance of extensive spill response training for pipeline personnel. These regulations also require pipeline operators to develop and maintain a written qualification program for individuals performing covered tasks on pipeline facilities. Comparable regulation exists in some states in which we conduct intrastate common carrier or private pipeline operations. Regulation in Canada is under the Canada Energy Regulator (“CER”), formerly the National Energy Board, and provincial agencies.

United States

The HLPSA was amended by the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 and the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006. These amendments have resulted in the adoption of rules by the DOT that require transportation pipeline operators to implement integrity management programs, including frequent inspections, correction of identified anomalies and other measures, to ensure pipeline safety in “high consequence areas” such as high population areas, areas unusually sensitive to environmental damage, and commercially navigable waterways. In the United States, our costs associated with the inspection, testing and correction of identified anomalies were approximately $41 million in 2020. Based on currently available information, our preliminary estimate for 2021 is that we will incur approximately $32 million in expenditures associated with our required pipeline integrity management program. However, significant additional expenses could be incurred if new or more stringently interpreted pipeline safety requirements are implemented. In addition to required activities, our integrity management program includes several voluntary, multi-year initiatives designed to prevent incidents. Costs incurred in connection with these voluntary initiatives were approximately $24 million in 2020, and our preliminary estimate for 2021 is that we will incur approximately $18 million of such costs.

PHMSA was reauthorized and the HLPSA was amended in 2011, 2016 and 2020. The regulatory changes precipitated by these actions have increased our cost to operate. For example, in October 2019, PHMSA published three final rules that create or expand reporting, inspection, maintenance and other pipeline safety obligations. Additionally, in the Fiscal Year 2021 Omnibus Appropriations Bill, Congress reauthorized PHMSA through fiscal year 2023 and directed the agency to move forward with several regulatory actions, including the “Pipeline Safety: Class Location Change Requirements” and the “Pipeline Safety: Safety of Gas Transmission and Gathering Pipelines” proposed rulemakings. Congress has also instructed PHMSA to issue final regulations that will require operators of non-rural gas gathering lines and new and existing transmission and distribution pipeline facilities to conduct certain leak detection and repair programs and to require facility inspection and maintenance plans to align with those regulations.

In October 2015, the Governor of California signed the Oil Spill Response: Environmentally and Ecologically Sensitive Areas Bill (“AB-864”) which requires new and existing pipelines located near environmentally and ecologically sensitive areas (“EESA”) connected to or located in the coastal zone to use best available technologies (“BAT”) to reduce the amount of oil released in an oil spill to protect state waters and wildlife. BAT includes, but is not limited to, installation of leak detection technologies, automatic shutoff systems, or remote controlled sectionalized block valves, or any combination of these technologies based on a risk analysis conducted by the operator. The Regulation became effective on October 1, 2020. Milestone dates include: May 1, 2021 – Requests for exemption (for pipelines located outside the Coastal Zone, if the operator can show through spill modeling / risk analysis that a release would not impact the coastal zone portion of an EESA) or deferral (pipeline already employing BAT) from the provisions of this Article shall be submitted to the State Fire Marshal no later than this date; October 1, 2021 – Submittal of Risk analysis, BAT evaluation, and implementation plan for existing pipelines; and April 1, 2023 – Completion of retrofit of existing pipelines with BAT is due. Compliance with these requirements will impact our pipeline operations in California and add to the cost to operate the pipelines subject to these rules.

The DOT has issued guidelines with respect to securing regulated facilities against terrorist attack. We have instituted security measures and procedures in accordance with such guidelines to enhance the protection of certain of our facilities; however, we cannot provide any assurance that these security measures would fully protect our facilities from an attack.

30

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The DOT has generally adopted American Petroleum Institute Standard (“API”) 653 as the standard for the inspection, repair, alteration and reconstruction of steel above ground petroleum storage tanks subject to DOT jurisdiction. API 653 requires regularly scheduled inspection and repair of tanks remaining in service. In the United States, our costs associated with this program were approximately $27 million in 2020. For 2021, we have budgeted approximately $30 million in connection with continued API 653 compliance activities and similar new EPA regulations for tanks not regulated by the DOT. Certain storage tanks may be taken out of service if we believe the cost of compliance will exceed the value of the storage tanks or replacement tankage may be constructed.

Canada

In Canada, the CER and provincial agencies regulate the safety and integrity management of pipelines and storage tanks used for hydrocarbon transmission. We have incurred and will continue to incur costs related to such regulatory requirements.

We continue to implement Pipeline, Facility and Cavern Integrity Management Programs to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and assist in our efforts to mitigate risk. Costs incurred for such integrity management activities were approximately $69 million in 2020. We are increasing our integrity dig and pipeline replacement projects to ensure safe and reliable operations as we seek to expand volumes on certain of our systems. Our preliminary estimate for 2021 is that we will incur approximately $81 million of costs on such projects.

We cannot predict the potential costs associated with additional, future regulation. Significant additional expenses could be incurred, and additional operational requirements and constraints could be imposed, if new or more stringently interpreted pipeline safety requirements are implemented.

Occupational Safety and Health

United States

In the United States, we are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that certain information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. Certain of our facilities are subject to OSHA Process Safety Management (“PSM”) regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals.  These regulations apply to any process which involves a chemical at or above specified thresholds or any process that involves 10,000 pounds or more of a flammable liquid or gas in one location.

Canada

Similar regulatory requirements exist in Canada under the federal and provincial Occupational Health and Safety Acts, Regulations and Codes. The agencies with jurisdiction under these regulations are empowered to enforce them through inspection, audit, incident investigation or investigation of a public or employee complaint.  In some jurisdictions, the agencies have been empowered to administer penalties for contraventions without the company first being prosecuted. Additionally, under the Criminal Code of Canada, organizations, corporations and individuals may be prosecuted criminally for violating the duty to protect employee and public safety.

Solid Waste

We generate wastes, including hazardous wastes, which are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”), and analogous state and provincial laws. Many of the wastes that we generate are not subject to the most stringent requirements of RCRA because our operations generate primarily oil and gas wastes, which currently are excluded from consideration as RCRA hazardous wastes. It is possible, however, that in the future, the exclusion for oil and gas waste under RCRA may be revisited and our wastes subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements, resulting in additional capital expenditures or operating expenses.

31

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Hazardous Substances

The federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended (“CERCLA”), also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original act, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, the hazardous substances found at the site. Such persons may be subject to strict, joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate waste that falls within CERCLA’s definition of a “hazardous substance.”  Canadian federal and provincial laws also impose liabilities for releases of certain substances into the environment.

We are subject to the Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) Risk Management Plan regulations at certain facilities. These regulations are intended to work with OSHA’s PSM regulations to minimize the offsite consequences of catastrophic releases. The regulations require us to develop and implement a risk management program that includes a five-year accident history, an offsite consequence analysis process, a prevention program and an emergency response program. In January 2016, the EPA finalized revisions to the Risk Management Plan (“RMP”) rules, including requirements for the use of third-party compliance audits, root cause analyses for facilities that experience releases, process hazard analyses and enhanced information-sharing provisions, effective March 2017. In November 2019, the EPA finalized revisions to the RMP rules, removing requirements related to public disclosure, third-party audits and post-incident root cause analyses, among others. However, several environmental groups and trade unions have challenged the EPA’s revised rule. OSHA has announced that it is considering similar revisions to the PSM rule, but, to date, has not issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. The potential for further revisions to either the RMP or PSM rule is uncertain at this time.

Environmental Remediation

We currently own or lease, and in the past have owned or leased, properties where potentially hazardous liquids, including hydrocarbons, are or have been handled. These properties may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and state and Canadian federal and provincial laws and regulations. Under such laws and regulations, we could be required to remove or remediate potentially hazardous liquids or associated wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators) and to clean up contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater).

We maintain insurance of various types with varying levels of coverage that we consider adequate under the circumstances to cover our operations and properties. The insurance policies are subject to deductibles and retention levels that we consider reasonable and not excessive. Consistent with insurance coverage generally available in the industry, in certain circumstances our insurance policies provide limited coverage for losses or liabilities relating to gradual pollution, with broader coverage for sudden and accidental occurrences.

Assets we have acquired or will acquire in the future may have environmental remediation liabilities for which we are not indemnified. We have in the past experienced and in the future may experience releases of hydrocarbon products into the environment from our pipeline, rail, storage and other facility operations. We may also discover environmental impacts from past releases that were previously unidentified. The costs and liabilities associated with any such releases or environmental impacts could be significant and may not be covered by insurance; accordingly, such costs and liabilities could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and/or financial position.

Air Emissions

Our United States operations are subject to the United States Clean Air Act (“Clean Air Act”), comparable state laws and associated federal, state and local regulations. Our Canadian operations are also subject to federal and provincial air emission regulations, which are discussed in subsequent sections.

As a result of the changing air emission requirements in both Canada and the United States, we may be required to incur certain capital and operating expenditures in the next several years to install air pollution control equipment and otherwise comply with more stringent federal, state, provincial and regional air emissions control requirements when we attempt to obtain or maintain permits and approvals for sources of air emissions. We can provide no assurance that future air compliance obligations will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

32

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Climate Change Initiatives

United States

The EPA has adopted rules for reporting the emission of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases (“GHG”) from certain sources.  Fewer than ten of our facilities are presently subject to the federal GHG reporting requirements. These include facilities with combustion GHG emissions and potential fugitive emissions above the reporting thresholds. We import sufficient quantities of finished fuel products into the United States to be required to report that activity as well.

In 2016, the EPA finalized regulations affecting new, modified and reconstructed sources of air emission in the oil and natural gas sectors (NSPS Subpart OOOOa) that required significant reductions in fugitive methane emissions from certain upstream and midstream oil and gas facilities. We had one natural gas storage facility for which a portion was subject to this regulation. In late 2020, the EPA rescinded the methane requirements of this rule, such that no Plains facility is now affected. There is a possibility that the Biden administration may reverse these changes, and we will continue to monitor these developments. For the period during which our single facility was subject to these requirements, compliance costs were not material.

California has implemented a GHG cap-and-trade program, authorized under Assembly Bill 32 (“AB32”). Since its start in 2014, California’s cap-and-trade program has only applied to large industrial facilities with carbon dioxide equivalent emissions over 25,000 metric tons. The California Air Resources Board has published a list of facilities that are subject to this program. At this time, the list only includes one of our facilities, the Lone Star Gas Liquids facility in Shafter, California because it is a significant combustion and propane fractionation source. As a result, compliance instruments for GHG emissions have been purchased since 2013.

Effective January 1, 2015, the AB32 regulations also covered finished fuel providers and importers. California finished fuels providers (refiners and importers) are required to purchase GHG emission credits for finished fuel sold in or imported into California. Plains Marketing was included in this portion of the regulation due to propane imports and completed its first year of compliance in 2016. Effective January 1, 2018, importers of finished fuels responsible for compliance costs associated with GHG has changed from the consignee to the importer on title of the product. Plains Midstream Canada is now included in this change to the rule due to its imports of propane into California and submitted its first compliance report in 2019.

California has also implemented several climate change initiatives via executive order. Executive Order B-30-15 was signed by California’s Governor in mid-2015. This Executive Order requires a 40% reduction in GHG emissions from the 1990 baseline level by 2030. Compliance with this reduction requirement may necessitate the lowering of the threshold for industrial facilities required to participate in the GHG cap and trade program. In late 2020, the governor of California issued an executive order setting targets on the limitation or phase-out of the sale of petroleum-fueled passenger, commercial, and off-road vehicles over the next 15 to 25 years. A number of other states are working to implement zero-emission vehicle requirements or targets. Separately, in October 2020, the Governor of California signed another executive order that establishes a state goal to conserve at least 30% of California’s land and coastal waters by 2030 and directs state agencies to implement other measures to mitigate climate change and strengthen biodiversity.

Certain other states where we operate, such as Colorado, have also adopted, or are considering adopting, regulations related to GHG emissions. While it is not possible at this time to predict how federal or state governments may choose to regulate GHG emissions, any new regulatory restrictions on GHG emissions could result in material increased compliance costs, additional operating restrictions, an increase in the cost of feedstock and products produced by our refinery customers, and a reduced demand for petroleum-based fuels.

33

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
In December 2015, the Paris Agreement was signed at the 21st annual Conference of Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (“UNFCCC”). The Paris Agreement, which came into effect in November 2016, requires signatory parties to develop and implement carbon emission reduction policies with a goal of limiting the rise in average global temperatures to 2°C or less. The United States is currently a signatory to the Paris Agreement. The Paris Agreement is likely to become a significant driver for future potential GHG reduction programs in participating countries, including the United States. President Biden has announced that climate change policy will be a focal point of his administration, and legislative or regulatory initiatives may be developed that may impose additional restrictions on our operations. In January 2021, President Biden signed an executive order directing the Secretary of the Interior to pause new oil and gas leases on public lands and in offshore waters of the United States. The Biden administration could also pursue the imposition of more restrictive requirements for the establishment of pipeline infrastructure or more restrictive GHG emissions limitations for oil and gas facilities. There is also a risk that financial institutions may be required to adopt policies that have the effect of reducing the funding available to the hydrocarbon energy sector. The Federal Reserve recently announced that it has joined the Network for Greening the Financial System, a consortium of financial regulators focused on addressing climate-related risks in the financial sector. Finally, to the extent increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods and other climatic events, such events could have a material adverse effect on our assets, particularly those located in coastal or flood prone areas.

Although it is not possible at this time to predict how legislation or new regulations that may be adopted to address GHG emissions would impact our business, any such future laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, demand for our services, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Canada

Federal Regulations. Large emitters of GHG have been required to report their emissions under the Canadian Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting Program since 2004. Effective January 1, 2018, the Federal Department of Environment and Climate Change lowered the reporting threshold for all facilities from 50 thousand tonnes per year (“kt/y”) to 10 kt/y GHG emissions. This has resulted in one additional PMC facility (for a total of four locations) being currently required to prepare annual reports of their emissions. The associated cost with this reporting requirement is not considered to be material.

In December 2015, the UNFCCC ratified the Paris Agreement to accelerate climate change initiatives and to intensify the actions of member nations in the reduction of GHG emissions. This ratification also included requirements that all parties report on their emissions status and agreement for a review every five years to assess success among member nations in attaining objectives and targets under this agreement. The Government of Canada has implemented a pan-Canadian approach to pricing carbon pollution requiring all Canadian provinces and territories to have carbon pricing in place by 2018, which is now in effect. The provinces and territories were granted flexibility in deciding how they implement carbon pricing either by placing a direct price on carbon pollution or adopting a cap and trade system. The Provincial programs that fail to meet the Federal government’s requirements for their programs are required to adopt the Federal program. The Federal program includes two components: a direct price on carbon pollution (the Federal price on carbon pollution will start at CAD$20 per tonne in 2019 and rise by CAD$10 per year to reach CAD$50 per tonne in 2022) and an output based pricing system (“OBPS”) designed to address competitiveness risk for large emitters. However, legislation has been proposed which, if enacted, may increase the carbon prices charged on businesses in jurisdictions subject to the federal program.

In November 2020, the Federal government introduced proposed legislation that would commit the government to reach net-zero GHG emissions by 2050 through setting legally-binding, five-year emissions reduction targets (2030, 2035, 2040 and 2045). The impact of this proposed legislation on PMC operations cannot be determined until the legislation is passed and details of emission reduction targets are disclosed.

In December 2020, the Federal government released a Climate Plan signaling its intent to increase the Federal price on carbon pollution from CAD$30 per tonne to CAD$50 per tonne in 2022 with a further annual increase of CAD$15 per year up to CAD$170 per tonne in 2030. Legislation has not yet been passed for the increase in price on carbon. Costs for compliance with any increase in cost of carbon will be budgeted annually as part of ordinary operating cost processes.

34

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
In April 2018, the Federal Department of Environment and Climate Change introduced regulations designed to reduce methane emissions by up to 45% by 2025 (from 2012 levels) from oil and natural gas facilities. The scope and requirements of the proposed rule are similar to the EPA methane rules described above. Effective June 2017, the Federal Department of Environment and Climate Change has introduced the Multi Sector Air Pollutants Regulations which set air pollution emission standards across Canada for several industrial sectors that utilize applicable equipment regulated under this program. The regulations establish specific limits to the amount of nitrogen oxides emitted from gas fueled boilers, heaters and stationary spark-ignition engines above a specified power rating. Based on these regulations, reporting obligations exist that are associated with seven facilities with equipment that meets specifications of the program. The implications of these regulations coming into effect are not believed to be material.

Provincial Regulations

Ontario. In February 2015, the Ontario Ministry of Environment and Climate Change issued a discussion paper that identified carbon pricing as a critical action necessary to reduce emissions of GHGs. In April 2015, the Ontario government announced it would be implementing a GHG cap and trade program, which would be implemented through the Western Climate Initiative (“WCI”), which included Quebec and California. Mandatory participants for the program were responsible for their emissions starting January 1, 2017. PMC’s facility at Sarnia was considered a mandatory participant in the program. Compliance with the federal OBPS is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our operations.

In July 2019, the Ontario government implemented the Emissions Performance Standards (“EPS”) regulation as a successor program to the repealed GHG cap and trade program. In September 2020, the Federal government accepted the EPS program as equivalent to the OBPS which allows Ontario to move forward with implementing the EPS. Ontario has yet to specify the start date of the EPS and must update regulations to bring the EPS program into effect. Until the EPS comes into force, the PMC Sarnia facility is subject to the OBPS program. Costs for compliance with the OBPS or EPS is budgeted annually and is not expected to have a material effect on operations.

In 2018, the Ontario government introduced an updated Sulphur Dioxide (“SO2”) standard which requires the reduction of SO2 from the current one hour average emission rate of 690 micrograms per cubic meter of air (“µg/m3”) to the new one hour standard of 100 µg/m3 by 2023 at industrial facilities. The introduction of this reduction measure requires evaluation of current emissions and may require equipment upgrades at our Sarnia facility. The evaluation process has not been concluded and the impact of the standard is still under review.

Alberta. The Alberta Climate Change and Emissions Management Act provided a framework for managing GHG emissions with the intent of reducing specified gas emissions to 50% of 1990 levels by December 31, 2020. The Specified Gas Emitters Regulation (“SGER”) was the initial program introduced which imposed GHG emissions limits on large emitters and required reductions in GHG emissions intensity. In January 2018, the SGER was replaced with the Carbon Competitive Incentive Regulation (“CCIR”) for compliance years 2018 and 2019. In January 2020, the Emissions Management and Climate Resilience Act replaces the Climate Change and Emissions Management Act and the CCIR was replaced with the Technology Innovation and Emissions Reduction (“TIER”) regulation. Compliance options under the TIER are similar to those under the previous SGER and CCIR programs such that a GHG fund credit purchase will be required if reduction targets identified under the program are not attained. PMC’s Empress VI facility is a mandatory participant under the TIER. For economic reasons, Ft. Saskatchewan and six other PMC facilities have opted in to be a part of the TIER program for 2020. By opting in, the fuel consumption at these asset locations avoid being subject to the federal fuel charge.

Alberta repealed the provincial “Climate Leadership Act” in May 2019 and removed its provincial carbon pricing program. The province is now subject to the federal carbon pricing program. Assets within the TIER program are exempt from the federal carbon pricing program but other fuel consumption as part of operations is subject to the federal levies. The federal fuel charge cost increase has been captured as part of the annual budgeting cycle.

In association with the federal methane reduction targets, the Alberta Energy Regulator amended Directive 60 to outline reduction requirements. New reporting measures and requirements for fugitive emission surveys and methane emission reduction came into force in January 2020. Cost for reporting and completing surveys have been captured within the 2020 and beyond annual operational budgets.

35

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Other Canadian Jurisdictions. Nova Scotia and Quebec Cap and Trade programs cover propane supplied by PMC into the Nova Scotia and Quebec markets. PMC is required to purchase GHG emission credits and submit annual compliance reports under each province’s respective Cap and Trade program. Program compliance costs will be passed along to the purchaser. Effective April 1, 2019, the federal carbon pricing program came into effect for provinces that do not have a carbon pricing program in place. This includes Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario and New Brunswick. Program compliance costs will be passed along to the purchaser.

Water

The U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, also known as the Clean Water Act (“CWA”), and analogous state and Canadian federal and provincial laws impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters of the United States and Canada, as well as state and provincial waters. Federal, state and provincial regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and/or criminal penalties for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA, and can also pursue injunctive relief to enforce compliance with the CWA and analogous laws.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) amended certain provisions of the CWA as they relate to the release of petroleum products into navigable waters. OPA subjects owners of facilities to strict, joint and potentially unlimited liability for containment and removal costs, natural resource damages and certain other consequences of an oil spill. State and Canadian federal and provincial laws also impose requirements relating to the prevention of oil releases and the remediation of areas.

In addition, for over 35 years, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”) has authorized construction, maintenance and repair of pipelines under a streamlined nationwide permit program under the CWA known as Nationwide Permit 12 (“NWP”). The NWP program is supported by strong statutory and regulatory history and was originally approved by Congress in 1977. From time to time, environmental groups have challenged the NWP program; however, to date, federal courts have upheld the validity of the NWP program under the CWA. In April 2020, the U.S. District Court for the District of Montana invalidated the 2017 decision by the Corps to reissue the NWP; however, industry groups appealed the decision, and the NWP was reinstated by the U.S. Supreme Court, pending a U.S. Circuit Court appeal process. We anticipate that the appeal will be decided in 2021. Additionally, in response to the vacatur, the Corps has announced a reissuance of the NWP 12 for oil and natural gas pipeline activities, including certain revisions to the conditions for the use of NWP 12; however, the rule has not been officially published and, with President Biden taking office in January 2021, may be subject to further revisions or suspension. While the full extent and impact of the vacatur is unclear at this time, we could face significant delays and financial costs when seeking project approvals from the Corps if we cannot obtain coverage under NWP 12.

In May 2015, the EPA published a final rule that attempted to clarify federal jurisdiction under the CWA over waters of the United States (“WOTUS”). This clarification greatly expanded the definition of WOTUS, thus increasing the jurisdiction of the Corps. Following the issuance of a presidential executive order to review the rule in January 2017, the EPA and the Corps proposed a rulemaking in June 2017 to repeal the May 2015 rule. The EPA and Corps also announced their intent to issue a new rule defining the CWA’s jurisdiction and finalized a stay delaying implementation of the 2015 rule for two years. Several states and environmental organizations announced their intent to challenge the stay and any attempt by the EPA and the Corps to rescind or revise the rule. However, on April 21, 2020, the EPA and the Corps announced the 2020 Final Rule concerning the redefinition of WOTUS. The 2020 Final Rule provides the outer bounds of the federal waters covered under the CWA’s key permitting programs such as Section 404 dredge and fill permits, Section 402 discharge permits and Section 311 oil spill prevention plans. The Final Rule took effect on June 22, 2020. In general, the 2020 Final Rule resulted in fewer federally regulated waters under the CWA offering a streamlined list of only four clear categories of jurisdictional waters and 12 exclusions. A decrease in mitigation requirements is expected, with traditional wetland states (e.g., Louisiana) and states in the arid west (e.g., Texas) expected to be among the most affected by the new rule. However, legal challenges to this rulemaking are ongoing, and it is possible that the new presidential administration could propose a broader interpretation of WOTUS.

Endangered Species

New projects may require approvals and environmental analysis under federal, state and provincial laws, including the National Environmental Policy Act and the Endangered Species Act in the United States and the Species at Risk Act in Canada. The resulting costs and liabilities associated with lengthy regulatory review and approval requirements could materially and negatively affect the viability of such projects.

36

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Other Regulations

Transportation Regulation

Our transportation activities are subject to regulation by multiple governmental agencies. Our historical operating costs reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations. The following is a summary of the types of transportation regulation that may impact our operations.

General Interstate Regulation in the United States.  Our interstate common carrier liquids pipeline operations are subject to rate regulation by the U.S. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) under the Interstate Commerce Act (“ICA”). The ICA requires that tariff rates for liquids pipelines, which include both crude oil pipelines and refined products pipelines, be just and reasonable and non-discriminatory. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ICA could result in the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

State Regulation in the United States.  Our intrastate liquids pipeline transportation activities are subject to various state laws and regulations, as well as orders of state regulatory bodies, including the Railroad Commission of Texas (“TRRC”) and the California Public Utility Commission (“CPUC”). The CPUC prohibits certain of our subsidiaries from acting as guarantors of our senior notes and credit facilities.

U.S. Energy Policy Act of 1992 and Subsequent Developments.  In October 1992, Congress passed the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (“EPAct”), which, among other things, required the FERC to issue rules to establish a simplified and generally applicable ratemaking methodology for petroleum pipelines and to streamline procedures in petroleum pipeline proceedings. The FERC responded to this mandate by establishing a formulaic methodology for petroleum pipelines to change their rates within prescribed ceiling levels that are tied to an inflation index. The FERC reviews the formula every five years. Pursuant to a December 2020 Order, commencing July 1, 2021, the annual index adjustment for the five year period ending June 30, 2026 will equal the producer price index for finished goods for the applicable year plus an adjustment factor of 0.78%. Rehearing of the December 2020 Order has been requested, and the requests remain pending before FERC. Pipelines may raise their rates to the rate ceiling level generated by application of the annual index adjustment factor each year; however, a shipper may challenge such increase if the increase in the pipeline’s rates is substantially in excess of the actual cost increases incurred by the pipeline during the relevant year. If the FERC’s annual index adjustment reduces the ceiling level such that it is lower than a pipeline’s filed rate, the pipeline must reduce its rate to conform with the lower ceiling. Indexing is the default methodology to change rates. The FERC, however, retained cost-of-service ratemaking, market-based rates and settlement rates as alternatives to the indexing approach that may be used in certain specified circumstances. Because the indexing methodology for the next five-year period is tied in part to an inflation index and is not based on our specific costs, the indexing methodology could hamper our ability to recover cost increases.

Under the EPAct, petroleum pipeline rates in effect for the 365-day period ending on the date of enactment of EPAct are deemed to be just and reasonable under the ICA if such rates had not been subject to complaint, protest or investigation during such 365-day period. Generally, complaints against such “grandfathered” rates may only be pursued if the complainant can show that a substantial change has occurred since the enactment of EPAct in either the economic circumstances of the oil pipeline or in the nature of the services provided that were a basis for the rate. EPAct places no such limit on challenges to a provision of an oil pipeline tariff rate or rules as unduly discriminatory or preferential.

Pipeline Rate Regulation in the United States. The FERC historically has not investigated rates of liquids pipelines on its own initiative when those rates have not been the subject of a protest or complaint by a shipper. The majority of our Transportation segment profit in the United States is produced by rates that are either grandfathered or set by agreement with one or more shippers. These rates remain regulated by FERC and are subject to challenge or review and modification by FERC consistent with the requirements of the ICA, which requires that tariff rates for liquids pipelines, which include both crude oil pipelines and refined products pipelines, be just and reasonable and non-discriminatory. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Impacting PAA’s Business—PAA’s assets are subject to federal, state and provincial regulation. Rate regulation or a successful challenge to the rates PAA charges on its U.S. and Canadian pipeline systems may reduce the amount of cash it generates.” for additional discussion on how our rates could be impacted by this policy change.

Canadian Regulation.  Our Canadian pipeline assets are subject to regulation by the CER and by provincial authorities. With respect to a pipeline over which it has jurisdiction, the relevant regulatory authority has the power, upon application by a third party, to determine the rates we are allowed to charge for transportation on, and set other terms of access to, such pipeline. In such circumstances, if the relevant regulatory authority determines that the applicable terms and conditions of service are not just and reasonable, the regulatory authority can impose conditions it considers appropriate.

37

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Trucking Regulation

United States

We operate a fleet of trucks to transport crude oil and oilfield materials as a private, contract and common carrier. We are licensed to perform both intrastate and interstate motor carrier services. As a motor carrier, we are subject to certain safety regulations issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association of the DOT. The trucking regulations cover, among other things: (i) driver operations, (ii) log book maintenance, (iii) truck manifest preparations, (iv) safety placard placement on the trucks and trailer vehicles, (v) drug and alcohol testing and (vi) operation and equipment safety. We are also subject to OSHA with respect to our U.S. trucking operations.

Canada

Our trucking assets in Canada are subject to regulation by both federal and provincial transportation agencies in the provinces in which they are operated. These regulatory agencies do not set freight rates, but do establish and administer rules and regulations relating to other matters including equipment, facility inspection, reporting and safety. We are licensed to operate both intra- and inter-provincially under the direction of the National Safety Code (“NSC”) that is administered by Transport Canada. Our for-hire service is primarily the transportation of crude oil, condensates and NGL. We are required under the NSC to, among other things, monitor: (i) driver operations, (ii) log book maintenance, (iii) truck manifest preparations, (iv) safety placard placement on the trucks and trailers, (v) operation and equipment safety and (vi) many other aspects of trucking operations.  We are also subject to Occupational Health and Safety regulations with respect to our Canadian trucking operations.

Railcar Regulation

We own and operate a number of railcar loading and unloading facilities in the United States and Canada. In connection with these rail terminals, we own and lease a significant number of railcars. Our railcar operations are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Federal Railroad Administration of the DOT, the OSHA, as well as other federal and state regulatory agencies and Canadian regulatory agencies for operations in Canada.

Railcar accidents involving trains carrying crude oil from North Dakota’s Bakken shale formation have led to increased regulatory scrutiny. PHMSA issued a safety advisory warning that Bakken crude may be more flammable than other grades of crude oil and reinforcing the requirement to properly test, characterize, classify, and, where appropriate, sufficiently degasify hazardous materials prior to and during transportation. PHMSA also initiated “Operation Classification,” a compliance initiative involving unannounced inspections and testing of crude oil samples to verify that offerors of the materials have properly classified, described and labeled the hazardous materials before transportation. In December 2015, Congress passed the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation (“FAST”) Act which was subsequently signed by the President. This legislation clarified the parameters around the timeline and requirements for railcars hauling crude oil in the United States. We believe our railcar fleet is in compliance in all material respects with current standards for crude oil moved by rail.

In December 2014, the North Dakota Industrial Commission adopted new standards to improve the safety of Bakken crude oil for transport. The new standard, Commission Order 25417, was effective April 1, 2015, and requires operators/producers to condition Bakken crude oil to certain vapor pressure limits. Under the order, all Bakken crude oil produced in North Dakota will be conditioned with no exceptions. The order requires operators/producers to separate light hydrocarbons from all Bakken crude oil to be transported and prohibits the blending of light hydrocarbons back into oil supplies prior to shipment. We are not directly responsible for the conditioning or stabilization of Bakken crude oil; however, under the order, it is our responsibility to notify the State of North Dakota upon discovering that Bakken crude oil received at our rail facility exceeds the permitted vapor pressure limits.

38

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Indigenous Protections

Part of our operations cross land that has historically been apportioned to various Native American/First Nations tribes (“Indigenous Peoples”), who may exercise significant jurisdiction and sovereignty over their lands. Indigenous Peoples may also have certain treaty rights and rights to consultation on projects that may affect such lands. Our operations may be impacted to the extent these tribal governments are found to have and choose to act upon such jurisdiction over lands where we operate. For example, in 2020, the Supreme Court ruled in McGirt v. Oklahoma that the Muscogee (Creek) Nation reservation in Eastern Oklahoma has not been disestablished (i.e., officially unrecognized). Prior to the court’s ruling, the prevailing view was that all reservations within Oklahoma had been disestablished prior to statehood in 1907. Although the court’s ruling indicates that it is limited to criminal law as applied within the Muscogee (Creek) Nation reservation, the ruling has significant potential implications for civil law within the Muscogee (Creek) Nation reservation, as well as other reservations that may similarly be found to not have been disestablished. Later in 2020, state courts in Oklahoma, applying the analysis in McGirt, ruled that the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Seminole, and Choctaw reservations likewise had not been disestablished.

On October 1, 2020, the EPA granted approval to the State of Oklahoma under Section 10211(a) of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act of 2005 (the “SAFETE Act”) to administer all of the State’s existing EPA-approved regulatory programs to Indian Country within the State except: Indian allotments to which Indian titles have not been extinguished; lands that are held in trust by the United States on behalf of any Indian or Tribe; lands that are owned in fee by any Tribe where title was acquired through a treaty with the United States to which such Tribe is a party and that have never been allotted to any citizen or member of such Tribe. The approval extends the State’s authority for existing EPA-approved regulatory programs to all lands within the State to which the State applied such programs prior to the U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling regarding the Muscogee (Creek) Nation reservation. However, several Tribes have expressed dissatisfaction with the consultation process performed in relation to this approval, and it is possible that EPA’s approval under the SAFETE Act could be challenged. Additionally, the SAFETE Act provides that any Tribe in Oklahoma may seek “Treatment as a State” by the EPA, and it is possible that one or more of the Tribes in Oklahoma may seek such an approval from EPA. At this time, we cannot predict how these jurisdictional issues may ultimately be resolved.

Cross Border Regulation

As a result of our cross border activities, including transportation and importation of crude oil, NGL and natural gas between the United States and Canada, we are subject to a variety of legal requirements pertaining to such activities including presidential permit requirements, export/import license requirements, tariffs, Canadian and U.S. customs and taxes and requirements relating to toxic substances. U.S. legal requirements relating to these activities include regulations adopted pursuant to the Short Supply Controls of the Export Administration Act (“EAA”), the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) replacement, the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”) (July 1, 2020) and the Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”), as well as presidential permit requirements of the U.S. Department of State. In addition, the importation and exportation of natural gas from and to the United States and Canada is subject to regulation by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Department of Energy and the CER. Violations of these licensing, tariff and tax reporting requirements or failure to provide certifications relating to toxic substances could result in the imposition of significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties. Furthermore, the failure to comply with U.S. federal, state and local tax requirements, as well as Canadian federal and provincial tax requirements, could lead to the imposition of additional taxes, interest and penalties.

Market Anti-Manipulation Regulation

In November 2009, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) issued regulations pursuant to the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, intended to prohibit market manipulation in the petroleum industry. Violators of the regulations face civil penalties of up to approximately $1.25 million per violation per day, subject to the FTC’s annual inflation adjustment. In July 2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act, which incorporated an expansion of the authority of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) to prohibit market manipulation in the markets regulated by the CFTC. This authority, with respect to crude oil swaps and futures contracts, is similar to the anti-manipulation authority granted to the FTC with respect to crude oil purchases and sales.  In July 2011, the CFTC issued final rules to implement their new anti-manipulation authority.  The rules subject violators to a civil penalty of up to the greater of approximately $1.23 million, subject to the CFTC’s annual inflation adjustment, or triple the monetary gain to the person for each violation.

39

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Natural Gas Storage Regulation

Our natural gas storage operations are subject to regulatory oversight by numerous federal, state and local regulatory agencies, many of which are authorized by statute to issue, and have issued, rules and regulations binding on the natural gas storage and pipeline industry, related businesses and market participants.  The failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in substantial penalties and fines.

The following is a summary of the kinds of regulation that may impact our natural gas storage operations.  However, our unitholders should not rely on such discussion as an exhaustive review of all regulatory considerations affecting our natural gas storage operations.

Our natural gas storage facilities provide natural gas storage services in interstate commerce and are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (“NGA”). Pursuant to the NGA and FERC regulations, storage providers are prohibited from making or granting any undue preference or advantage to any person or subjecting any person to any undue prejudice or disadvantage or from maintaining any unreasonable difference in rates, charges, service, facilities, or in any other respect. The terms and conditions for services provided by our facilities are set forth in natural gas tariffs on file with the FERC. We have been granted market-based rate authorization for the services that our facilities provide. Market-based rate authority allows us to negotiate rates with individual customers based on market demand.

The FERC also has authority over the siting, construction, and operation of United States pipeline transportation and storage facilities and related facilities used in the transportation, storage and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce, including the extension, enlargement or abandonment of such facilities. The FERC’s authority extends to maintenance of accounts and records, terms and conditions of service, acquisition and disposition of facilities, initiation and discontinuation of services, imposition of creditworthiness and credit support requirements applicable to customers and relationships among pipelines and storage companies and certain affiliates.  Our natural gas storage entities are required by the FERC to post certain information daily regarding customer activity, capacity and volumes on their respective websites. Additionally, the FERC has jurisdiction to impose rules and regulations applicable to all natural gas market participants to ensure market transparency. FERC regulations require that buyers and sellers of more than a de minimis volume of natural gas report annual numbers and volumes of relevant transactions to the FERC. Our natural gas storage facilities are subject to these annual reporting requirements.

Under the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (“EPAct 2005”) and related regulations, it is unlawful in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas or transportation services subject to FERC jurisdiction to use or employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; to make any untrue statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or to engage in any act or practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. EPAct 2005 gives the FERC civil penalty authority to impose penalties for certain violations of up to approximately $1.31 million per day for each violation, subject to FERC’s annual inflation adjustment. FERC also has the authority to order disgorgement of profits from transactions deemed to violate the NGA and the EPAct 2005.

In January 2020, PHMSA finalized a rule regarding the safety of underground natural gas storage facilities, which was published in the Federal Register on February 12, 2020. This rule maintains several elements from the earlier interim rule, incorporating API Recommended Practices 1170 and 1171 in PHMSA regulations; revises the definition of underground natural gas storage facility; and clarifies certain reporting and notification criteria. We do not anticipate that compliance with the final rule will have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

The natural gas industry historically has been heavily regulated. New rules, orders, regulations or laws may be passed or implemented that impose additional costs, burdens or restrictions on us. We cannot give any assurance regarding the likelihood of such future rules, orders, regulations or laws or the effect they could have on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

40

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Operational Hazards and Insurance

Pipelines, terminals, trucks or other facilities or equipment may experience damage as a result of an accident, natural disaster, terrorist attack, cyber event or other event. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain various types and varying levels of insurance coverage to cover our operations and properties, and we self-insure certain risks, including gradual pollution, cybersecurity and named windstorms. However, such insurance does not cover every potential risk that might occur, associated with operating pipelines, terminals and other facilities and equipment, including the potential loss of significant revenues and cash flows.

The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured, indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We believe that we maintain adequate insurance coverage, although insurance will not cover many types of interruptions that might occur, will not cover amounts up to applicable deductibles and will not cover all risks associated with certain of our assets and operations. With respect to our insurance coverage, our policies are subject to deductibles and retention levels that we consider reasonable and not excessive. Additionally, no assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. As a result, we may elect to self-insure or utilize higher deductibles in certain other insurance programs. In addition, although we believe that we have established adequate reserves and liquidity to the extent such risks are not insured, costs incurred in excess of these reserves may be higher or we may not receive insurance proceeds in a timely manner, which may potentially have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions, results of operations or cash flows.

Title to Properties and Rights-of-Way

Our real property holdings generally consist of: (i) parcels of land that we own in fee, (ii) surface leases and underground storage leases and (iii) easements, rights-of-way, permits, crossing agreements or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of certain lands for our operations. In all material respects, we believe we have satisfactory title or the right to use the sites upon which our significant facilities are located, subject to (a) customary liens, restrictions or encumbrances and (b) challenges that we do not regard as material relative to our overall operations. Some of our real property rights may be subject to termination under agreements that provide for one or more of: periodic payments, term periods, renewal rights, abandonment of use, continuous operation requirements, revocation by the licensor or grantor and possible relocation obligations.

Human Capital

General

Our primary human capital management objective is to attract, retain and develop a high quality workforce that will enable us to maintain and enhance a culture that is consistent with our core values of safety and environmental stewardship; ethics and integrity; accountability; and respect and fairness. To support this objective, we seek to attract, reward and support employees through competitive pay, benefits and other programs; develop employees and encourage internal talent mobility to prepare employees for critical roles and leadership positions for the future; facilitate the development of a workplace culture that is diverse, engaging and inclusive; and promote efficiency and a high performance culture by investing in technology and systems and providing tools and resources that enable employees at work.

Neither we nor our general partner have officers or employees. All of our officers and other personnel necessary for our business to function are employed by GP LLC or PMCULC. As of December 31, 2020, GP LLC and PMCULC employed approximately 4,400 people in North America, of which approximately 3,200 were employed in the U.S. and approximately 1,200 were employed in Canada. Approximately 68% of our workforce (approximately 3,000 employees) are field employees, which includes approximately 880 employees in our trucking division. Our employees are located in 29 states in the U.S. and in 4 provinces in Canada. Approximately 136 employees are covered by five separate collective bargaining agreements, which run through 2023 and 2024.

41

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Health and Safety

Our people are our most valuable asset. We prioritize the health and safety of our employees and we are committed to protecting our employees and conducting our operations in a safe, reliable and responsible manner. We support our commitment to health and safety through extensive education and training and investment in necessary equipment, systems, processes and other resources, and we have a number of safety programs and campaigns that are shared across our operations, such as “Good Catch-Close Call” communications, periodic and situation specific safety stand-downs, lessons learned sharing and stop work authorization for all employees. We also have a number of programs that are focused on employee wellness, including an employee assistance program that has provided free mental and behavioral support for employees during the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, in order to incentivize performance in the areas of safety and environmental responsibility, our performance-based annual bonus program includes a safety component that is based on year-over-year reductions in our recordable injury rate, and an environmental responsibility component that is tied to year-over-year reductions in the number of federally reportable releases we experience. Since 2017, for each of these metrics, we have improved our performance each year and achieved cumulative three year reductions of more than 50%.

Diversity and Inclusion

We are committed to providing a professional work environment where all employees are treated with respect and dignity and provided with equal opportunities. To that end, we strive to develop a culture of inclusion and diversity in our workforce and aspire to employ a workforce that reflects the diversity of the communities where we operate. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 21% of our overall workforce was female (44% exclusive of field employees), and minorities represented approximately 31% of our U.S. workforce (36% exclusive of field employees).

To support diversity and inclusion efforts at Plains and across the broader industry, we created and sponsor an employee resource group called Cultivating Connections. This group is dedicated to encouraging diversity, inclusion and advancement of women in the industry through networking, mentoring, sharing experiences and ideas, training, and furthering the development of leadership skills. Through Cultivating Connections, an employee mentorship program was also established to encourage professional growth through the development of core competencies.

Training and Leadership Development

We are committed to the continued development of our people. We provide a multitude of training programs covering topics such as field operations, health and safety, regulatory compliance, technical training, management and leadership skills, and professional development. We also operate a number of internal programs at all levels of the workforce that are designed to identify and develop future leaders of the organization. The Board receives reports from senior management on a regular basis regarding the status of succession plans with respect to executive leadership of the company.

Benefits

Our compensation and benefits programs are designed to attract, retain and motivate our employees and to reward them for their services and success. In addition to providing competitive salaries and other compensation opportunities, we offer comprehensive and competitive benefits to our eligible employees including, depending on location, life and health (medical, dental and vision) insurance, prescription drug benefits, flexible spending accounts, parental leave, disability coverage, mental and behavioral health resources, paid time off, retirement savings plan, education reimbursement program and a disaster relief fund.

Summary of Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences and tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A shares by a taxpayer that holds our Class A shares as a “capital asset” (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

42

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state, or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws. In addition, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws. The tax consequences of ownership of Class A shares depends in part on the owner’s individual tax circumstances. It is the responsibility of each shareholder, either individually or through a tax advisor, to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent U.S. federal, states and localities, as well as Canada and the Canadian provinces, of the shareholder’s investment in us. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all U.S. federal, Canadian, state, provincial and local tax returns that may be required of the shareholder. Also see Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Tax Risks.”

Corporate Status

Although we are a Delaware limited partnership, we have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, we are subject to tax as a corporation and distributions on our Class A shares will be treated as distributions on corporate stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No Schedule K-1 will be issued with respect to our Class A shares. Instead, holders of Class A shares will receive a Form 1099 from us with respect to distributions received on our Class A shares.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

The discussion in this section is addressed to holders of our Class A shares who are U.S. holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For the purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

Distributions with respect to our Class A shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of a distribution with respect to our Class A shares exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Class A shares, which reduces such basis dollar-for-dollar, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A shares. See “Gain on Disposition of Class A Shares.” Non-corporate holders that receive distributions on our Class A shares that are treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a reduced rate (currently at a maximum rate of 20%) provided certain holding period requirements are met.

Both AAP and PAA have made elections permitted by Section 754 of the Code. As a result, our acquisition of AAP units in connection with our initial public offering (“IPO”) and in connection with exchanges since the IPO by the holders of our Class B shares and the AAP units not held by us (“Legacy Owners”) and their permitted transferees of their AAP units and Class B shares for Class A shares have resulted in basis adjustments with respect to our interest in the assets of AAP (and indirectly in PAA). Such adjustments have resulted in depreciation and amortization deductions that we anticipate will offset a substantial portion of our taxable income for an extended period of time. In addition, future exchanges of AAP units and Class B shares for our Class A shares will result in additional basis adjustments with respect to our interest in the assets of AAP (and indirectly in PAA). We expect to benefit from additional tax deductions resulting from those adjustments, the amount of which will vary depending on the value of the Class A shares at the time of the exchange.

43

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
As a result of the basis adjustments described above, we may not have sufficient earnings and profits for distributions on our Class A shares to qualify as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a distribution on our Class A shares fails to qualify as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A shares and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of our Class A shares. As a result, U.S. corporate holders will be unable to utilize the corporate dividends-received deduction with respect to such distribution.

Investors in our Class A shares are encouraged to consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of receiving distributions on our Class A shares that do not qualify as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including, in the case of corporate investors, the inability to claim the corporate dividends received deduction with respect to such distributions.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Shares

A U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on a sale, exchange, certain redemptions, or other taxable disposition of our Class A shares equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized upon the disposition of such Class A shares and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in those shares. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in our shares generally will be equal to the amount paid for such shares reduced (but not below zero) by distributions received on such shares that are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares sold or disposed of is more than one year. Long-term capital gains of individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at a reduced rate (currently at a maximum rate of 20%). The deductibility of net capital losses is subject to limitations.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Information returns generally will be filed with the IRS with respect to distributions on our Class A shares and the proceeds from a disposition of our Class A shares. U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on distributions with respect to our Class A shares and on the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A shares unless such U.S. holders furnish the applicable withholding agent with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, and certain other information, or otherwise establish, in the manner prescribed by law, an exemption from backup withholding. Penalties apply for failure to furnish correct information and for failure to include reportable payments in income.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be creditable against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and the U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund, provided the U.S. holder timely furnishes the required information to the IRS. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the backup withholding rules to their particular circumstances and the availability of, and procedure for, obtaining an exemption from backup withholding.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The discussion in this section is addressed to holders of our Class A shares who are non-U.S. holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A shares that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder as defined above.

44

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Distributions

Distributions with respect to our Class A shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Shares.” Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A shares generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distribution will reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A shares (but not below zero). The amount of any such distribution in excess of the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its Class A shares will be treated as gain from the sale of such shares and will have the tax consequences described below under “Gain on Disposition of Class A Shares.” The rules applicable to distributions by a United States real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) to non-U.S. persons that exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits are not clear. As a result, it is possible that U.S. federal income tax at a rate not less than 15% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty for distributions from a USRPHC) may be withheld from distributions received by non-U.S. holders that exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the withholding rules applicable to distributions on our Class A shares, the requirement for claiming treaty benefits, and any procedures required to obtain a refund of any overwithheld amounts.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder and that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A shares unless:

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

our Class A shares constitute a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and as a result such gain is treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

45

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are, and expect to remain for the foreseeable future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, as long as our Class A shares continue to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulations), only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns, or owned at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A shares, more than 5% of our Class A shares will be treated as disposing of a United States real property interest and will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our Class A shares as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If our Class A shares were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such non-U.S. holder (regardless of the percentage of our Class A shares owned) would be treated as disposing of a United States real property interest and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our Class A shares (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Class A shares, including regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of distributions to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Class A shares effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A shares effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Class A shares effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

46

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our Class A shares if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our Class A shares.

Available Information

We make available, free of charge on our Internet website at ir.pagp.com, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our website includes a significant amount of information about us, including financial and other information that could be deemed material to investors. Investors and others are encouraged to review such information. The information posted on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any of our other filings with the SEC.

47

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

References to the “PAGP Entities” include PAGP GP, PAGP, GP LLC, AAP and PAA GP LLC (“PAA GP”). References to the “Plains Entities” include the PAGP Entities and PAA and its subsidiaries.

Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our partnership structure carries inherent risks, including but not limited to:
our cash flow will be entirely dependent upon the ability of PAA to make cash distributions to AAP, and the ability of AAP to make cash distributions to us;
the distributions AAP is entitled to receive may fluctuate, which may reduce cash distributions to our Class A shareholders;
if distributions on our Class A shares are not paid with respect to any fiscal quarter, our Class A shareholders will not be entitled to receive that quarter’s payments in the future;
the amount of cash that we and PAA distribute each quarter may limit our ability to grow;
the Class B shareholders own a significant number of shares, which may make the removal of our general partner difficult; and
Our general partner may cause us to issue additional Class A shares or other equity securities, including equity securities that are senior to our Class A shares, or cause AAP to issue additional securities, in each case without shareholder approval, which may adversely affect our shareholders.

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

Our existing organizational structure and the relationships among us, PAA, our respective general partners, the Legacy Owners and affiliated entities present the potential for conflicts of interest. Moreover, additional conflicts of interest may arise in the future among us and the entities affiliated with any general partner or similar interests we acquire or among PAA and such entities.

Risks Related to PAA’s Business

PAA’s business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and unit price can be adversely affected by many factors including but not limited to:

the volume of crude oil, natural gas and NGL shipped, processed, purchased, stored, fractionated and/or gathered at or through the use of PAA’s facilities, which can be negatively impacted by a variety of factors outside of its control;
pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic;
competition in PAA’s industry, including recontracting and other risks associated with the general capacity overbuild of midstream energy infrastructure in some of the areas where PAA operates;
fluctuations in supply and demand, which can be caused by a variety of factors outside of PAA’s control;
natural disasters, catastrophes, terrorist attacks (including eco-terrorist attacks), process safety failures or other events, including pipeline or facility accidents and cyber or other attacks on PAA’s electronic and computer systems, could interrupt its operations and/or result in severe personal injury, property damage and environmental damage;
cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions could compromise PAA’s information and operations, and expose it to liability;
societal and political pressures, including opposition to the development or operation of PAA’s pipelines and facilities from various groups;
the overall forward market for crude oil and NGL, and certain market structures, the absence of pricing volatility and other market factors;
an inability to fully implement or realize expected returns or other anticipated benefits associated with joint venture and joint ownership arrangements, divestitures, acquisitions and other projects;
48

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
loss of PAA’s investment grade credit rating or the ability to receive open credit;
the credit risk of PAA’s customers and other counterparties it transacts with in the ordinary course of business activities;
tightened capital markets or other factors that increase PAA’s cost of capital or otherwise limit its access to capital;
the insufficiency of, or non-compliance with, PAA’s risk policies;
PAA’s insurance coverage may not fully cover its losses and it may in the future encounter increased costs related to, and lack of availability of, insurance;
PAA’s current or future debt levels, or inability to borrow additional funds or capitalize on business opportunities;
changes in currency exchange rates;
difficulties recruiting and retaining PAA’s workforce;
an impairment of long-term assets;
significant under-utilization of certain assets due to fixed costs incurred to obtain the right to use such assets;
many of PAA’s assets have been in service for many years and require significant expenditures to maintain them. As a result, PAA’s maintenance or repair costs may increase in the future;
PAA does not own all of the land on which its pipelines and facilities are located, which could result in disruptions to its operations;
PAA’s inability to perform all of its obligations under our contracts, which could lead to increased costs; and
failure to obtain materials or commodities in the quantity and the quality PAA needs, and at commercially acceptable prices, whether due to supply disruptions, tariffs, quotas or other factors.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Impacting PAA’s Business

PAA’s business may be adversely impacted by existing or new laws, executive orders and regulations relating to protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, cross-border import/export and tax matters, financial and hedging activities, climate change and related matters.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in PAA

PAA’s partnership structure carries inherent risks, including but not limited to:

cost reimbursements due to PAA’s general partner may be substantial and will reduce PAA’s cash available for distribution to its unitholders;
cash distributions are not guaranteed and may fluctuate with PAA’s performance and the establishment of financial reserves; and
PAA’s preferred units have rights, preferences and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of, holders of PAA’s common units.

Tax Risks

Our shares are subject to tax risks, which may adversely impact the value of or market for our shares and may reduce our cash available for distribution or debt service, including but not limited to:
the tax treatment of PAA depends on its status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and it not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation. The cash available for distribution to us from PAA may be substantially reduced if PAA were to become subject to entity-level taxation as a result of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) treating PAA as a corporation or legislative, judicial or administrative changes, and may also be reduced by any audit adjustments if imposed directly on PAA. Additionally, the treatment of PAA as a corporation would increase the portion of our distributions treated as taxable dividends; and
our current tax treatment may change, which could affect the value of our Class A shares or reduce our cash available for distribution, and any decrease in our Class A share price could adversely affect our amount of cash available for distribution.
49

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

Our cash flow will be entirely dependent upon the ability of PAA to make cash distributions to AAP, and the ability of AAP to make cash distributions to us.

The source of our earnings and cash flow currently consists exclusively of cash distributions from AAP, which currently consist exclusively of cash distributions from PAA. The amount of cash that PAA will be able to distribute to its partners, including AAP, each quarter principally depends upon the amount of cash it generates from its business. For a description of certain factors that can cause fluctuations in the amount of cash that PAA generates from its business, please read “—Risks Related to PAA’s Business”, “—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Impacting PAA’s Business”, “—Risks Inherent in an Investment in PAA” and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” PAA may not have sufficient available cash each quarter to continue paying distributions at its current level or at all. If PAA reduces its per unit distribution, either because of reduced operating cash flow, higher expenses, capital requirements or otherwise, we will have less cash available for distribution and would likely be required to reduce our per share distribution. The amount of cash PAA has available for distribution depends primarily upon PAA’s cash flow, including cash flow from the release of financial reserves as well as borrowings, and is not solely a function of profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, PAA may make cash distributions during periods when it records losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when it records profits.

Furthermore, AAP’s ability to distribute cash to us and our ability to distribute cash received from AAP to our Class A shareholders is limited by a number of factors, including:
our payment of any income taxes;
restrictions on distributions contained in PAA’s credit facilities and any future debt agreements entered into by AAP, PAA or us; and
reserves our general partner establishes for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or any agreement binding on us or our subsidiaries (exclusive of PAA and its subsidiaries), which reserves are not subject to a limit pursuant to our partnership agreement.

A material increase in amounts paid or reserved with respect to any of these factors could restrict our ability to pay quarterly distributions to our Class A shareholders.

The distributions AAP is entitled to receive may fluctuate, which may reduce cash distributions to our Class A shareholders.

At December 31, 2020, we directly and indirectly owned an approximate 79% limited partner interest in AAP, which owned approximately 245.8 million PAA common units. All of the cash flow we receive from AAP is derived from its ownership of these PAA common units. Because distributions on PAA common units are dependent on the amount of cash PAA generates, distributions may fluctuate based on PAA’s performance. The actual amount of cash that is available to be distributed each quarter will depend on numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and the control of PAA. Cash distributions are dependent primarily on cash flow, including cash flow from financial reserves and working capital borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. Therefore, PAA’s cash distributions might be made during periods when PAA records losses and might not be made during periods when PAA record profits.

If distributions on our Class A shares are not paid with respect to any fiscal quarter, our Class A shareholders will not be entitled to receive that quarter’s payments in the future.

Our distributions to our Class A shareholders are not cumulative. Consequently, if distributions on our Class A shares are not paid with respect to any fiscal quarter, our Class A shareholders will not be entitled to receive that quarter’s payments in the future.

50

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The amount of cash that we and PAA distribute each quarter may limit our ability to grow.

Because we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as the growth of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. In fact, because currently our cash flow is generated solely from distributions we receive from AAP, which are derived from AAP’s partnership interests in PAA, our growth will initially be completely dependent upon PAA. The amount of distributions received by AAP is based on PAA’s per unit distribution paid on each PAA common unit and the number of PAA common units that AAP owns. If we issue additional Class A shares or we were to incur debt or are required to pay taxes, the payment of distributions on those additional Class A shares, or interest on such debt or payment of such taxes could increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our cash distribution levels.

Restrictions in PAA’s credit facilities could limit AAP’s ability to make distributions to us, thereby limiting our ability to make distributions to our Class A shareholders.

PAA’s credit facilities contain various operating and financial restrictions and covenants. PAA’s ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants may be affected by events beyond its control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If PAA is unable to comply with these restrictions and covenants, any indebtedness under these credit facilities may become immediately due and payable and PAA’s lenders’ commitment to make further loans under these credit facilities may terminate. PAA might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments.

For more information regarding PAA’s credit facilities, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” For information regarding risks related to PAA’s credit facilities, please see “—Risks Related to PAA’s Business—The terms of PAA’s indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds or capitalize on business opportunities. In addition, PAA’s future debt level may limit its future financial and operating flexibility.”

The Class B shareholders own a significant number of shares, which may make the removal of our general partner difficult.

Our shareholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. If our Class A shareholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they may be unable to remove our general partner. Our general partner may only be removed by vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares (including both Class A and Class B shares). At December 31, 2020, the Legacy Owners owned approximately 21% of our outstanding Class A and Class B shares. This ownership level may make it difficult for our Class A shareholders to remove our general partner without the support of the Legacy Owners.

As a result of these provisions, the price at which our shares trade may be lower because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Our general partner may cause us to issue additional Class A shares or other equity securities, including equity securities that are senior to our Class A shares, or cause AAP to issue additional securities, in each case without shareholder approval, which may adversely affect our shareholders.

Our general partner may cause us to issue an unlimited number of additional Class A shares or other equity securities of equal rank with the Class A shares, or cause AAP to issue additional securities, in each case without shareholder approval. In addition, we may issue an unlimited number of shares that are senior to our Class A shares in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. Except for Class A shares issued in connection with the exercise of an Exchange Right, which will result in the cancellation of an equivalent number of Class B shares and therefore have no effect on the total number of outstanding shares, the issuance of additional Class A shares or our other equity securities of equal or senior rank, or the issuance by AAP of additional securities, will have the following effects:
each shareholder’s proportionate ownership interest in us may decrease;
the amount of cash available for distribution on each Class A share may decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding Class A share may be diminished;
the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase; and
the market price of the Class A shares may decline.

51

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
If PAA’s unitholders remove PAA GP, AAP may be required to sell or exchange its indirect general partner interest and we would lose the ability to manage and control PAA.

We currently manage our investment in PAA through our membership interest in GP LLC, the general partner of AAP. PAA’s partnership agreement, however, gives unitholders of PAA the right to remove PAA GP upon the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of PAA’s outstanding units. If PAA GP withdraws as general partner in compliance with PAA’s partnership agreement or is removed as general partner of PAA where cause (as defined in PAA’s partnership agreement) does not exist and a successor general partner is elected in accordance with PAA’s partnership agreement, AAP will receive cash in exchange for its general partner interest. If PAA GP withdraws in circumstances other than those described in the preceding sentence and a successor general partner is elected in accordance with PAA’s partnership agreement, the successor general partner will purchase the general partner interest for its fair market value. If PAA GP’s interests are not purchased in accordance with the foregoing theory, they would be converted into common units based on an independent valuation. In each case, PAA GP would also lose its ability to manage PAA.

In addition, if PAA GP is removed as general partner of PAA, we would face an increased risk of being deemed an investment company. Please read “—If in the future we cease to manage and control PAA, we may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.”

Shareholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that shareholder action constitutes control of our business.

Under Delaware law, our shareholders could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if a court determined that the right or the exercise of the right by our shareholders as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted participation in the “control” of our business. Additionally, the limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the liabilities of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions.

Furthermore, Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act provides that, under some circumstances, a shareholder may be liable to us for the amount of a distribution for a period of three years from the date of the distribution.

If in the future we cease to manage and control PAA, we may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we cease to indirectly manage and control PAA and are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we would either have to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, obtain exemptive relief from the SEC or modify our organizational structure or our contractual rights to fall outside the definition of an investment company. Registering as an investment company could, among other things, materially limit our ability to engage in transactions with affiliates, including the purchase and sale of certain securities or other property to or from our affiliates, restrict the ability of PAA and us to borrow funds or engage in other transactions involving leverage, require us to add additional directors who are independent of us and our affiliates, and adversely affect the price of our Class A shares.

Our partnership agreement restricts the rights of shareholders owning 20% or more of our shares.

Our shareholders’ voting rights are restricted by the provision in our partnership agreement generally providing that any shares held by a person or group that owns 20% or more of any class of shares then outstanding, other than our general partner, the Legacy Owners (or certain transferees in private, non-exchange transactions), their respective affiliates and persons who acquired such shares with the prior approval of our general partner’s board of directors, cannot be voted on any matter, except that such shares constituting up to 19.9% of the total shares outstanding may be voted in the election of directors. In addition, our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of our shareholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting our shareholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of our management. As a result, the price at which our Class A shares will trade may be lower because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

52

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
If PAA’s general partner, which is owned by AAP, is not fully reimbursed or indemnified for obligations and liabilities it incurs in managing the business and affairs of PAA, its value, and, therefore, the value of our Class A shares, could decline.

AAP, GP LLC and their affiliates may make expenditures on behalf of PAA for which PAA GP will seek reimbursement from PAA. Under Delaware partnership law, PAA GP has unlimited liability for the obligations of PAA, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of PAA that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. To the extent PAA GP incurs obligations on behalf of PAA, it is entitled to be reimbursed or indemnified by PAA. If PAA is unable or unwilling to reimburse or indemnify PAA GP, PAA GP may be required to satisfy those liabilities or obligations, which would reduce AAP’s cash flows to us.

The price of our Class A shares may be volatile, and holders of our Class A shares could lose a significant portion of their investments.

The market price of our Class A shares could be volatile, and our shareholders may not be able to resell their Class A shares at or above the price at which they purchased such Class A shares due to fluctuations in the market price of the Class A shares, including changes in price caused by factors unrelated to our operating performance or prospects or the operating performance or prospects of PAA. The following factors, among others, could affect our Class A share price:
PAA’s operating and financial performance and prospects and the trading price of its common units;
the level of PAA’s quarterly distributions and our quarterly distributions;
quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as distributable cash flow per Class A share, net income and revenues;
changes in revenue or earnings and distribution estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;
speculation by the press or investment community;
sales of our Class A shares by our shareholders;
the exercise by the Legacy Owners of their exchange rights with respect to any retained AAP units;
announcements by PAA or its competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, securities offerings or capital commitments;
general market conditions, including conditions in financial markets;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
adverse changes in tax laws or regulations;
domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors related to PAA’s performance; and
other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our shares to decline.

Like all equity investments, an investment in our Class A shares is subject to certain risks. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise be obtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return by purchasing government-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investments such as publicly traded limited partnership interests. Reduced demand for our Class A shares resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our Class A shares to decline.

Future sales of our Class A shares in the public market could reduce our Class A share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may have a dilutive effect on our shareholders.

Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, holders of AAP units may exchange their AAP units (together with a corresponding number of Class B shares) for Class A shares (on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for equity splits and reclassification and other similar transactions) and then sell those Class A shares. We may also issue additional Class A shares or convertible securities in subsequent public or private offerings.

53

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A shares or securities convertible into Class A shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our Class A shares will have on the market price of our Class A shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A shares (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A shares.

The Legacy Owners hold a significant portion of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B shares.

At December 31, 2020, through their ownership of Class B shares, the Legacy Owners held approximately 21% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B shares. The Legacy Owners are entitled to act separately in their own respective interests with respect to their partnership interests in us, and collectively they currently have the ability to influence (i) the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval, including certain mergers and other material transactions and (ii) a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A shares as part of a sale of our company. So long as the Legacy Owners continue to own a significant amount of our outstanding shares, even if such amount is less than 50%, they will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, regardless of whether or not other shareholders believe that such matters are in their own best interests.

A valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset could reduce our earnings.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a gross deferred tax asset of approximately $1.5 billion. Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires that a valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized. We believe that the deferred tax asset we recorded through 2020 will be realized and that a valuation allowance is not required. However, if we were to determine that a valuation allowance was appropriate for our deferred tax asset, we would be required to take an immediate charge to earnings with a corresponding reduction of partners’ capital and increase in balance sheet leverage as measured by debt-to-total capitalization. In light of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, a valuation allowance will not be required for any U.S. federal deferred tax asset created after 2017.

We may incur liability as a result of our ownership of our and PAA’s general partner.

Under Delaware law, a general partner of a limited partnership is generally liable for the debts and liabilities of the partnership for which it serves as general partner, subject to the terms of any indemnification agreements contained in the partnership agreement and except to the extent the partnership’s contracts are non-recourse to the general partner. As a result of our structure, we indirectly own and control the general partner of PAA and own a portion of our general partner’s membership interests. Our percentage ownership of our general partner is expected to increase over time as the Legacy Owners exercise their exchange rights. To the extent the indemnification provisions in the applicable partnership agreement or non-recourse provisions in our contracts are not sufficient to protect us from such liability, we may in the future incur liabilities as a result of our ownership of these general partner entities.

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

Our existing organizational structure and the relationships among us, PAA, our respective general partners, the Legacy Owners and affiliated entities present the potential for conflicts of interest. Moreover, additional conflicts of interest may arise in the future among us and the entities affiliated with any general partner or similar interests we acquire or among PAA and such entities.

Conflicts of interest may arise as a result of our organizational structure and the relationships among us, PAA, our respective general partners, the Legacy Owners and affiliated entities.

Our partnership agreement defines the duties of our general partner (and, by extension, its officers and directors). Our general partner’s board of directors or its conflicts committee will have authority on our behalf to resolve any conflict involving us and they have broad latitude to consider the interests of all parties to the conflict.

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and our shareholders, on the one hand, and our general partner and its owners and affiliated entities, on the other hand, or between us and our shareholders, on the one hand, and PAA and its unitholders, on the other hand. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our shareholders.

54

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Our partnership agreement defines our general partner’s duties to us and contains provisions that reduce the remedies available to our shareholders for actions that might otherwise be challenged as breaches of fiduciary or other duties under state law.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that substantially reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:
permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, the Legacy Owners, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include its right to vote membership interests in our general partner held by us, the exercise of its limited call right, its rights to transfer or vote any shares it may own, and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of our partnership or amendment to our partnership agreement;
generally provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our shareholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith which, pursuant to our partnership agreement, requires a subjective belief that the determination, or other action or anticipated result thereof is in, or not opposed to, our best interests;
generally provides that any resolution or course of action adopted by our general partner and its affiliates in respect of a conflict of interest will be permitted and deemed approved by all of our partners, and will not constitute a breach of our partnership agreement or any duty stated or implied by law or equity if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is:
approved by a majority of the members of our general partner’s conflicts committee after due inquiry, based on a subjective belief that the course of action or determination that is the subject of such approval is fair and reasonable to us;
approved by majority vote of our Class A shares and Class B shares (excluding Class C shares and excluding shares owned by our general partner and its affiliates, but including shares owned by the Legacy Owners) voting together as a single class;
determined by our general partner (after due inquiry) to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
determined by our general partner (after due inquiry) to be fair and reasonable to us, which determination may be made taking into account the circumstances and the relationships among the parties involved (including our short-term or long-term interests and other arrangements or relationships that could be considered favorable or advantageous to us).
provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in connection with any action or inaction of, or determination made by, our general partner or the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors with respect to any matter relating to us, it shall be presumed that our general partner or the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors acted in a manner that satisfied the contractual standards set forth in our partnership agreement, and in any proceeding brought by any limited partner or by or on behalf of such limited partner or any other limited partner or our partnership challenging any such action or inaction of, or determination made by, our general partner, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption; and
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that such person’s conduct was criminal.

55

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The Legacy Owners may have interests that conflict with holders of our Class A shares.

At December 31, 2020, the Legacy Owners owned approximately 21% of our outstanding Class A and Class B shares and approximately 21% of the AAP units. As a result, the Legacy Owners may have conflicting interests with holders of Class A shares. For example, the Legacy Owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to cause us to dispose of assets.

Furthermore, conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the Legacy Owners, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities. These conflicts of interest may not be resolved in our favor.

If we are presented with business opportunities, PAA has the first right to pursue such opportunities.

Pursuant to the administrative agreement, we have agreed to certain business opportunity arrangements to address potential conflicts with respect to business opportunities that may arise among us, our general partner, PAA, PAA GP, AAP and GP LLC. If a business opportunity is presented to us, our general partner, PAA, PAA GP, AAP or GP LLC, then PAA will have the first right to pursue such business opportunity. We have the right to pursue and/or participate in such business opportunity if invited to do so by PAA, or if PAA abandons the business opportunity and GP LLC so notifies our general partner. Accordingly, the terms of the administrative agreement limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

Our general partner’s affiliates and the Legacy Owners may compete with us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our general partner and those activities incidental to its ownership of interests in us. The restrictions contained in our general partner’s limited liability company agreement are subject to a number of exceptions. Affiliates of our general partner and the Legacy Owners will not be prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities that might be in direct competition with us except to the extent they compete using our confidential information.

Our general partner has a call right that may require our shareholders to sell their Class A shares at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time more than 80% of our outstanding Class A shares and Class B shares on a combined basis (including Class A shares issuable upon the exchange of Class B shares) are owned by our general partner, the Legacy Owners (or certain transferees in private, non-exchange transactions) or their respective affiliates, our general partner will have the right (which it may assign to any of its affiliates, the Legacy Owners or us), but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining Class A shares held by public shareholders at a price equal to the greater of (x) the current market price of such shares as of the date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner, the Legacy Owners (or certain transferees in private, non-exchange transactions) or their respective affiliates for such shares during the 90 day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a result, holders of our Class A shares may be required to sell such Class A shares at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return of or on their investment. Class A shareholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their Class A shares. At December 31, 2020, the Legacy Owners owned approximately 21% of the Class A shares and Class B shares on a combined basis.

Risks Related to PAA’s Business

PAA’s profitability depends on the volume of crude oil, natural gas and NGL shipped, processed, purchased, stored, fractionated and/or gathered at or through the use of its facilities, which can be negatively impacted by a variety of factors outside of its control.

Drilling activity, crude oil production and benchmark crude oil prices can fluctuate significantly over time. For example, the current COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a swift and material decline in global crude oil demand and crude oil prices, which has led to a significant reduction of domestic crude oil, NGL and natural gas production, and it is unclear if or when global demand will recover to pre-pandemic levels. This has had an adverse effect on the demand for the midstream services PAA offers and the commercial opportunities that are available to it. If demand remains depressed or declines further it is likely to have an adverse impact on PAA’s financial performance. A turnaround of these adverse macroeconomic factors depends largely on an increase in global demand for crude oil, which will be driven primarily by the extent to which consumer demand and demand for crude oil rebound following the pandemic.

56

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Crude oil prices may also decline due to actions of domestic or foreign oil producers—they may take actions that create an over-supply of crude oil, and decrease benchmark crude oil prices. If producers reduce drilling activity in response to future declines in such prices, reduced capital market access, increased capital raising costs for producers or adverse governmental or regulatory action, it could adversely impact production. In turn, such developments could lead to reduced throughput on PAA’s pipelines and at its other facilities, which, depending on the level of production declines, could have a material adverse effect on PAA’s business.

Also, except with respect to some of PAA’s recently constructed long haul pipeline assets, third-party shippers generally do not have long-term contractual commitments to ship crude oil on PAA’s pipelines. A decision by a shipper to substantially reduce or cease to ship volumes of crude oil on PAA’s pipelines could cause a significant decline in its revenues.

To maintain the volumes of crude oil PAA purchases in connection with its operations, PAA must continue to contract for new supplies of crude oil to offset volumes lost because of reduced drilling activity by producers, natural declines in crude oil production from depleting wells or volumes lost to competitors. If production declines, competitors with under-utilized assets could impair PAA’s ability to secure additional supplies of crude oil.

PAA’s business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and unit price can be adversely affected by pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies, such as the current COVID-19 pandemic.

PAA’s business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and unit price can be adversely affected by pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies. The current COVID-19 pandemic has caused widespread economic disruption, and resulted in material reductions in demand for crude oil, NGL and other petroleum products, which in turn has resulted in significant declines in the actual or expected volume of crude oil and NGL shipped, processed, purchased, stored, fractionated and/or gathered at or through the use of many of PAA’s assets. Future pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies may have greater economic impacts.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many of PAA’s support functions are operating remotely, which presents technical and communication challenges, including increased vulnerability to cybersecurity breaches, risk management oversights or delays in, or disruptions to, communications. In addition, pandemic-related restrictions may adversely impact PAA’s ability to operate and maintain its assets, and may adversely impact the supply chain to source goods and services required for its operating activities.

The long term impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic remain highly uncertain and depend on a wide variety of factors that are outside of PAA’s control, including the development, deployment and effectiveness of vaccines, treatments and testing protocols; mutations of the virus resulting in increased transmissibility or severity of the disease or decreasing the effectiveness of vaccines or treatments; the capacity of our healthcare systems and public health infrastructure to manage current and future outbreaks; and various political and economic considerations. It is unknown whether consumption of petroleum products will return to pre-COVID levels due to changes in consumer habits or preferences. As a result, PAA is unable to predict the timing of any such market recovery, including a return to market conditions that are more conducive to an increase in drilling and production activities in the United States and Canada.

PAA’s profitability can be negatively affected by a variety of factors stemming from competition in its industry, including risks associated with the general capacity overbuild of midstream energy infrastructure in some of the areas where it operates.

PAA faces competition in all aspects of its business and can give no assurances that it will be able to compete effectively against its competitors.  In general, competition comes from a wide variety of participants in a wide variety of contexts, including new entrants and existing participants and in connection with day-to-day business, investment capital projects, acquisitions and joint venture activities. Some of PAA’s competitors have capital resources many times greater than PAA’s or control greater supplies of crude oil, natural gas or NGL. In addition, other competitors with significant excess capacity and high financial leverage may attempt to survive and compete by reducing transportation rates to levels approaching variable operating costs, without regard to whether they are generating an acceptable return on their investment. These competitive risks make it more difficult for PAA to attract new customers and expose PAA to increased contract renewal and customer retention risk with respect to its existing customers.

57

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
A significant driver of competition in some of the markets where PAA operates (including, for example, the Eagle Ford, Permian Basin, and Rockies/Bakken areas) stems from the rapid development of new midstream energy infrastructure capacity that was driven by the combination of (i) significant increases in oil and gas production and development in the applicable production areas, both actual and anticipated, (ii) relatively low barriers to entry and (iii) generally widespread access to relatively low cost capital. While this environment presented opportunities for PAA, many of these areas have become, or in the future may become, overbuilt, resulting in an excess of midstream energy infrastructure capacity. For example, several new pipeline projects have been placed in service or are currently under construction, and such projects have resulted in, and may contribute to future, excess takeaway capacity in certain areas where PAA operates. In addition, as an established participant in some markets, PAA also faces competition from aggressive new entrants to the market who are willing to provide services at a lower rate of return in order to establish relationships and gain a foothold in the market. In addition, PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment is a customer of its Transportation and Facilities segments (See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of operating segments). Competition that impacts PAA’s Supply and Logistics activities could result in a reduction in the use of its Transportation and Facilities assets by its Supply and Logistics segment. All of these competitive effects put downward pressure on PAA’s throughput and margins and, together with other adverse competitive effects, could have a significant adverse impact on PAA’s financial position, cash flows and ability to pay or increase distributions to its unitholders.

With respect to PAA’s crude oil activities, its competitors include other crude oil pipelines, the major integrated oil companies, their marketing affiliates, refiners, private equity-backed entities, and independent gatherers, brokers and marketers of widely varying sizes, financial resources and experience. PAA competes against these companies on the basis of many factors, including geographic proximity to production areas, market access, rates, terms of service, connection costs and other factors.

With respect to PAA’s natural gas storage operations, the principal elements of competition are rates, terms of service, supply and market access and flexibility of service. PAA’s natural gas storage facilities compete with several other storage providers, including regional storage facilities and utilities. Certain pipeline companies have existing storage facilities connected to their systems that compete with some of PAA’s facilities.

With regard to PAA’s NGL operations, it competes with large oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids companies that may, relative to PAA, have greater financial resources and access to supplies of natural gas and NGL. The principal elements of competition are rates, processing fees, geographic proximity to the natural gas or NGL mix, available processing and fractionation capacity, transportation alternatives and their associated costs, and access to end-user markets.

Fluctuations in supply and demand, which can be caused by a variety of factors outside of PAA’s control, can negatively affect its operating results.

Supply and demand for crude oil and other hydrocarbon products PAA handles is dependent upon a variety of factors, including price, current and future economic conditions, fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel adoption, governmental regulation, including climate change regulations, and technological advances in fuel economy and energy generation devices. For example, legislative, regulatory or executive actions intended to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases could increase the cost of consuming crude oil and other hydrocarbon products, thereby causing a reduction in the demand for such products. Given that crude oil and petroleum products are global commodities, demand can also be significantly influenced by developments in other countries and markets, particularly in key consumption markets like China. Ultimately, this can lead to a reduction in demand for the services PAA provides. Demand also depends on the ability and willingness of shippers having access to PAA’s transportation assets to satisfy their demand by deliveries through those assets. The supply of crude oil depends on a variety of global political and economic factors, including the reliance of foreign governments on petroleum revenues. Excess global supply of crude oil may negatively impact PAA’s operating results by decreasing the price of crude oil and making production and transportation less profitable in areas PAA services.

Fluctuations in demand for crude oil, such as those caused by refinery downtime or shutdowns, can have a negative effect on PAA’s operating results. Specifically, reduced demand in an area serviced by PAA’s transportation systems will negatively affect the throughput on such systems. Although the negative impact may be mitigated or overcome by PAA’s ability to capture differentials created by demand fluctuations, this ability is dependent on location and grade of crude oil, and thus is unpredictable.

58

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Fluctuations in demand for NGL products, whether because of general or industry specific economic conditions, new government regulations, global competition, reduced demand by consumers for products made with NGL products, increased competition from petroleum-based feedstocks due to pricing differences, mild winter weather for some NGL products, particularly propane, or other reasons, could result in a decline in the volume of NGL products PAA handles or a reduction of the fees it charges for its services. Also, increased supply of NGL products could reduce the value of NGL PAA handles and reduce the margins realized by it.

NGL and products produced from NGL also compete with products from global markets. Any reduced demand or increased supply for ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane or natural gasoline in the markets PAA accesses for any of the reasons stated above could adversely affect demand for the services PAA provides as well as NGL prices, which could negatively impact its operating results.

Natural disasters, catastrophes, terrorist attacks (including eco-terrorist attacks), process safety failures or other events, including pipeline or facility accidents and cyber or other attacks on PAA’s electronic and computer systems, could interrupt its operations and/or result in severe personal injury, property damage and environmental damage, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Some of PAA’s operations involve risks of personal injury, property damage and environmental damage that could curtail its operations and otherwise materially adversely affect its cash flow. Virtually all of PAA’s operations are exposed to potential natural disasters or other natural events, including hurricanes, tornadoes, storms, floods, earthquakes, shifting soil and/or landslides. The location of some of PAA’s assets and its customers’ assets in the U.S. Gulf Coast region makes them particularly vulnerable to hurricane or tropical storm risk. PAA’s facilities and operations are also vulnerable to accidents caused by process safety failures, equipment failures, or human error. In addition, since the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, the U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets, specifically the nation’s pipeline infrastructure, may be future targets of terrorist organizations. Terrorists may target PAA’s physical facilities and hackers may attack its electronic and computer systems.

If one or more of PAA’s pipelines or other facilities, including electronic and computer systems, or any facilities or businesses that deliver products, supplies or services to PAA or that it relies on in order to operate its business, are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe, terrorist attack or event, its operations could be significantly interrupted. In addition, PAA’s supply and logistics operations include purchasing crude oil and NGL that is carried on railcars, tankers or barges. Such cargos are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as derailment, marine disaster, inclement weather, mechanical failures, grounding or collision, fire, explosion, environmental accidents, piracy, terrorism and political instability. These incidents or interruptions could involve significant damage or injury to people, property or the environment, and repairs could take from a week or less for minor incidents to six months or more for major interruptions. Any such event that interrupts the revenues generated by its operations, or which causes PAA to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce its profitability, cash flows and its cash available for paying distributions to its partners and, accordingly, adversely affect its financial condition and the market price of its securities.

PAA may also suffer damage (including reputational damage) as a result of a disaster, accident, catastrophe, terrorist attack or other such event. The occurrence of such an event, or a series of such events, especially if one or more of them occurs in a highly populated or sensitive area, could negatively impact public perception of PAA’s operations and/or make it more difficult for PAA to obtain the approvals, permits, licenses or real property interests PAA needs in order to operate its assets or complete planned growth projects.

59

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions could compromise PAA’s information and operations, and expose it to liability, which would cause its business and reputation to suffer.

PAA is reliant on the continuous and uninterrupted operation of its information technology systems. User access of PAA’s sites and information technology systems are critical elements to its operations, as is cloud security and protection against cyber security incidents. In the ordinary course of its business, PAA collects and stores sensitive data in its data centers and on its networks, including intellectual property, proprietary business information, critical operating information and data, information regarding its customers, suppliers, royalty owners and business partners, and personally identifiable information of its employees. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to PAA’s operations and business strategy. Despite PAA’s security measures, its information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise PAA’s networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties for divulging shipper information, disruption of PAA’s operations, damage to its reputation, and loss of confidence in its services, which could adversely affect its business.

PAA’s information technology infrastructure is critical to the efficient operation of its business and essential to its ability to perform day-to-day operations. Potential risks to PAA’s IT systems include unauthorized attempts to extract business sensitive, confidential or personal information, denial of access extortion, corruption of information or disruption of business processes, or by inadvertent or intentional actions by PAA’s employees or vendors. Breaches in PAA’s information technology infrastructure or physical facilities, or other disruptions, could result in damage to its assets, safety incidents, damage to the environment, remediation costs, potential liability, regulatory enforcement, violation of privacy or securities laws and regulations or the loss of contracts, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its operations, financial position and results of operations.

PAA self-insures and thus does not carry insurance specifically for cybersecurity events; however, certain of PAA’s insurance policies may allow for coverage of associated damages resulting from such events. If PAA were to incur a significant liability for which it was not fully insured, or if PAA incurred costs in excess of reserves established for uninsured or self-insured risks, it could have a material adverse effect on PAA’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

PAA may face opposition to the development or operation of its pipelines and facilities from various groups and PAA’s business may be subject to societal and political pressures.

PAA may face opposition to the development or operation of its pipelines and facilities from environmental groups, landowners, tribal groups, local groups and other advocates. Such opposition could take many forms, including organized protests, attempts to block or sabotage PAA’s operations, intervention in regulatory or administrative proceedings involving its assets, or lawsuits or other actions designed to prevent, disrupt or delay the development or operation of PAA’s assets and business. For example, repairing PAA’s pipelines often involves securing consent from individual landowners to access their property; one or more landowners may resist PAA’s efforts to make needed repairs, which could lead to an interruption in the operation of the affected pipeline or other facility for a period of time that is significantly longer than would have otherwise been the case. In addition, acts of sabotage or eco-terrorism could cause significant damage or injury to people, property or the environment or lead to extended interruptions of PAA’s operations. Any such event that interrupts the revenues generated by PAA’s operations, or which causes PAA to make significant expenditures not covered by insurance, could reduce PAA’s cash available for paying distributions to its partners and, accordingly, adversely affect PAA’s financial condition and the market price of its securities.

PAA’s business plans are based upon the assumption that societal sentiment will continue to enable, and existing regulations will stay intact for, the future development, transportation and use of hydrocarbon-based fuels. Policy decisions relating to the production, refining, transportation and marketing of hydrocarbon-based fuels are subject to political pressures, the negative portrayal of the industry in which PAA operates by the media and others, and the influence and protests of environmental and other special interest groups. Such negative sentiment regarding the hydrocarbon energy industry could influence consumer preferences and government or regulatory actions, which could, in turn, have an adverse impact on PAA’s business.
60

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Recently, activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention towards sources of funding for hydrocarbon energy companies, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds and other sources of capital restricting or eliminating their investment in energy-related activities. Ultimately, this could make it more difficult to secure funding for exploration and production activities or energy infrastructure related projects and ongoing operations, and consequently could both indirectly affect demand for PAA’s services and directly affect PAA’s ability to fund construction or other capital projects, as well as properly run its ongoing operations.

The results of PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment are influenced by the overall forward market for crude oil and NGL, and certain market structures, the absence of pricing volatility and other market factors may adversely impact its results.

Results from PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment are dependent on a variety of factors affecting the markets for crude oil and NGL, including regional and international supply and demand imbalances, takeaway availability and constraints, transportation costs and the overall forward market for crude oil. Periods when differentials are wide or when there is volatility in the forward market structure are generally more favorable for PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment. During periods where the infrastructure is over-built and/or there is a lack of volatility in the pricing structure PAA’s results may be negatively impacted. Depending on the overall duration of these transition periods, how PAA has allocated its assets to particular strategies and the time length of its crude oil purchase and sale contracts and storage agreements, these periods may have either an adverse or beneficial effect on PAA’s aggregate segment results. In the past, the results from PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment have varied significantly based on market conditions and this segment may continue to experience highly variable results as a result of future changes to the markets for crude oil and NGL.

PAA may not be able to fully implement or realize expected returns or other anticipated benefits associated with joint venture and joint ownership arrangements, divestitures, acquisitions and other projects.

PAA is undertaking, or is participating with various counterparties in, a number of projects that involve the construction of new midstream energy infrastructure assets or the expansion, modification, divestiture or combination of existing assets. Many of these projects involve numerous regulatory, environmental, commercial, economic, weather-related, political and legal uncertainties that are beyond its control, including the following:
PAA may construct pipelines, facilities or other assets in anticipation of market demand that dissipates or market growth that never materializes;
Despite the fact that PAA will expend significant amounts of capital during the construction phase of growth or expansion projects, revenues associated with these organic growth projects will not materialize until the projects have been completed and placed into commercial service, and the amount of revenue generated from these projects could be significantly lower than anticipated for a variety of reasons;
As these projects are undertaken, required approvals, permits and licenses may not be obtained, may be delayed, may be obtained with conditions that materially alter the expected return associated with the underlying projects or may be granted and then subsequently withdrawn;
PAA may face opposition to its planned projects from environmental groups, landowners, local groups and other advocates, including lawsuits or other actions designed to disrupt or delay PAA’s planned projects;
PAA may not be able to obtain, or PAA may be significantly delayed in obtaining, all of the rights of way or other real property interests it needs to complete such projects, or the costs PAA incurs in order to obtain such rights of way or other interests may be greater than PAA anticipated;
Due to unavailability or costs of materials, supplies, power, labor or equipment, including increased costs associated with any import duties or requirements to source certain supplies or materials from U.S. suppliers or manufacturers, the cost of completing these projects could turn out to be significantly higher than PAA budgeted and the time it takes to complete construction of these projects and place them into commercial service could be significantly longer than planned; and
The completion or success of PAA’s projects may depend on the completion or success of third-party facilities over which PAA has no control.

As a result of these uncertainties, the anticipated benefits associated with PAA’s planned projects may not be achieved or could be delayed.  In turn, this could negatively impact PAA’s cash flow and its ability to make or increase cash distributions to its partners.

61

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Loss of PAA’s investment grade credit rating or the ability to receive open credit could negatively affect its borrowing costs, ability to purchase crude oil, NGL and natural gas supplies or to capitalize on market opportunities.

PAA’s business is dependent on its ability to maintain an attractive credit rating and continue to receive open credit from its suppliers and trade counterparties. PAA’s senior unsecured debt is currently rated as “investment grade” by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings Inc. In August 2017, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded its rating of PAA’s senior unsecured debt to a level below investment grade. A further downgrade by any of such agencies to a level below PAA’s current ratings levels assigned by such rating agencies could increase its borrowing costs, reduce its borrowing capacity and cause its counterparties to reduce the amount of open credit it receives from them. This could negatively impact PAA’s ability to capitalize on market opportunities. For example, PAA’s ability to utilize its crude oil storage capacity for merchant activities to capture contango market opportunities is dependent upon having adequate credit facilities, both in terms of the total amount of credit facilities and the cost of such credit facilities, which enables PAA to finance the storage of the crude oil from the time it completes the purchase of the crude oil until the time it completes the sale of the crude oil. Loss of PAA’s remaining investment grade credit ratings could also adversely impact its cash flows, its ability to make distributions at its current levels and the value of its outstanding equity and debt securities.

PAA is exposed to the credit risk of its customers and other counterparties it transacts with in the ordinary course of its business activities.

Risks of nonpayment and nonperformance by customers or other counterparties are a significant consideration in PAA’s business, and the economic fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on the creditworthiness of many companies in the energy sector. Although PAA has credit risk management policies and procedures that are designed to mitigate and limit its exposure in this area, there can be no assurance that PAA has adequately assessed and managed the creditworthiness of its existing or future counterparties or that there will not be an unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness or unexpected instances of nonpayment or nonperformance, all of which could have an adverse impact on PAA’s cash flow and its ability to pay or increase its cash distributions to its partners.

PAA has a number of minimum volume commitment contracts that support pipelines in its Transportation segment. In addition, certain of the pipelines in which PAA owns a joint venture interest have minimum volume commitment contracts. Pursuant to such contracts, shippers are obligated to pay for a minimum volume of transportation service regardless of whether such volume is actually shipped (typically referred to as a deficiency payment), subject to the receipt of credits that typically expire if not used by a certain date. While such contracts provide greater revenue certainty, if the applicable shipper fails to transport the minimum required volume and is required to make a deficiency payment, under applicable accounting rules, the revenue associated with such deficiency payment may not be recognized until the applicable transportation credit has expired or has been used. Deferred revenue associated with non-performance by shippers under minimum volume contracts could be significant and could adversely affect PAA’s profitability and earnings.

In addition, in those cases in which PAA provides division order services for crude oil purchased at the wellhead, it may be responsible for distribution of proceeds to all parties. In other cases, PAA pays all of or a portion of the production proceeds to an operator who distributes these proceeds to the various interest owners. These arrangements expose PAA to operator credit risk, and there can be no assurance that PAA will not experience losses in dealings with such operators and other parties.

Further, to the extent one or more of PAA’s major customers experiences financial distress or commences bankruptcy proceedings, contracts with such customers (including contracts that are supported by acreage dedications) may be subject to renegotiation or rejection under applicable provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Any such renegotiation or rejection could have an adverse effect on PAA’s revenue and cash flows and its ability to make cash distributions to its unitholders.

PAA has also undertaken numerous projects that require cooperation with and performance by joint venture co-owners. In addition, in connection with various acquisition, divestiture, joint venture and other transactions, PAA often receives indemnifications from various parties for certain risks or liabilities. Nonperformance by any of these parties could result in increased costs or other adverse consequences that could decrease PAA’s earnings and returns.

PAA also relies to a significant degree on the banks that lend to it under its revolving credit facility for financial liquidity, and any failure of those banks to perform on their obligations to PAA could significantly impair its liquidity. Furthermore, nonpayment by the counterparties to PAA’s interest rate, commodity and/or foreign currency derivatives could expose it to additional interest rate, commodity price and/or foreign currency risk.

62

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Divestitures, joint ventures, joint ownership arrangements and acquisitions involve risks that may adversely affect PAA’s business.

PAA’s ability to execute its financial strategy is in part dependent on its ability to complete strategic divestitures or sales of interests to strategic partners. If PAA is unable to successfully complete planned divestitures (due to reduced investment in the energy sector, governmental action, litigation, counterparty non-performance or other factors), it may be more difficult for PAA to achieve its desired leverage levels, increase returns to equity holders or otherwise accomplish its financial goals. In addition, in connection with its divestitures, PAA may agree to retain responsibility for certain liabilities that relate to PAA’s period of ownership, which could adversely impact its future financial performance.

PAA is also involved in many strategic joint ventures and other joint ownership arrangements. PAA may not always be in complete alignment with its joint venture or joint owner counterparties; PAA may have differing strategic or commercial objectives and may be outvoted by its joint venture partners or PAA may disagree on governance matters with respect to the joint venture entity or the jointly owned assets. When PAA enters into joint ventures or joint ownership arrangements it may be subject to the risk that its counterparties do not fund their obligations. In some joint ventures and joint ownership arrangements PAA may not be responsible for construction or operation of such projects and will rely on its joint venture or joint owner counterparties for such services. Joint ventures and joint ownership arrangements may also require PAA to expend additional internal resources that could otherwise be directed to other projects. If PAA is unable to successfully execute and manage its existing and proposed joint venture and joint owner projects, it could adversely impact PAA’s financial and operating results.

Although PAA’s near-term strategy does not include a focus on acquisitions, it has completed a number of acquisitions in the past and may pursue future acquisitions on a selective basis. Any acquisition involves potential risks, including:
performance from the acquired businesses or assets that is below the forecasts PAA used in evaluating the acquisition;
a significant increase in PAA’s indebtedness and working capital requirements;
the inability to timely and effectively integrate the operations of recently acquired businesses or assets;
the incurrence of substantial unforeseen environmental and other liabilities arising out of the acquired businesses or assets for which PAA is either not fully insured or indemnified, including liabilities arising from the operation of the acquired businesses or assets prior to PAA’s acquisition;
risks associated with operating in lines of business that are distinct and separate from PAA’s historical operations;
customer or key employee loss from the acquired businesses; and
the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns.

Any of these factors could adversely affect PAA’s ability to achieve anticipated levels of cash flows from its acquisitions, realize other anticipated benefits and its ability to pay distributions to its partners or meet its debt service requirements.

Tightened capital markets or other factors that increase PAA’s cost of capital or otherwise limit its access to capital could impair its ability to achieve its strategic objectives.

Any limitations on PAA’s access to capital or increase in the cost of that capital could significantly impair the implementation of its strategy. PAA’s ability to maintain its targeted credit profile, including maintaining its credit ratings, could affect PAA’s cost of capital as well as its ability to execute its strategy. In addition, a variety of factors beyond its control could impact the availability or cost of capital, including domestic or international economic conditions, increases in key benchmark interest rates and/or credit spreads, the adoption of new or amended banking or capital market laws or regulations, the re-pricing of market risks and volatility in capital and financial markets.

Due to these factors, PAA cannot be certain that funding for its capital needs will be available from bank credit arrangements, capital markets or other sources on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, PAA may be unable to implement its development plans, enhance its existing business, complete strategic projects and transactions, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its revenues and results of operations.

63

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PAA’s risk policies cannot eliminate all risks. In addition, the insufficiency of, or non-compliance with its risk policies could result in significant financial losses.

Generally, it is PAA’s policy to establish a margin for crude oil or other products it purchases by selling such products for physical delivery to third-party users, or by entering into a future delivery obligation under derivative contracts. Through these transactions, PAA seeks to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand, and sales or future delivery obligations on the other hand. PAA’s policy is not to acquire and hold physical inventory or derivative products for the purpose of speculating on commodity price changes. These policies and practices cannot, however, eliminate all risks. For example, any event that disrupts PAA’s anticipated physical supply of crude oil or other products could expose it to risk of loss resulting from price changes. PAA is also exposed to basis risk when crude oil or other products are purchased against one pricing index and sold against a different index. PAA may also face disruptions to futures markets for crude oil, NGL and other petroleum products, which may impair its ability to execute its commercial or hedging strategies related to the COVID-19 pandemic, future pandemics, epidemics, other public health emergencies or other factors. Margin requirements due to spikes or crashes in commodity prices may require us to exit hedge strategies at inopportune times. Moreover, PAA is exposed to some risks that are not hedged, including risks on certain of its inventory, such as linefill, which must be maintained in order to transport crude oil on its pipelines. In an effort to maintain a balanced position, specifically authorized personnel can purchase or sell crude oil, refined products and NGL, up to predefined limits and authorizations. Although this activity is monitored independently by PAA’s risk management function, it exposes PAA to commodity price risks within these limits.

In addition, PAA’s operations involve the risk of non-compliance with its risk policies. PAA has taken steps within its organization to implement processes and procedures designed to detect unauthorized trading; however, PAA can provide no assurance that these steps will detect and prevent all violations of its risk policies and procedures, particularly if deception, collusion or other intentional misconduct is involved.

PAA’s insurance coverage may not fully cover its losses and it may in the future encounter increased costs related to, and lack of availability of, insurance.

While PAA maintains insurance coverage at levels that it believes to be reasonable and prudent, PAA can provide no assurance that its current levels of insurance will be sufficient to cover any losses that it has incurred or may incur in the future, whether due to deductibles, coverage challenges or other limitations. In addition, over the last several years, as the scale and scope of PAA’s business activities has expanded, the breadth and depth of available insurance markets has contracted. As a result of these factors and other market conditions, as well as the fact that PAA has experienced several incidents over the last several years, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies have increased substantially. Accordingly, PAA can give no assurance that it will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates or on other terms PAA considers commercially reasonable. In addition, although PAA believes that it currently maintains adequate insurance coverage, insurance will not cover many types of interruptions or events that might occur and will not cover all risks associated with its operations. In addition, the proceeds of any such insurance may not be paid in a timely manner and may be insufficient if such an event were to occur. The occurrence of a significant event, the consequences of which are either not covered by insurance or not fully insured, or a significant delay in the payment of a major insurance claim, could materially and adversely affect PAA’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The terms of PAA’s indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds or capitalize on business opportunities. In addition, PAA’s current or future debt levels, or inability to borrow additional funds or capitalize on business opportunities may limit its future financial and operating flexibility.

As of December 31, 2020, the face value of PAA’s consolidated debt outstanding was approximately $10.3 billion, consisting of approximately $9.5 billion face value of long-term debt (including senior notes, term loan borrowings and finance lease obligations) and approximately $0.8 billion of short-term borrowings. As of December 31, 2020, PAA had approximately $2.2 billion of liquidity available, including cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity under its senior unsecured revolving credit facility and its senior secured hedged inventory facility, subject to continued covenant compliance. Lower Adjusted EBITDA could increase PAA’s leverage ratios and effectively reduce its ability to incur additional indebtedness.

The amount of PAA’s current or future indebtedness could have significant effects on its operations, including, among other things:
a significant portion of PAA’s cash flow will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness and may not be available for other purposes, including the payment of distributions on its units and capital expenditures;
64

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
credit rating agencies may view PAA’s debt level negatively;
covenants contained in PAA’s existing debt arrangements will require it to continue to meet financial tests that may adversely affect its flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in its business;
PAA’s ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general partnership purposes may be limited;
PAA may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to similar companies that have less debt; and
PAA may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions as a result of its significant debt level.

PAA’s credit agreements prohibit distributions on, or purchases or redemptions of, units if any default or event of default is continuing. In addition, the agreements contain various covenants limiting PAA’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness if certain financial ratios are not maintained, grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, and sell substantially all of its assets or enter into a merger or consolidation. PAA’s credit facilities treat a change of control as an event of default and also requires PAA to maintain a certain debt coverage ratio. PAA’s senior notes do not restrict distributions to unitholders, but a default under its credit agreements will be treated as a default under the senior notes. Please read Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Agreements, Commercial Paper Program and Indentures.”

PAA’s ability to access capital markets to raise capital on favorable terms will be affected by its debt level, its operating and financial performance, the amount of its current maturities and debt maturing in the next several years, and by prevailing market conditions. Moreover, if the rating agencies were to downgrade PAA’s credit ratings, then it could experience an increase in its borrowing costs, face difficulty accessing capital markets or incurring additional indebtedness, be unable to receive open credit from its suppliers and trade counterparties, be unable to benefit from swings in market prices and shifts in market structure during periods of volatility in the crude oil market or suffer a reduction in the market price of its common units. If PAA is unable to access the capital markets on favorable terms at the time a debt obligation becomes due in the future, it might be forced to refinance some of its debt obligations through bank credit, as opposed to long-term public debt securities or equity securities, or sell assets. The price and terms upon which PAA might receive such extensions or additional bank credit, if at all, could be more onerous than those contained in existing debt agreements. Any such arrangements could, in turn, increase the risk that PAA’s leverage may adversely affect its future financial and operating flexibility and thereby impact its ability to pay cash distributions at expected rates.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect PAA’s business and the trading price of its units.

As of December 31, 2020, the face value of PAA’s consolidated debt was approximately $10.3 billion, of which approximately $9.4 billion was at fixed interest rates and approximately $0.9 billion was at variable interest rates. PAA is exposed to market risk due to the short-term nature of its commercial paper borrowings and the floating interest rates on its credit facilities. PAA’s results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be adversely affected by significant increases in interest rates above current levels. Additionally, increases in interest rates could adversely affect PAA’s Supply and Logistics segment results by increasing interest costs associated with the storage of hedged crude oil and NGL inventory. Further, the trading price of PAA’s common units may be sensitive to changes in interest rates and any rise in interest rates could adversely impact such trading price.

Changes in currency exchange rates could adversely affect PAA’s operating results.

Because PAA is a U.S. dollar reporting company and also conducts operations in Canada, it is exposed to currency fluctuations and exchange rate risks that may adversely affect the U.S. dollar value of its earnings, cash flow and partners’ capital under applicable accounting rules. For example, as the U.S. dollar appreciates against the Canadian dollar, the U.S. dollar value of PAA’s Canadian dollar denominated earnings is reduced for U.S. reporting purposes.

PAA’s business requires the retention and recruitment of a skilled workforce, and difficulties recruiting and retaining its workforce could result in a failure to implement PAA’s business plans.

PAA’s operations and management require the retention and recruitment of a skilled workforce, including engineers, technical personnel and other professionals. PAA and its affiliates compete with other companies in the energy industry for this skilled workforce. The COVID-19 pandemic and associated restrictions may also place additional demands on our employees, which may in turn make it more challenging to retain or recruit talented labor. If PAA is unable to (i) retain current employees; and/or (ii) recruit new employees of comparable knowledge and experience, PAA’s business could be negatively impacted. In addition, PAA could experience increased costs to retain and recruit these professionals.
65

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

An impairment of long-term assets could reduce PAA’s earnings.

At December 31, 2020, PAA had approximately $14.6 billion of net property and equipment, $982 million of linefill and base gas, $3.8 billion of investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting and $805 million of net intangible assets capitalized on its balance sheet. GAAP requires an assessment for impairment in certain circumstances, including when there is an indication that the carrying value of property and equipment may not be recoverable. If PAA was to determine that any of its property and equipment, linefill and base gas, intangibles or equity method investments was impaired, it could be required to take an immediate charge to earnings, which could adversely impact its operating results, with a corresponding reduction of partners’ capital and increase in balance sheet leverage as measured by debt-to-total capitalization. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for additional discussion of our accounting policies and use of estimates associated with impairments. During the year ended December 31, 2020, PAA recognized goodwill impairment losses of $2.5 billion and non-cash impairment charges of approximately $914 million related to the write-down of certain pipeline and other long-lived assets, certain of PAA’s investments in unconsolidated entities, and assets upon classification as held for sale. See Note 6, Note 7, Note 8 and Note 9 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these impairments.

PAA is dependent on the use or availability of third-party assets for certain of its operations.

Certain of PAA’s business activities require the use or availability of third-party assets over which it may have little or no control. If at any time the availability of these assets is limited or denied, and if access to alternative assets cannot be arranged, it could have an adverse effect on PAA’s business, results of operations and cash flow.

Significant under-utilization of certain assets could significantly reduce PAA’s profitability due to fixed costs incurred to obtain the right to use such assets.

From time to time in connection with its business, PAA may lease or otherwise secure the right to use certain assets (such as railcars, trucks, barges, ships, pipeline capacity, storage capacity and other similar assets) with the expectation that the revenues it generates through the use of such assets will be greater than the fixed costs it incurs pursuant to the applicable leases or other arrangements. However, when such assets are not utilized or are under-utilized, PAA’s profitability could be negatively impacted because the revenues it earns are either non-existent or reduced, but it remains obligated to continue paying any applicable fixed charges, in addition to the potential of incurring other costs attributable to the non-utilization of such assets. Significant under-utilization of assets PAA leases or otherwise secures the right to use in connection with its business could have a significant negative impact on PAA’s profitability and cash flows.

Many of PAA’s assets have been in service for many years and require significant expenditures to maintain them. As a result, its maintenance or repair costs may increase in the future.

PAA’s pipelines, terminals, storage and processing and fractionation assets are generally long-lived assets, and many of them have been in service for many years. The age and condition of its assets could result in increased maintenance or repair expenditures in the future. Any significant increase in these expenditures could adversely affect PAA’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows, as well as its ability to make cash distributions to its unitholders.

66

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PAA does not own all of the land on which its pipelines and facilities are located, which could result in disruptions to its operations.

PAA does not own all of the land on which its pipelines and facilities have been constructed, and therefore is potentially subject to more onerous terms and/or increased costs to retain necessary land use if PAA does not have valid rights-of-way or if such rights-of-way lapse or terminate. In some instances, PAA obtains the rights to construct and operate its pipelines on land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. Following a decision issued in May 2017 by the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals, tribal ownership of even a very small fractional interest in tribal land owned or at one time owned by an individual Indian landowner, bars condemnation of any interest in the allotment. Consequently, the inability to condemn such allotted lands under circumstances where existing pipeline rights-of-way may soon lapse or terminate serves as an additional potential impediment for pipeline operations. In September 2018, the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed a decision of the United States Forest Service (“USFS”) issuing a permit for the construction of a pipeline and granting a right of way across the Appalachian Trail, ruling that the USFS lacked statutory authority. This decision may make it more difficult to obtain permits and rights of way on certain federal lands and may be used as precedent to challenge existing and future permits and rights of way. Additionally, parts of PAA’s operations cross land that has historically been apportioned to various Native American/First Nations tribes, who may exercise significant jurisdiction and sovereignty over their lands. For more information, see our regulatory disclosure entitled “Indigenous Protections.” PAA cannot guarantee that it will always be able to renew existing rights-of-way or obtain new rights-of-way on favorable terms or without experiencing significant delays and costs. Any loss of rights with respect to real property, through PAA’s inability to renew right-of-way contracts or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, and financial position.

For various operating and commercial reasons, PAA may not be able to perform all of its obligations under its contracts, which could lead to increased costs and negatively impact its financial results.

Various operational and commercial factors could result in an inability on PAA’s part to satisfy its contractual commitments and obligations. For example, in connection with PAA’s provision of firm storage services and hub services to its natural gas storage customers, PAA enters into contracts that obligate PAA to honor its customers’ requests to inject gas into its storage facilities, withdraw gas from its facilities and wheel gas through its facilities, in each case subject to volume, timing and other limitations set forth in such contracts. The following factors could adversely impact PAA’s ability to perform its obligations under these contracts:
a failure on the part of PAA’s storage facilities to perform as it expects them to, whether due to malfunction of equipment or facilities or realization of other operational risks;
the operating pressure of PAA’s storage facilities (affected in varying degree, depending on the type of storage cavern, by total volume of working and base gas, and temperature);
a variety of commercial decisions PAA makes from time to time in connection with the management and operation of its storage facilities. Examples include, without limitation, decisions with respect to matters such as (i) the aggregate amount of commitments PAA is willing to make with respect to wheeling, injection, and withdrawal services, which could exceed PAA’s capabilities at any given time for various reasons, (ii) the timing of scheduled and unplanned maintenance or repairs, which can impact equipment availability and capacity, (iii) the schedule for and rate at which PAA conducts opportunistic leaching activities at its facilities in connection with the expansion of existing salt caverns, which can impact the amount of storage capacity PAA has available to satisfy its customers’ requests, (iv) the timing and aggregate volume of any base gas park and/or loan transactions PAA consummates, which can directly affect the operating pressure of PAA’s storage facilities and (v) the amount of compression capacity and other gas handling equipment that PAA installs at its facilities to support gas wheeling, injection and withdrawal activities; and
adverse operating conditions due to hurricanes, extreme weather events or conditions, and operational problems or issues with third-party pipelines, storage or production facilities.

Although PAA manages and monitors all of these various factors in connection with the ongoing operation of its natural gas storage facilities with the goal of performing all of its contractual commitments and obligations and optimizing its revenue, one or more of the above factors may adversely impact PAA’s ability to satisfy its injection, withdrawal or wheeling obligations under its storage contracts. In such event, PAA may be liable to its customers for losses or damages they suffer and/or PAA may need to incur costs or expenses in order to permit it to satisfy its obligations.

67

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
If PAA fails to obtain materials or commodities in the quantity and the quality it needs, and at commercially acceptable prices, whether due to supply disruptions, tariffs, quotas or other factors, PAA’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
 
PAA’s business requires access to steel and other materials to construct and maintain new and existing pipelines and facilities. If PAA experiences a shortage in the supply of these materials or is unable to source sufficient quantities of high quality materials at acceptable prices and in a timely manner, it could materially and adversely affect PAA’s ability to construct new infrastructure and maintain its existing assets.

PAA’s business also depends on having access to significant amounts of electricity and other commodities. If PAA is unable to obtain commodities sufficient to operate and maintain its assets, it could materially and adversely affect its business.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused widespread supply chain disruptions, which may make it more challenging to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality materials at acceptable prices and in a timely manner. If PAA is unable to source such materials, it could materially and adversely affect its ability to construct new infrastructure and maintain its existing assets.

In addition, some of the materials used in PAA’s business are imported. Existing and future import duties and quotas could materially increase PAA’s costs of procuring imported or domestic steel and/or create shortages or difficulties in procuring sufficient quantities of steel meeting PAA’s required technical specifications. A material increase in PAA’s costs of construction and maintenance or any significant delays in its ability to complete its infrastructure projects could have a material adverse effect on PAA’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Impacting PAA’s Business

PAA’s operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, climate change and related matters that may expose it to significant costs and liabilities. The current laws and regulations affecting PAA’s business are subject to change and in the future PAA may be subject to additional laws, executive orders and regulations, which could adversely impact PAA’s business.

PAA’s operations involving the storage, treatment, processing, and transportation of liquid hydrocarbons, including crude oil, NGL and refined products, as well as PAA’s operations involving the storage of natural gas, are subject to stringent federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment. PAA’s operations are also subject to laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment and wildlife, operational safety, climate change and related matters. Compliance with all of these laws and regulations increases its overall cost of doing business, including its capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities. Also, new or additional regulations, new interpretations of existing requirements or changes in PAA’s operations could trigger new permitting requirements applicable to its operations, which could result in increased costs or delays of, or denial of rights to conduct, PAA’s development programs. The failure to comply with any such laws and regulations could result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory and remedial liabilities, the issuance of injunctions that may subject PAA to additional operational requirements and constraints, or claims of damages to property or persons resulting from its operations. In addition, criminal violations of certain environmental laws, or in some cases even the allegation of criminal violations, may result in the temporary suspension or outright debarment from participating in government contracts. The laws and regulations applicable to PAA’s operations are subject to change and interpretation by the relevant governmental agency, including the possibility that exemptions it currently qualifies for may be modified or changed in ways that require PAA to incur significant additional compliance costs. PAA’s business and operations may also become subject to additional laws or regulations. For example, President Biden campaigned on several initiatives to address environmental concerns. Following the election of President Biden and a Democratic majority in both houses of Congress, it is possible that PAA’s operations, and those of its customers, may be subject to greater environmental regulations, particularly with regard to hydraulic fracturing, permitting, and GHG emissions. Any new laws, executive orders or regulations, or changes to or interpretations of existing laws or regulations, adverse to PAA could have a material adverse effect on its operations, revenues, expenses and profitability.

68

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PAA has a history of incremental additions to the miles of pipelines it owns, both through acquisitions and investment capital projects. PAA has also increased its terminal and storage capacity and operates several facilities on or near navigable waters and domestic water supplies. Although PAA has implemented programs intended to maintain the integrity of its assets (discussed below), as it acquires additional assets it is at risk for an increase in the number of releases of liquid hydrocarbons into the environment. These releases expose PAA to potentially substantial expense, including clean-up and remediation costs, fines and penalties, and third-party claims for personal injury or property damage related to past or future releases. Some of these expenses could increase by amounts disproportionately higher than the relative increase in pipeline mileage and the increase in revenues associated therewith. PAA’s refined products terminal assets are also subject to significant compliance costs and liabilities. In addition, because of the increased volatility of refined products and their tendency to migrate farther and faster than crude oil when released, releases of refined products into the environment can have a more significant impact than crude oil and require significantly higher expenditures to respond and remediate. The incurrence of such expenses not covered by insurance, indemnity or reserves could materially adversely affect PAA’s results of operations.

PAA currently devotes substantial resources to comply with DOT-mandated pipeline integrity rules. The DOT regulations include requirements for the establishment of pipeline integrity management programs and for protection of “high consequence areas” where a pipeline leak or rupture could produce significant adverse consequences. Pipeline safety regulations are revised frequently. For example, Congress, through the 2021 Fiscal Year Omnibus Appropriations Bill, directed PHMSA to move forward with several regulatory actions. For more information, please see our regulatory disclosure entitled “Pipeline Safety/Integrity Management.” The adoption of new regulations requiring more comprehensive or stringent safety standards could require PAA to install new or modified safety controls, pursue new capital projects, or conduct maintenance programs on an accelerated basis, all of which could require PAA to incur increased operational costs that could be significant.

Although PAA continues to focus on pipeline and facility integrity management as a primary operational emphasis, doing so requires substantial time and resources and cannot eliminate all risk of releases. PAA has an internal review process pursuant to which it examines various aspects of its pipeline and gathering systems that are not currently subject to the DOT pipeline integrity management mandate. The purpose of this process is to review the surrounding environment, condition and operating history of these pipeline and gathering assets to determine if such assets warrant additional investment or replacement. Accordingly, in addition to potential cost increases related to unanticipated regulatory changes or injunctive remedies resulting from regulatory agency enforcement actions, PAA may elect (as a result of its own internal initiatives) to spend substantial sums to enhance the integrity of and upgrade its pipeline systems to maintain environmental compliance and, in some cases, PAA may take pipelines out of service if it believes the cost of upgrades will exceed the value of the pipelines. PAA cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate amount or timing of future pipeline integrity expenditures but any such expenditures could be significant. See “Environmental — General” in Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, despite PAA’s pipeline and facility integrity management efforts, it can provide no assurance that its pipelines and facilities will not experience leaks or releases or that PAA will be able to fully comply with all of the federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the operation of PAA’s pipelines or facilities; any such leaks or releases could be material and could have a significant adverse impact on PAA’s reputation, financial position, cash flows and ability to pay or increase distributions to its unitholders.

PAA’s assets are subject to federal, state and provincial regulation. Rate regulation or a successful challenge to the rates PAA charges on its U.S. and Canadian pipeline systems may reduce the amount of cash it generates.

PAA’s U.S. interstate common carrier liquids pipelines are subject to regulation by the FERC under the ICA. The ICA requires that tariff rates and terms and conditions of service for liquids pipelines be just and reasonable and non-discriminatory. PAA is also subject to the Pipeline Safety Regulations of the DOT. PAA’s intrastate pipeline transportation activities are subject to various state laws and regulations as well as orders of regulatory bodies.

For PAA’s U.S. interstate common carrier liquids pipelines subject to FERC regulation under the ICA and its interstate natural gas storage facilities subject to FERC regulation under the NGA, shippers may protest its pipeline tariff filings or file complaints against its existing rates or complaints alleging that it is engaging in discriminating behavior. The FERC can also investigate on its own initiative. Under certain circumstances, the FERC could limit PAA’s ability to set rates based on its costs, or could order PAA to reduce its rates and could require the payment of reparations to complaining shippers for up to two years prior to the complaint. Natural gas storage facilities are subject to regulation by the FERC, the DOT, and certain state agencies. Under certain circumstances, the FERC could limit PAA’s ability to set its natural gas storage rates at market-based rates and could order PAA to reduce its rates for natural gas storage service or require the payment of refunds to its storage customers.

In addition, PAA routinely monitors the public filings and proceedings of other parties with the FERC and other regulatory agencies in an effort to identify issues that could potentially impact its business. Under certain circumstances PAA may choose to intervene in such third-party proceedings in order to express its support for, or its opposition to, various issues
69

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
raised by the parties to such proceedings. For example, if PAA believes that a petition filed with, or order issued by, the FERC is improper, overbroad other otherwise flawed, PAA may attempt to intervene in such proceedings for the purpose of protesting such petition or order and requesting appropriate action such as a clarification, rehearing or other remedy. Despite such efforts, PAA can provide no assurance that the FERC and other agencies that regulate its business will not issue future orders or declarations that increase its costs or otherwise adversely affect its operations.

PAA’s Canadian pipelines are subject to regulation by the CER and by provincial authorities. Under the Canadian Energy Regulator Act, the CER could investigate the tariff rates or the terms and conditions of service relating to a jurisdictional pipeline on its own initiative upon the filing of a toll or tariff application, or upon the filing of a written complaint. If the CER found the rates or terms of service relating to such pipeline to be unjust or unreasonable or unjustly discriminatory, the CER could require PAA to change its rates, provide access to other shippers, or change its terms of service. A provincial authority could, on the application of a shipper or other interested party, investigate the tariff rates or PAA’s terms and conditions of service relating to its provincially-regulated proprietary pipelines. If it found PAA’s rates or terms of service to be contrary to statutory requirements, it could impose conditions it considers appropriate. A provincial authority could declare a pipeline to be a common carrier pipeline, and require PAA to change its rates, provide access to other shippers, or otherwise alter its terms of service. Any reduction in PAA’s tariff rates would result in lower revenue and cash flows.

Some of PAA’s operations cross the U.S./Canada border and are subject to cross-border regulation.

PAA’s cross border activities subject it to regulatory matters, including import and export licenses, tariffs, Canadian and U.S. customs and tax issues and toxic substance certifications. Such regulations include the Short Supply Controls of the EAA, the NAFTA and the TSCA. Violations of these licensing, tariff and tax reporting requirements could result in the imposition of significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties. Furthermore, Presidential Permits that allow cross-border movements of crude oil may be revoked or terminated at any time.

PAA’s purchases and sales of crude oil, natural gas and NGL, and hedging activities, expose it to potential regulatory risks.

The FTC, the FERC and the CFTC hold statutory authority to monitor certain segments of the physical and futures energy commodities markets. These agencies have imposed broad regulations prohibiting fraud and manipulation of such markets. With regard to PAA’s physical purchases and sales of crude oil, natural gas or NGL and any related hedging activities that it undertakes, PAA is required to observe the market-related regulations enforced by these agencies, which hold substantial enforcement authority. PAA’s purchases and sales may also be subject to certain reporting and other requirements. Additionally, to the extent that PAA enters into transportation contracts with pipelines that are subject to FERC regulation, it is subject to FERC requirements related to the use of such capacity. Any failure on PAA’s part to comply with the regulations and policies of the FERC, the FTC or the CFTC could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties. Failure to comply with such regulations, as interpreted and enforced, could have a material adverse effect on PAA’s business, results of operations, financial condition and its ability to make cash distributions to its unitholders.

The enactment and implementation of derivatives legislation could have an adverse impact on PAA’s ability to use derivative instruments to reduce the effect of commodity price, interest rate and other risks associated with its business and increase the working capital requirement to conduct these hedging activities.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, established federal oversight and regulation of derivative markets and entities, such as PAA, that participate in those markets. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the CFTC and the SEC to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act. Although the CFTC has finalized certain regulations, others remain to be finalized or implemented and it is not possible at this time to predict when this will be accomplished.

In January 2020, the CFTC proposed new rules that would place limits on positions in certain core futures and equivalent swaps contracts for, or linked to, certain physical commodities, subject to exceptions for certain bona fide hedging transactions. As these new position limit rules are not yet final, the impact of those provisions on PAA is uncertain at this time.

70

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The CFTC has designated certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps for mandatory clearing, and the associated rules require PAA, in connection with covered derivative activities, to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements or take steps to qualify for an exemption from such requirements. PAA does not utilize credit default swaps and PAA qualifies for, and expects to continue to qualify for, the end-user exception from the mandatory clearing requirements for swaps entered into to hedge its interest rate risks. Should the CFTC designate commodity derivatives for mandatory clearing, PAA would expect to qualify for an end-user exception from the mandatory clearing requirements for swaps entered into to hedge its commodity price risk. However, the majority of PAA’s financial derivative transactions used for hedging commodity price risks are currently executed and cleared over exchanges that require the posting of margin or letters of credit based on initial and variation margin requirements. Pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act, however, the CFTC or federal banking regulators may require the posting of collateral with respect to uncleared interest rate and commodity derivative transactions.

Certain banking regulators and the CFTC have adopted final rules establishing minimum margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Although PAA qualifies for the end-user exception from margin requirements for swaps entered into to hedge commercial risks, if any of PAA’s swaps do not qualify for the commercial end-user exception, or if PAA is otherwise required to post additional cash margin or collateral it could reduce PAA’s ability to execute hedges necessary to reduce commodity price exposures and protect cash flows. Posting of additional cash margin or collateral could affect PAA’s liquidity (defined as unrestricted cash on hand plus available capacity under its credit facilities) and reduce PAA’s ability to use cash for capital expenditures or other partnership purposes.

Even if PAA itself is not required to post additional cash margin or collateral for its derivative contracts, the banks and other derivatives dealers who are PAA’s contractual counterparties will be required to comply with other new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules.  The costs of such compliance may be passed on to customers such as PAA, thus decreasing the benefits to PAA of hedging transactions or reducing its profitability.  In addition, implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules and regulations could reduce the overall liquidity and depth of the markets for financial and other derivatives PAA utilizes in connection with its business, which could expose PAA to additional risks or limit the opportunities PAA is able to capture by limiting the extent to which PAA is able to execute its hedging strategies.

Finally, the Dodd-Frank Act was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of oil and gas prices, which some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity instruments related to oil and gas. PAA’s financial results could be adversely affected if a consequence of the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing regulations is lower commodity prices.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory requirements upon PAA’s business will not be known until the regulations are implemented and the market for derivatives contracts has adjusted. The Dodd-Frank Act and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivative contracts, materially alter the terms of derivative contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks PAA encounters, reduce PAA’s ability to monetize or restructure its existing derivative contracts. If PAA reduces its use of derivatives as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act, PAA’s results of operations may become more volatile and its cash flows may be less predictable. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on PAA, its financial condition and its results of operations.

Legislation, executive orders and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing or other hydrocarbon development activities could reduce domestic production of crude oil and natural gas.

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons from unconventional geological formations. Recent advances in hydraulic fracturing techniques have resulted in significant increases in crude oil and natural gas production in many basins in the United States and Canada. The process involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, and it is typically regulated by state and provincial oil and gas commissions.  PAA does not perform hydraulic fracturing, but many of the producers using its pipelines do. Hydraulic fracturing has been subject to increased scrutiny and there have been a variety of legislative and regulatory proposals to prohibit, restrict, or more closely regulate various forms of hydraulic fracturing; for example, the Governor of California signed an executive order in which he announced plans to ask the state legislature to promulgate legislation banning the issuance of new hydraulic fracturing permits by 2024. In January 2021, President Biden signed an executive order directing the Secretary of the Interior to pause new oil and gas leases on public lands and in offshore waters of the United States. These actions, as well as any other legislation, executive orders or regulatory initiatives that curtail hydraulic fracturing or otherwise limit producers’ ability to drill or complete wells could reduce the production of crude oil and natural gas in the United States or Canada, and could thereby reduce demand for PAA’s transportation, terminalling and storage services as well as its supply and logistics services.

71

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Climate change laws and regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for crude oil and natural gas, while potential physical effects of climate change could disrupt crude oil production and cause PAA to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to those effects.

In response to findings that emissions of GHGs present an endangerment to public health and the environment, the EPA has adopted regulations under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act to reduce GHG emissions. For example, in June 2016, the EPA finalized new regulations, known as Subpart OOOOa, that set emissions standards for methane and volatile organic compounds from new and modified oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing and transmission facilities. However, there have been attempts to modify these regulations, and litigation concerning the regulations is ongoing.

While Congress has from time to time considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, no significant legislation to reduce GHG emissions has been adopted at the federal level. However, President Biden has previously stated that one of his administration’s climate change goals is to achieve a 100% clean energy economy and net-zero emissions by 2050 at the national level; however, PAA cannot predict the degree to which this plan may be successfully implemented, what initiatives may be promulgated to facilitate it, or the degree to which it may impact its operations. In the absence of federal climate legislation, a number of state and regional GHG restrictions have emerged. Analogous regulations are or may be implemented in Canada. Any future laws and regulations that limit emissions of GHGs could adversely affect supply of or demand for oil and natural gas that operators, some of whom are PAA’s customers, produce and could thereby reduce demand for PAA’s midstream services. For more information, see our regulatory disclosure entitled “Climate Change Initiatives.”

Moreover, activists concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention at sources of funding for hydrocarbon energy companies, which has resulted in certain sources of capital restricting or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. Additionally, activist shareholders have introduced proposals that may seek to force companies to adopt aggressive emission reduction targets or restrict more hydrocarbon-intensive activities. Separately, activists may also pursue other means of curtailing oil and gas operations, such as through litigation; several suits have been filed in recent years claiming that oil and gas companies are responsible for climate harm due to their production and/or marketing of hydrocarbons or that oil and gas companies have known about the adverse effects of climate change but failed to adequately disclose those impacts to their investors or consumers. While PAA cannot predict the outcomes of such activities, they could make it more difficult for operators to engage in exploration and production activities, ultimately reducing demand for PAA’s services. Finally, many scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods and other climatic events; if any such effects were to occur, they have the potential to cause physical damage to PAA’s assets and thus could have an adverse effect on its financial condition and operations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in PAA

Cost reimbursements due to PAA’s general partner may be substantial and will reduce PAA’s cash available for distribution to its unitholders.

Prior to making any distribution on its common units, PAA will reimburse its general partner and its affiliates, including officers and directors of its general partner, for all expenses incurred on PAA’s behalf. In addition, PAA is required to pay all direct and indirect expenses of the Plains Entities, other than income taxes of any of the PAGP Entities. The reimbursement of expenses and the payment of fees and expenses could adversely affect PAA’s ability to make distributions. PAA’s general partner has sole discretion to determine the amount of these expenses. In addition, PAA’s general partner and its affiliates may provide PAA with services for which PAA will be charged reasonable fees as determined by its general partner.

Cash distributions are not guaranteed and may fluctuate with PAA’s performance and the establishment of financial reserves.

Because distributions on PAA’s common units are dependent on the amount of cash it generates, distributions may fluctuate based on PAA’s performance, which will result in fluctuations in the amount of distributions ultimately received by AAP. The actual amount of cash that is available to be distributed each quarter will depend on numerous factors, some of which are beyond PAA’s control and the control of PAA’s general partner. Cash distributions are dependent primarily on cash flow, levels of financial reserves and working capital borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. PAA’s levels of financial reserves are established by its general partner and include reserves for the proper conduct of PAA’s business (including future capital expenditures and anticipated credit needs), compliance with law or contractual obligations and funding of future distributions to its Series A and Series B preferred unitholders. Therefore, cash distributions might be made during periods when PAA records losses and might not be made during periods when it records profits.

72

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PAA’s preferred units have rights, preferences and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of, holders of PAA’s common units.

PAA’s Series A preferred units and PAA’s Series B preferred units (together, “PAA’s preferred units”) rank senior to all of PAA’s other classes or series of equity securities with respect to distribution rights and rights upon liquidation. These preferences could adversely affect the market price for PAA’s common units, or could make it more difficult for PAA to sell its common units in the future.

In addition, distributions on PAA’s preferred units accrue and are cumulative, at the rate of 8% per annum with respect to PAA’s Series A preferred units and 6.125% with respect to PAA’s Series B preferred units on the original issue price. PAA’s Series A preferred units are convertible into PAA common units by the holders of such units or by PAA in certain circumstances. PAA’s Series B preferred units are not convertible into PAA common units, but are redeemable by PAA in certain circumstances. PAA’s obligation to pay distributions on PAA’s preferred units, or on the PAA common units issued following the conversion of PAA’s Series A preferred units, could impact its liquidity and reduce the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, acquisitions, and other general partnership purposes. PAA’s obligations to the holders of PAA’s preferred units could also limit its ability to obtain additional financing or increase its borrowing costs, which could have an adverse effect on PAA’s financial condition.

Tax Risks

As our only cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interest in AAP and its related direct and indirect interests in PAA, our tax risks are primarily derivative of the tax risks associated with an investment in PAA.

The tax treatment of PAA depends on its status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as it not being subject to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat PAA as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or if PAA becomes subject to additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state or foreign tax purposes, it would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to us and increase the portion of our distributions treated as taxable dividends.

At December 31, 2020, we owned an approximate 79% limited partner interest in AAP, which directly owned a limited partner interest in PAA through its ownership of approximately 245.8 million PAA common units (approximately 31% of PAA’s Series A preferred units and common units combined). Accordingly, the value of our indirect investment in PAA, as well as the anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our Class A shares, depends largely on PAA being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, which requires that 90% or more of PAA’s gross income for every taxable year consist of qualifying income, as defined in Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Based on PAA’s current operations, and current Treasury Regulations, PAA believes that it is treated as a partnership rather than a corporation for such purposes; however, a change in PAA’s business could cause it to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

Current law may change, causing PAA to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subjecting PAA to additional entity-level taxation. In addition, several states have been evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. Imposition of any new or increased federal or state taxes on PAA may result in a decrease in the amount of distributions AAP receives from PAA and our resulting cash flows could be reduced substantially, which would adversely affect our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders.

If PAA were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, it would pay federal income tax on its taxable income at the corporate tax rate and would likely pay state income taxes at varying rates. Distributions to PAA’s partners, including AAP, would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses or deductions would flow through to PAA’s partners. Because a tax would be imposed upon PAA as a corporation, its cash available for distribution would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of PAA as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to us, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our Class A shares.

Moreover, if PAA were treated as a corporation we would not be entitled to the deductions associated with our initial acquisition of interests in AAP or subsequent exchanges of retained AAP interests and Class B shares for our Class A shares. As a result, if PAA were treated as a corporation, (i) our liability for taxes would likely be higher, further reducing our cash available for distribution, and (ii) a greater portion of the cash we are able to distribute will be treated as a taxable dividend.

73

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in PAA common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes or differing interpretations, possibly applied on a retroactive basis.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including PAA, or an investment in PAA common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. Members of Congress have proposed and considered substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that would affect publicly traded partnerships, including proposals that would eliminate PAA’s ability to qualify for partnership tax treatment.

In addition, the Treasury Department has issued, and in the future may issue, regulations interpreting those laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. There can be no assurance that there will not be further changes to U.S. federal income tax laws or the Treasury Department’s interpretation of the qualifying income rules in a manner that could impact PAA’s ability to qualify as a partnership in the future.

Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may or may not be retroactively applied and could make it more difficult or impossible for PAA to meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any changes or other proposals will ultimately be enacted. Any future legislative changes could negatively impact the value of our indirect investment in PAA.

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to PAA’s income tax returns for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments directly from PAA, in which case PAA’s cash distribution to AAP and our cash available for distribution to our shareholders might be substantially reduced.

Pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, if the IRS makes audit adjustments to PAA’s income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustments directly from PAA. To the extent possible under these rules, PAA’s general partner may elect to either pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS or, if PAA is eligible, issue a revised information statement to each unitholder and former unitholder with respect to an audited and adjusted return. Although PAA’s general partner may elect to have PAA’s unitholders and former unitholders take such audit adjustment into account and pay any resulting taxes (including applicable penalties or interest) in accordance with their interests in PAA during the tax year under audit, there can be no assurance that such election will be practical, permissible or effective in all circumstances. As a result, PAA’s current unitholders, including us through AAP, may bear some or all of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if such unitholders did not own units in PAA during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, PAA or AAP is required to make payments of taxes, penalties and interest, then the amount of distributions we receive from AAP could be substantially reduced, which would adversely affect our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders. These rules are not applicable for tax years beginning on or prior to December 31, 2017.

Taxable gain or loss on the sale of our Class A shares could be more or less than expected.

If a holder sells our Class A shares, the holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the holder’s tax basis in those Class A shares. To the extent that the amount of our distributions exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a tax free return of capital and will reduce a holder’s tax basis in the Class A shares. We did not have any earnings and profits in 2020 and we do not expect to have any earnings and profits for an extended period of time. Because our distributions in excess of our earnings and profits decrease a holder’s tax basis in Class A shares, such excess distributions will result in a corresponding increase in the amount of gain, or a corresponding decrease in the amount of loss, recognized by the holder upon the sale of the Class A shares.

Our current tax treatment may change, which could affect the value of our Class A shares or reduce our cash available for distribution.

Our expectation that tax deductions associated with our initial and subsequent acquisitions of interests in AAP (as a result of the exercise by Legacy Owners of their exchange rights) will offset all of our current taxable income for an extended period of time, and thus result in our distributions not constituting taxable dividends for an extended period of time, is based on current law with respect to the amortization of basis adjustments associated with our acquisition of interests in AAP. Changes in federal income tax law relating to such tax treatment could result in (i) our being subject to additional taxation at the entity level with the result that we would have less cash available for distribution, and (ii) a greater portion of our distributions being treated as taxable dividends. Moreover, we are subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions. Changes in current law in these jurisdictions,
74

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
particularly relating to the treatment of deductions attributable to acquisitions of interests in AAP, could result in our being subject to additional taxation at the entity level with the result that we would have less cash available for distribution.

Any decrease in our Class A share price could adversely affect our amount of cash available for distribution.

Changes in certain market conditions may cause our Class A share price to decrease. If our Legacy Owners exchange their retained interests in AAP and Class B shares in us for our Class A shares at a point in time when our Class A share price is below the price at which Class A shares were sold in our initial public offering or in any subsequent exchange, the ratio of our income tax deductions to gross income would decline. This decline could result in our being subject to tax sooner than expected, our tax liability being greater than expected, or a greater portion of our distributions being treated as taxable dividends.

The IRS Forms 1099-DIV that our shareholders receive from their brokers may over-report dividend income with respect to our shares for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may result in a shareholder’s overpayment of tax. In addition, failure to report dividend income in a manner consistent with the IRS Forms 1099-DIV may cause the IRS to assert audit adjustments to a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return. For non-U.S. holders of our shares, brokers or other withholding agents may overwithhold taxes from dividends paid, in which case a shareholder generally would have to timely file a U.S. tax return or an appropriate claim for refund in order to claim a refund of the overwithheld taxes.

Distributions we pay with respect to our shares will constitute “dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes only to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions we pay in excess of our earnings and profits will not be treated as “dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; instead, they will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in their shares and then as capital gain realized on the sale or exchange of such shares. We may be unable to timely determine the portion of our distributions that is a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may result in a shareholder’s overpayment of tax with respect to distribution amounts that should have been classified as a tax-free return of capital. In such a case, a shareholder generally would have to timely file an amended U.S. tax return or an appropriate claim for refund in order to obtain a refund of the overpaid tax.

For a U.S. holder of our shares, the IRS Forms 1099-DIV may not be consistent with our determination of the amount that constitutes a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes or a shareholder may receive a corrected IRS Form 1099-DIV (and may therefore need to file an amended federal, state or local income tax return). We will attempt to timely notify our shareholders of available information to assist with income tax reporting (such as posting the correct information on our website). However, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be inconsistent with the amounts reported by a broker on IRS Form 1099-DIV, and the IRS may disagree with any such information and may make audit adjustments to a shareholder’s tax return.

For a non-U.S. holder of our shares, “dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with conduct of a U.S. trade or business. In the event that we are unable to timely determine the portion of our distributions that is a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a shareholder’s broker or withholding agent chooses to withhold taxes from distributions in a manner inconsistent with our determination of the amount that constitutes a “dividend” for such purposes, a shareholder’s broker or other withholding agent may overwithhold taxes from distributions paid. In such a case, a shareholder generally would have to timely file a U.S. tax return or an appropriate claim for refund in order to obtain a refund of the overwithheld tax.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

The information required by this item is included in Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

75

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Shares, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information, Holders and Distributions

Our Class A shares are listed and traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PAGP.” As of February 11, 2021, there were 194,097,504 Class A shares outstanding and approximately 35,000 record holders and beneficial owners (held in street name).

The following table presents cash distributions per Class A share pertaining to the quarter presented, which were declared and paid in the following calendar quarter (see the “Cash Distribution Policy” section below for a discussion of our policy regarding distribution payments):

First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
2020$0.18 $0.18 $0.18 $0.18 
2019$0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 

Our Class A shares are also used as a form of compensation to our directors. See Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our equity-indexed compensation plans.

Our Class B shares and Class C shares are not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the total unitholder return performance of our Class A shares with the performance of: (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and (ii) the Alerian MLP Index. The Alerian MLP Index is a composite of the most prominent energy master limited partnerships that provides investors with a comprehensive benchmark for this asset class. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our Class A shares and each comparison index beginning on December 31, 2015 and that all distributions were reinvested on a quarterly basis.

pagp-20201231_g4.jpg
12/31/201512/31/201612/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/31/2020
PAGP$100.00 $150.74 $102.31 $98.75 $99.03 $48.35 
S&P 500$100.00 $111.96 $136.40 $130.42 $171.49 $203.04 
Alerian MLP Index$100.00 $118.31 $110.59 $96.86 $103.21 $73.60 
76

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

This information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act, other than as provided in Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In connection with our IPO and related transactions, the Legacy Owners acquired the following interests (collectively, the “Stapled Interests”): (i) AAP units representing an economic limited partner interest in AAP; (ii) general partner units representing a non-economic membership interest in our general partner; and (iii) Class B shares representing a non-economic limited partner interest in us. The Legacy Owners and any permitted transferees of their Stapled Interests have the right to exchange (the “Exchange Right”) all or a portion of such Stapled Interests for an equivalent number of Class A shares. In connection with the exercise of the Exchange Right, the Stapled Interests are transferred to us and the applicable Class B shares are canceled. Although we issue one Class A share for each Stapled Interest that is exchanged, we also receive one AAP unit and one general partner unit. As a result, the exercise by Legacy Owners of the Exchange Right is not dilutive. During the three months ended December 31, 2020, certain Legacy Owners or their permitted transferees exercised the Exchange Right, which resulted in the issuance of 6,756,970 Class A shares. The issuance of Class A shares in connection with the exercise of the Exchange Rights was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

Cash Distribution Policy

Our partnership agreement requires that, within 55 days following the end of each quarter, we distribute all of our available cash to Class A shareholders of record on the applicable record date. Available cash generally means, for any quarter ending prior to liquidation, all cash on hand at the date of determination of available cash for the distribution in respect of such quarter (including expected distributions from AAP in respect of such quarter), less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner, which will not be subject to a cap, to:
comply with applicable law or any agreement binding upon us or our subsidiaries (exclusive of PAA and its subsidiaries);
provide funds for distributions to shareholders;
provide for future capital expenditures, debt service and other credit needs as well as any federal, state, provincial or other income tax that may affect us in the future; or
provide for the proper conduct of our business, including with respect to the matters described under our partnership agreement.

Our available cash also includes cash on hand resulting from borrowings made after the end of the quarter.

Our principal sources of cash flow are derived from our indirect investment in PAA. As of December 31, 2020, we directly and indirectly owned approximately 194.1 million AAP units, which represented an approximate 79% limited partner interest in AAP. AAP currently receives all of its cash flows from its ownership of PAA common units. Therefore, our cash flow and resulting ability to make distributions is dependent upon the ability of PAA to make distributions to AAP in respect of the common units AAP owns. As of December 31, 2020, AAP owned approximately 245.8 million PAA common units. The actual amount of cash that PAA, and correspondingly AAP, will have available for distribution will primarily depend on the amount of cash PAA generates from its operations. Also, under the terms of the agreements governing PAA’s debt, PAA is prohibited from declaring or paying any distribution to unitholders if a default or event of default (as defined in such agreements) exists. No such default has occurred. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Agreements, Commercial Paper Program and Indentures.”

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us, which does not entitle it to receive cash distributions.

77

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The historical financial information below was derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended.

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Year Ended December 31,
20202019201820172016
(in millions, except per share data)
Statement of operations data:
Total revenues
$23,290 $33,669 $34,055 $26,223 $20,182 
Operating income/(loss) (1)
$(2,383)$1,980 $2,272 $1,147 $990 
Net income/(loss) (1) (2)
$(2,440)$2,062 $2,107 $(41)$660 
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP (1) (2)
$(568)$331 $334 $(731)$94 
Per share data:
Basic net income/(loss) per Class A share (1) (2)
$(3.06)$1.97 $2.12 $(5.03)$0.94 
Diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share (1) (2)
$(3.07)$1.96 $2.12 $(5.03)$0.94 
Declared distributions per Class A share (3)
$0.90 $1.38 $1.20 $1.95 $2.40 
Balance sheet data (at end of period):
Property and equipment, net (1) (4)
$14,620 $15,367 $14,802 $14,105 $13,890 
Total assets (1) (5)
$25,951 $29,969 $26,830 $26,753 $26,103 
Long-term debt
$9,382 $9,187 $9,143 $9,183 $10,124 
Long-term operating lease liabilities (5)
$317 $387 $— $— $— 
Total debt
$10,213 $9,691 $9,209 $9,920 $11,839 
Partners’ capital:
Partners’ capital (excluding Noncontrolling interests)
$1,464 $2,155 $1,846 $1,695 $1,737 
Noncontrolling interests
$9,726 $12,330 $11,473 $10,663 $8,970 
Total Partners’ capital
$11,190 $14,485 $13,319 $12,358 $10,707 
Other data:
Net cash provided by operating activities
$1,510 $2,500 $2,604 $2,496 $718 
Net cash used in investing activities
$(1,093)$(1,765)$(813)$(1,570)$(1,273)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
$(430)$(717)$(1,753)$(940)$571 
Capital expenditures:
Investment capital
$921 $1,340 $1,888 $1,135 $1,405 
Maintenance capital
$216 $287 $252 $247 $186 
Acquisition capital
$310 $50 $— $1,323 $289 
78

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31,
20202019201820172016
Volumes (6) (7)
Transportation segment (average daily volumes in thousands of barrels per day):
Tariff activities
6,266 6,805 5,791 5,083 4,523 
Trucking
74 88 98 103 114 
Transportation segment total volumes
6,340 6,893 5,889 5,186 4,637 
Facilities segment:
Liquids storage (average monthly capacity in millions of barrels) (8)
109 110 109 112 107 
Natural gas storage (average monthly working capacity in billions of cubic feet)
66 63 66 82 97 
NGL fractionation (average volumes in thousands of barrels per day)
129 144 131 126 115 
Facilities segment total volumes (average monthly volumes in millions of barrels)
124 125 124 130 127 
Supply and Logistics segment (average daily volumes in thousands of barrels per day):
Crude oil lease gathering purchases
1,174 1,162 1,054 945 894 
NGL sales
144 207 255 274 259 
Supply and Logistics segment total volumes
1,318 1,369 1,309 1,219 1,153 

(1)During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized impairments of approximately $3.4 billion. See Note 6, Note 7 and Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(2)During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded approximately $823 million related to the re-measurement of our existing deferred tax asset as a result of the reduction in our effective tax rate from the change in corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 for additional information.
(3)Represents cash distributions declared and paid per share during the year presented. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding our distributions.
(4)See Note 7 for discussion of our acquisitions and dispositions completed during the three years ended December 31, 2020.
(5)On January 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) using the optional transitional method. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic accounting under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840.
(6)Average volumes are calculated as the total volumes (attributable to our interest) for the year divided by the number of days or months in the year.
(7)Facilities segment total volumes are calculated as the sum of: (i) liquids storage capacity; (ii) natural gas storage working capacity divided by 6 to account for the 6:1 thousand cubic feet (“mcf”) of natural gas to crude British thermal unit (“Btu”) equivalent ratio and further divided by 1,000 to convert to monthly volumes in millions; and (iii) NGL fractionation volumes multiplied by the number of days in the year and divided by the number of months in the year.
(8)Includes volumes (attributable to our interest) from facilities owned by unconsolidated entities.

79

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The following discussion is intended to provide investors with an understanding of our financial condition and results of our operations and should be read in conjunction with our historical Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” and “PAGP” are intended to mean the business and operations of PAGP and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our discussion and analysis includes the following:

Executive Summary
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources

A comparative discussion of our 2019 to 2018 operating results and performance measures can be found in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2020.

Executive Summary

Company Overview

We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in 2013 that has elected to be taxed as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2020, our sole cash-generating assets consisted of (i) a 100% managing member interest in GP LLC, an entity that has also elected to be taxed as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes and (ii) an approximate 79% limited partner interest in AAP through our direct ownership of approximately 193.1 million AAP units and indirect ownership of approximately 1.0 million AAP units through GP LLC. GP LLC is a Delaware limited liability company that also holds the non-economic general partner interest in AAP. AAP is a Delaware limited partnership that, as of December 31, 2020, directly owned a limited partner interest in PAA through its ownership of approximately 245.8 million PAA common units (approximately 31% PAA’s total outstanding common units and Series A preferred units combined). AAP is the sole member of PAA GP, a Delaware limited liability company that directly holds the non-economic general partner interest in PAA.

PAA’s business model integrates large-scale supply aggregation capabilities with the ownership and operation of critical midstream infrastructure systems that connect major producing regions to key demand centers and export terminals. As one of the largest midstream service providers in North America, PAA owns an extensive network of pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage and gathering assets in key crude oil and NGL producing basins (including the Permian Basin) and transportation corridors and at major market hubs in the United States and Canada. PAA’s assets and the services it provides are primarily focused on crude oil, NGL and natural gas. PAA’s business activities are conducted through three operating segments: Transportation, Facilities and Supply and Logistics. See “—Results of Operations—Analysis of Operating Segments” for further discussion.

Recent Events and Outlook

During the first quarter of 2020, COVID-19 escalated into a global pandemic, which led to widespread shelter-in-place or similar requirements throughout North America and across the world, resulting in significantly reduced energy demand. As a result, North American producers responded aggressively by shutting in significant levels of production early in the second quarter, which mitigated the pace of crude oil inventory builds and the risk of testing storage maximums. Subsequently, United States refinery utilization increased, the previously steep contango market structure tempered, and crude oil prices improved to more constructive levels. Over the course of the second half of the year, the more constructive price environment allowed oil and gas producers to return to production wells that were previously shut-in, resume completion activities and begin to increase drilling activities during the third quarter at a level that is lower than pre-pandemic, but likely at a level that is sufficient to offset natural declines.

80

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
While prices have rebounded to levels that are near pre-pandemic levels, drilling activity is at a fraction of pre-pandemic levels as evidenced by the Lower 48 rig count, which is approximately 40% of peak levels reached in 2020 pre-COVID-19. Many oil and gas producers in the United States have publicly stated their intention to reduce capital investment in oil and gas drilling activities in 2021 as they strive to improve their financial metrics and increase returns to shareholders. Accordingly, we expect oil and gas drilling activities to continue to be lower than pre-pandemic levels which in turn will slow the growth in oil production, relative to pre-pandemic expectations of production growth. We expect that the combination of a muted growth in production, with excess pipeline capacity in most of our operating areas will have a negative impact on our business relative to pre-pandemic levels, with the impacts in 2021 being more pronounced than in 2020.

Similar to the actions taken by oil and gas producers, we have implemented a number of initiatives, as described below, to ensure that we are positioned to manage through the current challenging market environment. Longer term, we expect global demand for hydrocarbons will recover, which should drive higher production levels in key onshore shale basins, which should support growing demand for our assets. Also see Items 1. and 2. “Business and Properties—Global Petroleum Market Overview and Fundamental Themes” for additional information.

Our response to the challenging near-term market conditions has been to focus on measures to strengthen our balance sheet, liquidity and long-term financial flexibility. These actions include significantly reducing our capital program, reducing the amount of our common equity distributions, progressing asset sales, and reducing costs, while remaining focused on operating safely and responsibly.

Specifically, since April, we have reduced our 2020/2021 capital program by $950 million, or 41%, and have decreased PAA’s common unit distributions and our Class A share distributions by 50% versus the distributions paid in February 2020, which reflects a reduction of $525 million on an annualized basis. We have also completed approximately $450 million of asset sales. While each of these actions should contribute to a stronger balance sheet and enhanced liquidity and long-term financial flexibility, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to effect certain future actions (such as additional capital reductions, asset sales and expense reductions) and additional actions may be necessary to achieve our balance sheet, liquidity and financial security objectives. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to PAA’s Business” in Item 1A.

While some modifications in our operations have been necessary to deal with risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, we have not experienced any material constraints in our ability to continue our essential business functions and have not incurred any significant additional operating costs as a result of the pandemic. We remain focused on the health and safety of our workforce, and have modified our operations in ways that we believe are prudent and appropriate in order to protect our employees while continuing to operate our assets in an effective, safe and responsible manner.

In addition, many governments have enacted or are contemplating measures to provide aid and economic stimulus in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. These measures include actions by both the United States federal government and the government of Canada. There has been no material direct impact to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows resulting from these measures. However, our Canadian subsidiary participated in a wage subsidy program during the second, third and fourth quarters of 2020 for subsidies totaling approximately $23 million. The impact of such subsidies is included in the line items “Field operating costs” and “Segment general and administrative expenses” of the applicable segments. See “—Results of Operations—Analysis of Operating Segments” for further discussion.

Overview of Operating Results, Capital Investments and Other Significant Activities

The macroeconomic and industry specific challenges discussed above have resulted in a number of impairment charges recognized during 2020 as discussed further below. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional discussion of the expected and potential impact of COVID-19 and related market conditions on our business.

We recognized a net loss of $2.440 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to net income of $2.062 billion recognized for the year ended December 31, 2019. The net loss for the period was driven by goodwill impairment losses of $2.515 billion and was also impacted by non-cash impairment charges of approximately $914 million related to the write-down of certain pipeline and other long-lived assets, certain of our investments in unconsolidated entities, and assets upon classification as held for sale. In addition, we recognized approximately $233 million of inventory valuation adjustments due to declines in commodity prices primarily during the first quarter of 2020.

81

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Our results for the comparative period were also impacted by:

Less favorable results from our Supply and Logistics segment due to less favorable crude oil differentials, lower NGL margins and the unfavorable impact of the mark-to-market of certain derivative instruments, resulting in higher losses recognized in 2020 compared to 2019, partially offset by the favorable impact of contango market conditions during 2020;

Less favorable results from our Transportation segment driven by lower volumes from shut-ins of crude oil production, reduced drilling and completion activity and compressed regional basis differentials, a portion of which are covered by minimum volume commitments that will be made up or paid for in future periods, and lower pipeline loss allowance revenue in 2020 due to lower prices and volumes, partially offset by lower field operating costs;

Higher depreciation and amortization expense in the 2020 period primarily due to additional depreciation expense associated with acquired assets, the completion of various investment capital projects and a reduction in the useful lives of certain assets;

A gain of $21 million recognized in the current period related to the sale of a portion of our interest in Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLC in February 2020, compared to a non-cash gain of $269 million recognized in the 2019 period related to a fair value adjustment resulting from the accounting for the contribution of our undivided joint interest in the Capline pipeline system for an equity interest in Capline Pipeline Company LLC; partially offset by

Favorable results from our Facilities segment primarily due to lower field operating costs; and

The favorable impact on income tax expense of (i) lower income attributable to PAGP as a result of lower earnings at PAA and (ii) lower taxable earnings and lower year-over-year income as impacted by fluctuations in the derivative mark-to-market valuations in our Canadian operations.

See further discussion of our operating results in the “—Results of Operations—Analysis of Operating Segments” and “—Other Income and Expenses” sections below.

We invested $921 million in midstream infrastructure projects during 2020, which primarily related to projects under development in the Permian Basin. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Investing Activities—Investment Capital Projects” for additional information. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2020, we acquired $310 million of assets, which primarily included a crude oil gathering system located in the Delaware Basin.

We also paid approximately $863 million of cash distributions to our Class A Shareholders and noncontrolling interests during 2020.

In June 2020, PAA completed the issuance of $750 million, 3.80% senior notes due September 2030. We used the net proceeds from this offering of $742 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and offering expenses, to repay the principal amounts of PAA’s 5.00% senior notes due February 2021 in November 2020. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities—Senior Notes” for additional information.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, PAA repurchased 6.6 million common units for $53 million, which includes repurchases of 350,000 common units for $3 million that did not settle until January 2021. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities—Common Equity Repurchase Program” for additional information.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and rules and regulations of the SEC requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements. Such estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. On a regular basis, we evaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates.  We also discuss our critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

82

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We believe that the assumptions, judgments and estimates involved in the accounting for our (i) estimated fair value of assets and liabilities acquired and identification of associated goodwill and intangible assets, (ii) impairment assessments of goodwill and intangible assets, (iii) fair value of derivatives, (iv) accruals and contingent liabilities, (v) property and equipment, depreciation and amortization expense and asset retirement obligations, (vi) impairment assessments of property and equipment and investments in unconsolidated entities and (vii) inventory valuations have the greatest potential impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. These areas are key components of our results of operations and are based on complex rules which require us to make judgments and estimates. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates, which are discussed further as follows. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Acquired and Identification of Associated Goodwill and Intangible Assets. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance regarding business combinations, with each acquisition, we allocate the cost of the acquired entity to the assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. If the initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete when the combination occurs, an estimate will be recorded. We also expense the transaction costs as incurred in connection with each acquisition, except for acquisitions of equity method investments. In addition, we are required to recognize intangible assets separately from goodwill.

Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, as well as intangible assets that relate to such items as customer relationships, acreage dedications and other contracts, involves professional judgment and is ultimately based on acquisition models and management’s assessment of the value of the assets acquired and, to the extent available, third-party assessments.

Impairment Assessments of Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are instead periodically assessed for impairment. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful life as determined by management. See Note 8 and Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of goodwill and intangible assets.

Impairment testing entails estimating future net cash flows relating to the business, based on management’s estimate of future revenues, future cash flows and market conditions including pricing, demand, competition, operating costs and other factors. Uncertainties associated with these estimates include changes in production decline rates, production interruptions, fluctuations in refinery capacity or product slates, economic obsolescence factors in the area and potential future sources of cash flow. In addition, changes in our weighted average cost of capital from our estimates could have a significant impact on fair value. We cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts. Resolutions of these uncertainties have resulted, and in the future may result, in impairments that impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Fair Value of Derivatives. The fair value of a derivative at a particular period end does not reflect the end results of a particular transaction, and will most likely not reflect the gain or loss at the conclusion of a transaction. We reflect estimates for these items based on our internal records and information from third parties. We have commodity derivatives, interest rate derivatives and foreign currency derivatives that are accounted for as assets and liabilities at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The valuations of our derivatives that are exchange traded are based on market prices on the applicable exchange on the last day of the period. For our derivatives that are not exchange traded, the estimates we use are based on indicative broker quotations or an internal valuation model. Our valuation models utilize market observable inputs such as price, volatility, correlation and other factors and may not be reflective of the price at which they can be settled due to the lack of a liquid market. Less than 1% of total annual revenues are based on estimates derived from internal valuation models.

We also have embedded derivatives that are recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These embedded derivatives are valued using models that contain inputs, some of which involve management judgment.

Although the resolution of the uncertainties involved in these estimates has not historically had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts. See Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion regarding our derivatives and risk management activities.

83

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Accruals and Contingent Liabilities.  We record accruals or liabilities for, among other things, environmental remediation, potential legal claims or settlements and fees for legal services associated with loss contingencies, and bonuses. Accruals are made when our assessment indicates that it is probable that a liability has occurred and the amount of liability can be reasonably estimated. Our estimates are based on all known facts at the time and our assessment of the ultimate outcome. Among the many uncertainties that impact our estimates are the necessary regulatory approvals for, and potential modification of, our environmental remediation plans, the limited amount of data available upon initial assessment of the impact of soil or water contamination, changes in costs associated with environmental remediation services and equipment, the duration of the natural resource damage assessment and the ultimate amount of damages determined, the determination and calculation of fines and penalties, the possibility of existing legal claims giving rise to additional claims and the nature, extent and cost of legal services that will be required in connection with lawsuits, claims and other matters. Our estimates for contingent liability accruals are increased or decreased as additional information is obtained or resolution is achieved. A hypothetical variance of 5% in our aggregate estimate for the accruals and contingent liabilities discussed above would have an impact on earnings of up to approximately $19 million. Although the resolution of these uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts.

Property and Equipment, Depreciation and Amortization Expense and Asset Retirement Obligations. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives. These estimates are based on various factors including condition, manufacturing specifications, technological advances and historical data concerning useful lives of similar assets. Uncertainties that impact these estimates include changes in laws and regulations relating to restoration and abandonment requirements, economic conditions and supply and demand in the area. When assets are put into service, we make estimates with respect to useful lives and salvage values that we believe are reasonable. However, subsequent events could cause us to change our estimates, thus impacting the future calculation of depreciation and amortization.

We record retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets based on estimates related to the costs associated with cleaning, purging and, in some cases, completely removing the assets and returning the land to its original state. In addition, our estimates include a determination of the settlement date or dates for the potential obligation, which may or may not be determinable. Uncertainties that impact these estimates include the costs associated with these activities and the timing of incurring such costs.

Impairment Assessments of Property and Equipment and Investments in Unconsolidated Entities. We periodically evaluate property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Any evaluation is highly dependent on the underlying assumptions of related cash flows. We consider the fair value estimate used to calculate impairment of property and equipment a critical accounting estimate. In determining the existence of an impairment of carrying value, we make a number of subjective assumptions as to:

whether there is an event or circumstance that may be indicative of an impairment;
the grouping of assets;
the intention of “holding”, “abandoning” or “selling” an asset;
the forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the asset’s estimated useful life; and
if an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset group.

In addition, when we evaluate property and equipment and other long-lived assets for recoverability, it may also be necessary to review related depreciation estimates and methods.

Investments in unconsolidated entities accounted for under the equity method of accounting are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that a decline in value may be other than temporary. Examples of such events or circumstances include continuing operating losses of the entity and/or long-term negative changes in the entity’s core business. When it is determined that an indicated impairment is other than temporary, a charge is recognized for the difference between the investment’s carrying amount and its estimated fair value. We consider the fair value estimate used to calculate the impairment of investments in unconsolidated entities a critical accounting estimate. In determining the existence of an other-than-temporary impairment of carrying value, we make a number of subjective assumptions as to:

whether there is an event or circumstance that may be indicative of a decline in value of the investment;
whether the decline in value is other than temporary; and
the fair value of the investment.
84

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
A change in our outlook or use could result in impairments that may be material to our results of operations or financial condition. See “—Executive Summary— Recent Events and Outlook” and Note 6 and Note 9 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Inventory Valuations.  Inventory, including long-term inventory, primarily consists of crude oil and NGL and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using an average cost method within specific inventory pools. At the end of each reporting period, we assess the carrying value of our inventory and use estimates and judgment when making any adjustments necessary to reduce the carrying value to net realizable value. Among the uncertainties that impact our estimates are the applicable quality and location differentials to include in our net realizable value analysis. Additionally, we estimate the upcoming liquidation timing of the inventory. Changes in assumptions made as to the timing of a sale can materially impact net realizable value. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recorded charges of $233 million, $11 million and $8 million, respectively, related to the valuation adjustment of our crude oil inventory due to declines in prices. See Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding inventory.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the effect of recent accounting pronouncements on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth an overview of our consolidated financial results calculated in accordance with GAAP (in millions, except per share amounts):

Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019$%
Transportation Segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$1,616 $1,722 $(106)(6)%
Facilities Segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)
731 705 26 %
Supply and Logistics Segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)
210 803 (593)(74)%
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities(73)(62)(11)(18)%
Selected items impacting comparability - Segment Adjusted EBITDA(617)(163)(454)**
Unallocated general and administrative expenses
(5)(5)— — %
Depreciation and amortization(656)(604)(52)(9)%
Gains/(losses) on asset sales and asset impairments, net(719)(28)(691)**
Goodwill impairment losses(2,515)— (2,515)N/A
Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net
(182)271 (453)(167)%
Interest expense, net(436)(425)(11)(3)%
Other income, net39 24 15 63 %
Income tax (expense)/benefit167 (176)343 195 %
Net income/(loss)(2,440)2,062 (4,502)(218)%
Net (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests1,872 (1,731)3,603 208 %
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP$(568)$331 $(899)(272)%
Basic net income/(loss) per Class A share
$(3.06)$1.97 $(5.03)**
Diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share
$(3.07)$1.96 $(5.03)**
Basic weighted average Class A shares outstanding
186 168 18 **
Diluted weighted average Class A shares outstanding
246 170 76 **

**     Indicates that variance as a percentage is not meaningful.
85

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(1)Segment Adjusted EBITDA is the measure of segment performance that is utilized by our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) to assess performance and allocate resources among our operating segments. This measure is adjusted for certain items, including those that our CODM believes impact comparability of results across periods. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of such adjustments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, management uses additional measures known as “non-GAAP financial measures” in its evaluation of past performance and prospects for the future.

The primary additional measure used by management is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (including our proportionate share of depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities), gains and losses on asset sales and asset impairments, goodwill impairment losses and gains on and impairments of investments in unconsolidated entities, adjusted for certain selected items impacting comparability (“Adjusted EBITDA”).

Our definition and calculation of certain non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to Net Income/(Loss), the most directly comparable measure as reported in accordance with GAAP, and should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.

Management believes that the presentation of such additional financial measure provides useful information to investors regarding our performance and results of operations because this measure, when used to supplement related GAAP financial measures, (i) provide additional information about our core operating performance, (ii) provide investors with the same financial analytical framework upon which management bases financial, operational, compensation and planning/budgeting decisions and (iii) present measurements that investors, rating agencies and debt holders have indicated are useful in assessing us and our results of operations. This non-GAAP measure may exclude, for example, (i) charges for obligations that are expected to be settled with the issuance of equity instruments, (ii) gains and losses on derivative instruments that are related to underlying activities in another period (or the reversal of such adjustments from a prior period), gains and losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities (such as the purchase of linefill) and inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable, (iii) long-term inventory costing adjustments, (iv) items that are not indicative of our core operating results and business outlook and/or (v) other items that we believe should be excluded in understanding our core operating performance. This measure may further be adjusted to include amounts related to deficiencies associated with minimum volume commitments whereby we have billed the counterparties for their deficiency obligation and such amounts are recognized as deferred revenue in “Other current liabilities” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Such amounts are presented net of applicable amounts subsequently recognized into revenue. We have defined all such items as “selected items impacting comparability.” We do not necessarily consider all of our selected items impacting comparability to be non-recurring, infrequent or unusual, but we believe that an understanding of these selected items impacting comparability is material to the evaluation of our operating results and prospects.

Although we present selected items impacting comparability that management considers in evaluating our performance, you should also be aware that the items presented do not represent all items that affect comparability between the periods presented. Variations in our operating results are also caused by changes in volumes, prices, exchange rates, mechanical interruptions, acquisitions, divestitures, investment capital projects and numerous other factors as discussed, as applicable, in “—Analysis of Operating Segments.”



86

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial performance measure Adjusted EBITDA from Net Income/(Loss) (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019$%
Net income/(loss)$(2,440)$2,062 $(4,502)(218)%
Add/(Subtract):
Interest expense, net436 425 11 %
Income tax expense/(benefit)(167)176 (343)(195)%
Depreciation and amortization656 604 52 %
(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net719 28 691 **
Goodwill impairment losses2,515 — 2,515 N/A
(Gain on)/impairment of investments in unconsolidated entities, net182 (271)453 167 %
Depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities (1)
73 62 11 18 %
Selected Items Impacting Comparability:
Losses from derivative activities net of inventory valuation adjustments (2)
480 160 320 **
Long-term inventory costing adjustments (3)
44 (20)64 **
Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net (4)
74 (18)92 **
Equity-indexed compensation expense (5)
19 17 **
Net (gain)/loss on foreign currency revaluation (6)
(3)14 (17)**
Line 901 incident (7)
— 10 (10)**
Significant acquisition-related expenses (8)
— **
Selected Items Impacting Comparability - Segment Adjusted EBITDA617 163 454 **
Gains from derivative activities (2)
(20)(2)(18)**
Net gain on foreign currency revaluation (6)
(13)(15)**
Net gain on early repayment of senior notes (9)
(3)— (3)**
Selected Items Impacting Comparability - Adjusted EBITDA (10)
581 146 435 **
Adjusted EBITDA (10)
$2,555 $3,232 $(677)(21)%

**     Indicates that variance as a percentage is not meaningful.
(1)Over the past several years, we have increased our participation in strategic pipeline joint ventures accounted for under the equity method of accounting. We exclude our proportionate share of the depreciation and amortization expense of such unconsolidated entities when reviewing Adjusted EBITDA, similar to our consolidated assets.
(2)We use derivative instruments for risk management purposes, and our related processes include specific identification of hedging instruments to an underlying hedged transaction. Although we identify an underlying transaction for each derivative instrument we enter into, there may not be an accounting hedge relationship between the instrument and the underlying transaction. In the course of evaluating our results of operations, we identify the earnings that were recognized during the period related to derivative instruments for which the identified underlying transaction does not occur in the current period and exclude the related gains and losses in determining Adjusted EBITDA. In addition, we exclude gains and losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities, such as the purchase of linefill. We also exclude the impact of corresponding inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a comprehensive discussion regarding our derivatives and risk management activities.
87

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3)We carry crude oil and NGL inventory that is comprised of minimum working inventory requirements in third-party assets and other working inventory that is needed for our commercial operations. We consider this inventory necessary to conduct our operations and we intend to carry this inventory for the foreseeable future. Therefore, we classify this inventory as long-term on our balance sheet and do not hedge the inventory with derivative instruments (similar to linefill in our own assets). We treat the impact of changes in the average cost of the long-term inventory (that result from fluctuations in market prices) and write-downs of such inventory that result from price declines as a selected item impacting comparability. See Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional inventory disclosures.
(4)We, and certain of our equity method investments, have certain agreements that require counterparties to deliver, transport or throughput a minimum volume over an agreed upon period. Substantially all of such agreements were entered into with counterparties to economically support the return on our capital expenditure necessary to construct the related asset. Some of these agreements include make-up rights if the minimum volume is not met. We record a receivable from the counterparty in the period that services are provided or when the transaction occurs, including amounts for deficiency obligations from counterparties associated with minimum volume commitments. If a counterparty has a make-up right associated with a deficiency, we defer the revenue attributable to the counterparty’s make-up right and subsequently recognize the revenue at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is delivered or shipped, when the make-up right expires or when it is determined that the counterparty’s ability to utilize the make-up right is remote. We include the impact of amounts billed to counterparties for their deficiency obligation, net of applicable amounts subsequently recognized into revenue, as a selected item impacting comparability. We believe the inclusion of the contractually committed revenues associated with that period is meaningful to investors as the related asset has been constructed, is standing ready to provide the committed service and the fixed operating costs are included in the current period results.
(5)Our total equity-indexed compensation expense includes expense associated with awards that will or may be settled in PAA common units and awards that will or may be settled in cash. The awards that will or may be settled in PAA common units are included in PAA’s diluted net income per unit calculation when the applicable performance criteria have been met. We consider the compensation expense associated with these awards as a selected item impacting comparability as the dilutive impact of the outstanding awards is included in PAA’s diluted net income per unit calculation, as applicable, and the majority of the awards are expected to be settled in PAA common units. The portion of compensation expense associated with awards that are certain to be settled in cash is not considered a selected item impacting comparability. See Note 18 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion regarding our equity-indexed compensation plans.
(6)During the periods presented, there were fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar (“CAD”) to the U.S. dollar (“USD”), resulting in the realization of foreign exchange gains and losses on the settlement of foreign currency transactions as well as the revaluation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency. These gains and losses are not integral to our core operating performance and were thus classified as a selected item impacting comparability. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion regarding our currency exchange rate risk hedging activities.
(7)Includes costs recognized during the period related to the Line 901 incident that occurred in May 2015, net of amounts we believe are probable of recovery from insurance. See Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Line 901 incident.
(8)Includes acquisition-related expenses associated with the acquisition of Felix Midstream LLC (“Felix Midstream”) in February 2020. See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(9)Includes net gains recognized in connection with the repurchase of our outstanding senior notes on the open market. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(10)Other income/(expense), net per our Consolidated Statements of Operations, adjusted for selected items impacting comparability (“Adjusted other income/(expense), net”) is included in Adjusted EBITDA and excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA.

88

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Analysis of Operating Segments

We manage our operations through three operating segments: Transportation, Facilities and Supply and Logistics. Our CODM (our Chief Executive Officer) evaluates segment performance based on a variety of measures including Segment Adjusted EBITDA, segment volumes, Segment Adjusted EBITDA per barrel and maintenance capital investment.

We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as revenues and equity earnings in unconsolidated entities less (a) purchases and related costs, (b) field operating costs and (c) segment general and administrative expenses, plus our proportionate share of the depreciation and amortization expense of unconsolidated entities, and further adjusted for certain selected items including (i) the mark-to-market of derivative instruments that are related to underlying activities in another period (or the reversal of such adjustments from a prior period), gains and losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities (such as the purchase of linefill) and inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable, (ii) long-term inventory costing adjustments, (iii) charges for obligations that are expected to be settled with the issuance of equity instruments, (iv) amounts related to deficiencies associated with minimum volume commitments, net of applicable amounts subsequently recognized into revenue and (v) other items that our CODM believes are integral to understanding our core segment operating performance. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP.

Our segment analysis involves an element of judgment relating to the allocations between segments. In connection with its operations, the Supply and Logistics segment secures transportation and facilities services from our other two segments as well as third-party service providers under month-to-month and multi-year arrangements. Intersegment transportation service rates are conducted at posted tariff rates, rates similar to those charged to third parties or rates that we believe approximate market. Facilities segment services are also obtained at rates generally consistent with rates charged to third parties for similar services. Intersegment activities are eliminated in consolidation and we believe that the estimates with respect to these rates are reasonable. Also, our segment operating and general and administrative expenses reflect direct costs attributable to each segment; however, we also allocate certain operating expenses and general and administrative overhead expenses between segments based on management’s assessment of the business activities for the period. The proportional allocations by segment require judgment by management and may be adjusted in the future based on the business activities that exist during each period. We believe that the estimates with respect to these allocations are reasonable.

Revenues and expenses from our Canadian based subsidiaries, which use CAD as their functional currency, are translated at the prevailing average exchange rates for the month.
89

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Transportation Segment

Our Transportation segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with transporting crude oil and NGL on pipelines, gathering systems and trucks. The Transportation segment generates revenue through a combination of tariffs, pipeline capacity agreements and other transportation fees. Tariffs and other fees on our pipeline systems vary by receipt point and delivery point. The segment results generated by our tariff and other fee-related activities depend on the volumes transported on the pipeline and the level of the tariff and other fees charged, as well as the fixed and variable field costs of operating the pipeline.

The following tables set forth our operating results from our Transportation segment:

Operating Results (1)
(in millions, except per barrel data)
Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019$%
Revenues$2,020 $2,320 $(300)(13)%
Purchases and related costs(229)(244)15 %
Field operating costs (584)(700)116 17 %
Segment general and administrative expenses (2)
(98)(104)%
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities350 388 (38)(10)%
Adjustments (3):
Depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities71 61 10 16 %
Losses from derivative activities, net of inventory valuation adjustments— **
Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net71 (18)89 **
Equity-indexed compensation expense11 **
Line 901 incident— 10 (10)**
Significant acquisition-related expenses— **
Segment Adjusted EBITDA$1,616 $1,722 $(106)(6)%
Maintenance capital$136 $161 $(25)(16)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA per barrel$0.70 $0.68 $0.02 %

Average Daily Volumes
(in thousands of barrels per day) (4)
Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019Volumes%
Tariff activities volumes
Crude oil pipelines (by region):
Permian Basin (5)
4,427 4,690 (263)(6)%
South Texas / Eagle Ford (5)
380 446 (66)(15)%
Central (5)
379 498 (119)(24)%
Gulf Coast134 165 (31)(19)%
Rocky Mountain (5)
245 293 (48)(16)%
Western223 198 25 13 %
Canada294 323 (29)(9)%
Crude oil pipelines6,082 6,613 (531)(8)%
NGL pipelines184 192 (8)(4)%
Tariff activities total volumes6,266 6,805 (539)(8)%
Trucking volumes74 88 (14)(16)%
Transportation segment total volumes6,340 6,893 (553)(8)%

**    Indicates that variance as a percentage is not meaningful.
90

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(1)Revenues and costs and expenses include intersegment amounts.
(2)Segment general and administrative expenses reflect direct costs attributable to each segment and an allocation of other expenses to the segments. The proportional allocations by segment require judgment by management and are based on the business activities that exist during each period.
(3)Represents adjustments included in the performance measure utilized by our CODM in the evaluation of segment results. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of such adjustments.
(4)Average daily volumes are calculated as the total volumes (attributable to our interest) for the year divided by the number of days in the year.
(5)Region includes volumes (attributable to our interest) from pipelines owned by unconsolidated entities.

The following is a discussion of items impacting Transportation segment operating results for the periods indicated.

Revenues, Purchases and Related Costs, Equity Earnings in Unconsolidated Entities and Volumes. The following table presents variances in revenues, purchases and related costs and equity earnings in unconsolidated entities by region:

Favorable/(Unfavorable) Variance
2020-2019
(in millions)RevenuesPurchases and Related CostsEquity Earnings
Crude oil pipelines
Permian Basin region$(104)$(17)$31 
South Texas / Eagle Ford region(12)— (26)
Central region(33)(2)(21)
Rocky Mountain region(5)— (24)
Canada region(26)— — 
Other regions, NGL pipelines, trucking and pipeline loss allowance revenue(120)34 
Total variance$(300)$15 $(38)

COVID-19 Impact. The destruction of demand for refined products, and therefore crude oil, caused by COVID-19 created a supply and demand imbalance in the crude oil markets for a portion of 2020 in all of our operating regions. This imbalance pushed crude oil prices to historically low levels, including negative values for at least one day in April 2020. In turn, these factors caused U.S. and Canadian producers to respond by quickly curtailing their crude oil production as well as their drilling and completion activities. These actions led to a decline of onshore, lower 48 U.S. oil production by approximately 1.4 million barrels of crude oil per day between February and May of 2020, according to the information provided by the EIA, and adversely impacted transportation volumes on our pipelines.

Permian Basin region. Revenues, net of purchases and related costs, (“net revenues”) decreased by $121 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to lower long-haul pipeline movements to Cushing, Oklahoma and Corpus Christi, Texas due to compressed regional basis differentials, as well as lower volumes on our intra-basin pipelines that feed our long-haul pipelines, partially offset by increased volumes on our gathering pipelines, almost half of which was attributable to the Felix Midstream system we acquired in February 2020. Some shippers on the long-haul pipelines to Cushing and Corpus Christi have under-delivered relative to their minimum volume commitments; however, the earnings related to these volume shortfalls will not be recognized until future periods when either the shortfall is made up or when the shipper’s make-up rights expire or it is determined that their ability to utilize the make-up right is remote. Such deficiencies are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above as discussed further below under “—Adjustments: Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net.

The increase in equity earnings over the comparative period was primarily from our 65% interest in the Cactus II pipeline, which was placed in service in August 2019, partially offset by lower equity earnings from our 20% interest in the BridgeTex pipeline primarily due to lower volumes.

91

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
South Texas / Eagle Ford region. The decrease in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to lower volumes, primarily related to lower production.

Equity earnings from our 50% interest in the Eagle Ford pipeline decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a combination of lower joint tariff volumes from the Permian Basin via our Cactus I pipeline, and to a lesser extent, lower regional receipts. Similar to some shippers in the Permian Basin region, certain shippers on the Eagle Ford pipeline have under-delivered relative to their minimum volume commitments and the earnings related to these volume shortfalls will not be recognized until future periods. Such deficiencies are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above as discussed further below under “—Adjustments: Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net.

Central region. The decrease in net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to a decrease in crude oil production in the region. This is also a region with a meaningful amount of excess pipeline capacity, which exacerbates the impact to our assets in this region.

The decrease in equity earnings for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to the impact of refinery downtime on certain of the demand pull pipelines out of Cushing, Oklahoma, in which we own a 50% interest.

Rocky Mountain region. Equity earnings decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to a combination of (i) lower crude oil volumes, partially offset by higher NGL volumes, (ii) lower tariff rates due to the expiration of certain long-term contracts and (iii) the sale of 25% of our interest in Saddlehorn in February 2020.

Canada region. The decrease in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to decreased crude oil production in the areas serviced by our pipelines.

Other regions, NGL pipelines, trucking and pipeline loss allowance revenue. The decrease in other net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to lower pipeline loss allowance revenue due to a combination of both lower prices and volumes in 2020. To a lesser extent, lower net revenues from our trucking activities due to less favorable market conditions in 2020 contributed to the decrease. Additionally, volumes in our Gulf Coast region were impacted by a decrease in throughput on a lower tariff pipeline, which did not result in a significant impact on revenue.

Adjustments: Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net. Many industry infrastructure projects developed and completed over the last several years were underpinned by long-term minimum volume commitment contracts whereby the shipper agreed to either: (i) ship and pay for certain stated volumes or (ii) pay the agreed upon price for a minimum contract quantity. Some of these agreements include make-up rights if the minimum volume is not met. If a counterparty has a make-up right associated with a deficiency, we bill the counterparty and defer the revenue attributable to the counterparty’s make-up right but record an adjustment to reflect such amount associated with the current period activity in Segment Adjusted EBITDA. We subsequently recognize the revenue, and record a corresponding reversal of the adjustment, at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is delivered or shipped, when the make-up right expires or when it is determined that the counterparty’s ability to utilize the make-up right is remote.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, amounts billed to counterparties exceeded revenue recognized during the period that was previously deferred. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the recognition of previously deferred revenue exceeded amounts billed to counterparties associated with deficiencies under minimum volume commitments.

Field Operating Costs. The decrease in field operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to (i) a decrease in variable costs due to lower volumes, (ii) a decrease of maintenance activities, primarily due to timing changes, (iii) lower equity-based compensation costs on liability-classified awards (which are not included as an “Adjustment” in the table above) due to a decrease in our common unit price, (iv) reductions in compensation costs, primarily due to the benefit of wage subsidies received by our Canadian subsidiary and (v) additional estimated costs recognized in 2019 associated with the Line 901 incident (which impact field operating costs but are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and thus are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above). Such favorable impacts were partially offset by higher property taxes attributable to assets placed in service in 2020 and increased property valuations.

92

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Segment General and Administrative Expenses. The decrease in segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to (i) lower equity-based compensation costs on liability-classified awards (which are not included as an “Adjustment” in the table above), due to a decrease in our common unit price, (ii) decreased travel and entertainment costs and (iii) the benefit of wage subsidies received by our Canadian subsidiary. Such items were partially offset by an overall increase in compensation costs related to severance costs associated with our efforts to streamline our organization.

Maintenance Capital. Maintenance capital consists of capital expenditures for the replacement and/or refurbishment of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the operating and/or earnings capacity of our existing assets. The decrease in maintenance capital for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was due to timing changes, the completion of multi-year reliability improvement programs and application of updated regulatory guidance, among other factors.

Facilities Segment

Our Facilities segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with providing storage, terminalling and throughput services primarily for crude oil, NGL and natural gas, as well as NGL fractionation and isomerization services and natural gas and condensate processing services. The Facilities segment generates revenue through a combination of month-to-month and multi-year agreements.

The following tables set forth our operating results from our Facilities segment:

Operating Results (1)
(in millions, except per barrel data)
Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019$%
Revenues$1,138 $1,171 $(33)(3)%
Purchases and related costs(15)(15)— — %
Field operating costs(316)(360)44 12 %
Segment general and administrative expenses (2)
(84)(83)(1)(1)%
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities— N/A
Adjustments (3):
Depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities
**
Gains from derivative activities
(5)(13)**
Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net
— **
Equity-indexed compensation expense
— **
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$731 $705 $26 %
Maintenance capital
$51 $97 $(46)(47)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA per barrel
$0.49 $0.47 $0.02 %

Year Ended December 31,Variance
Volumes (4)
20202019Volumes%
Liquids storage (average monthly capacity in millions of barrels) (5)
109 110 (1)(1)%
Natural gas storage (average monthly working capacity in billions of cubic feet)66 63 %
NGL fractionation (average volumes in thousands of barrels per day)129 144 (15)(10)%
Facilities segment total volumes (average monthly volumes in millions of barrels) (6)
124 125 (1)(1)%

**    Indicates that variance as a percentage is not meaningful.
(1)Revenues and costs and expenses include intersegment amounts.
93

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)Segment general and administrative expenses reflect direct costs attributable to each segment and an allocation of other expenses to the segments. The proportional allocations by segment require judgment by management and are based on the business activities that exist during each period.
(3)Represents adjustments included in the performance measure utilized by our CODM in the evaluation of segment results. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of such adjustments.
(4)Average monthly volumes are calculated as total volumes for the year divided by the number of months in the year.
(5)Includes volumes (attributable to our interest) from facilities owned by unconsolidated entities.
(6)Facilities segment total volumes are calculated as the sum of: (i) liquids storage capacity; (ii) natural gas storage working capacity divided by 6 to account for the 6:1 mcf of natural gas to crude Btu equivalent ratio and further divided by 1,000 to convert to monthly volumes in millions; and (iii) NGL fractionation volumes multiplied by the number of days in the year and divided by the number of months in the year.

The following is a discussion of items impacting Facilities segment operating results.

Revenues, Purchases and Related Costs and Volumes. Variances in revenues, purchases and related costs, and average monthly volumes were primarily driven by the following:

Rail Terminals. Revenues from our rail terminals decreased by $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to decreased activity at certain of our rail terminals resulting from less favorable market conditions, as well as lower volumes due to voluntary shut-ins and curtailments of crude oil production by producers.

NGL Operations. Revenues from our NGL operations decreased by $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the sale of certain NGL terminals in the fourth quarter of 2019 and the second quarter of 2020, net unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of approximately $4 million and lower revenues from our NGL processing facilities. Such unfavorable impacts were partially offset by the favorable impact of the receipt of a deficiency payment in 2020 of approximately $20 million upon the expiration of a multi-year contract.

Natural Gas and Condensate Processing. Net revenues from our U.S. natural gas and condensate processing operations decreased by $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to the unfavorable impact of a $5 million payment to resolve a contractual dispute as well as a decrease in condensate processing volumes and rates.

Crude Oil Storage. Revenues from our crude oil storage operations increased by $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the addition of an aggregate of approximately 3 million barrels of storage capacity at our Cushing, Oklahoma, St. James, Louisiana and Midland, Texas terminals and increased activity at certain of our Mid-Continent terminals. Additionally, the unfavorable impact on revenues from the sale of our Los Angeles Basin terminals in October 2020 was largely offset by increased spot activity at certain of these terminals during the first three quarters of 2020.

The increase in equity earnings over the comparative period was from our 50% interest in Eagle Ford Terminals, which owns a crude oil storage facility in Corpus Christi, Texas that was placed in service in September of 2019.

Field Operating Costs. The decrease in field operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to (i) lower maintenance activities due to timing changes, (ii) reduced activity at our rail terminals and the divestiture of certain NGL terminals, (iii) reductions in compensation costs including the benefit of wage subsidies received by our Canadian subsidiary and (iv) lower property taxes. Such favorable impacts were partially offset by lower mark-to-market gains in the current period on fuel hedges (which impacts field operating costs but are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and thus are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above).

Maintenance Capital. The decrease in maintenance capital spending for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to timing changes, the impact of asset sales, the completion of multi-year reliability improvement programs and application of updated regulatory guidance, among other factors.

94

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Supply and Logistics Segment

Revenues from our Supply and Logistics segment activities reflect the sale of gathered and bulk-purchased crude oil, as well as sales of NGL volumes. Generally, our segment results are impacted by (i) increases or decreases in our Supply and Logistics segment volumes (which consist of lease gathering crude oil purchases volumes and NGL sales volumes), (ii) the overall strength, weakness and volatility of market conditions, including regional differentials, and (iii) the effects of competition on our lease gathering and NGL margins. In addition, the execution of our risk management strategies in conjunction with our assets can provide upside in certain markets.

The following tables set forth our operating results from our Supply and Logistics segment:

Operating Results (1)
(in millions, except per barrel data)
Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019$%
Revenues$22,059 $32,276 $(10,217)(32)%
Purchases and related costs(22,099)(31,276)9,177 29 %
Field operating costs(191)(258)67 26 %
Segment general and administrative expenses (2)
(89)(110)21 19 %
Adjustments (3):
Losses from derivative activities net of inventory valuation adjustments484 173 311 **
Long-term inventory costing adjustments44 (20)64 **
Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net— **
Equity-indexed compensation expense— **
Net (gain)/loss on foreign currency revaluation(3)14 (17)**
Segment Adjusted EBITDA$210 $803 $(593)(74)%
Maintenance capital$29 $29 $— — %
Segment Adjusted EBITDA per barrel$0.43 $1.61 $(1.18)(73)%

Average Daily Volumes (4)
(in thousands of barrels per day)
Year Ended December 31,Variance
20202019Volume%
Crude oil lease gathering purchases1,174 1,162 12 %
NGL sales144 207 (63)(30)%
Supply and Logistics segment total volumes1,318 1,369 (51)(4)%

**    Indicates that variance as a percentage is not meaningful.
(1)Revenues and costs include intersegment amounts.
(2)Segment general and administrative expenses reflect direct costs attributable to each segment and an allocation of other expenses to the segments. The proportional allocations by segment require judgment by management and are based on the business activities that exist during each period.
(3)Represents adjustments included in the performance measure utilized by our CODM in the evaluation of segment results. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of such adjustments.
(4)Average daily volumes are calculated as the total volumes for the period divided by the number of days in the period. 

95

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The following table presents the range of the NYMEX West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) benchmark price of crude oil (in dollars per barrel):

NYMEX WTI
Crude Oil Price
During the Year Ended December 31, LowHigh
2020$(38)$63 
2019$46 $66 

Our crude oil and NGL supply, logistics and distribution operations are not directly affected by the absolute level of prices. Because the commodities that we buy and sell are generally indexed to the same pricing indices for both sales and purchases, revenues and costs related to purchases will fluctuate with market prices. However, the margins related to those sales and purchases will not necessarily have a corresponding increase or decrease. Additionally, net revenues are impacted by net gains and losses from certain derivative activities during the periods.

Our NGL operations are sensitive to weather-related demand, particularly during the approximate five-month peak heating season of November through March, and temperature differences from period-to-period may have a significant effect on NGL demand and thus our financial performance.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Volumes. The following summarizes the significant items impacting our Supply and Logistics Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

Crude Oil Operations. Net revenues from our crude oil operations decreased for year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a combination of (i) less favorable crude oil differentials, particularly the differential between the value of crude oil in the Permian Basin compared to the Gulf Coast market and (ii) the impact of lower volumes in higher margin areas, partially offset by volume increases in lower margin areas. Such unfavorable impacts were partially offset by the favorable impact of contango market conditions during the last three quarters of 2020.

NGL Operations. Net revenues from our NGL operations decreased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to (i) warmer weather during the fourth quarter of 2020, (ii) weaker fractionation spreads between the price of natural gas and the extracted NGL, (iii) lower border flows through our straddle plants and (iv) the absence of the favorable impact from certain non-recurring items recorded in the second quarter of 2019.

Impact from Certain Derivative Activities, Net of Inventory Valuation Adjustments. The impact from certain derivative activities on our net revenues includes mark-to-market and other gains and losses resulting from certain derivative instruments that are related to underlying activities in another period (or the reversal of mark-to-market gains and losses from a prior period), losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities (such as the purchase of linefill) and inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a comprehensive discussion regarding our derivatives and risk management activities. These gains and losses impact our net revenues but are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and thus are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above.

Long-Term Inventory Costing Adjustments. Our net revenues are impacted by changes in the weighted average cost of our crude oil and NGL inventory pools that result from price movements during the periods. These costing adjustments related to long-term inventory necessary to meet our minimum inventory requirements in third-party assets and other working inventory that was needed for our commercial operations. We consider this inventory necessary to conduct our operations and we intend to carry this inventory for the foreseeable future. These costing adjustments impact our net revenues but are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and thus are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above.

Foreign Exchange Impacts. Our net revenues are impacted by fluctuations in the value of CAD to USD, resulting in foreign exchange gains and losses on U.S. denominated net assets within our Canadian operations. These non-cash gains and losses impact our net revenues but are excluded from Segment Adjusted EBITDA and thus are reflected as an “Adjustment” in the table above.

96

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Field Operating Costs. The decrease in field operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by a decrease in long-haul third-party trucking costs and a decrease in company personnel and truck costs as more of our supply was connected to pipelines and taken off trucks.

Segment General and Administrative Expenses. The decrease in segment general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by (i) lower compensation costs including the benefit of wage subsidies received by our Canadian subsidiary, (ii) decreased travel and entertainment costs, (iii) a decrease in equity-based compensation costs on liability-classified awards (which are not included as an “Adjustment” in the table above) due to a decrease in our common unit price and (iv) general cost reductions associated with exiting low margin, high administrative cost businesses.

Other Income and Expenses

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 largely driven by additional depreciation expense associated with acquired assets, the completion of various investment capital projects and a reduction in the useful lives of certain assets.

Gains/Losses on Asset Sales and Asset Impairments, Net

The net loss on asset sales and asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2020 included (i) non-cash impairment losses on held and used assets of approximately $541 million related to the write-down of (a) certain pipeline and other long-lived assets due to the current macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply, as well as changing market conditions and expected lower crude oil production in certain regions, and (b) idled or underutilized assets for which is it has been determined that it is unlikely that opportunities will exist in the future to recover our investment in these assets and (ii) net losses of approximately $178 million related to the sale of assets, including non-cash impairments recognized upon classification to assets held for sale.

The net loss on asset sales and asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2019 was largely driven by a loss on the sale of a storage terminal in North Dakota. See Note 6 and Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these asset impairments.

Goodwill Impairment Losses

During the first quarter of 2020, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $2.5 billion, representing the entire balance of goodwill. See Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Gain on/(Impairment of) Investments in Unconsolidated Entities, Net

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized losses of $202 million related to the write-down of certain of our investments in unconsolidated entities. Additionally, we recognized a gain of $21 million related to our sale of a 10% interest in Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLC.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a non-cash gain of $269 million related to a fair value adjustment resulting from the accounting for the contribution of our undivided joint interest in the Capline pipeline system for an equity interest in Capline Pipeline Company LLC. See Note 9 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our unconsolidated entities.
97

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Interest Expense

Interest expense is primarily impacted by:

our weighted average debt balances;
the level and maturity of fixed rate debt and interest rates associated therewith;
market interest rates and our interest rate hedging activities; and
interest capitalized on capital projects.

The following table summarizes the components impacting the interest expense variance (in millions, except percentages):
Average
LIBOR
Weighted Average
Interest Rate (1)
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019
$425 2.2 %4.4 %
Impact of lower capitalized interest10 
Impact of borrowings under credit facilities and PAA commercial paper program
Impact of issuance and retirement of PAA senior notes(4)
Other
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020$436 0.5 %4.1 %

(1)Excludes commitment and other fees.

Interest expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to (i) a higher weighted average debt balance during 2020 driven by higher commercial paper and credit facility borrowings and (ii) lower capitalized interest in the 2020 period resulting from fewer capital projects under construction, partially offset by (iii) the impact from lower weighted average rates.

See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our debt activities during the periods presented.

Other Income, Net

The following table summarizes the components impacting Other income/(expense), net (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Gain related to mark-to-market adjustment of our Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option (1)
$20 $
Net gain on foreign currency revaluation (2)
13 15 
Other
$39 $24 

(1)See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(2)The activity during 2020 was primarily related to the impact from the change in the USD to CAD exchange rate on the portion of our intercompany net investment that is not long-term in nature.

98

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Income Tax (Expense)/Benefit

The decrease in current income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to lower taxable earnings from our Canadian operations. The increase in the deferred income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to (i) the impact of lower earnings at PAA on income attributable to PAGP and (ii) lower year-over-year income as impacted by fluctuations in the derivative mark-to-market valuations in our Canadian operations, partially offset by the recognition of a deferred tax benefit of approximately $60 million during the second quarter of 2019 as a result of the reduction of the provincial tax rate in Alberta, Canada.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

Our primary sources of liquidity are (i) cash flow from operating activities (ii) borrowings under PAA’s credit facilities or commercial paper program and (iii) funds received from sales of equity and debt securities. In addition, we may supplement these sources of liquidity with proceeds from our divestiture program. Our primary cash requirements include, but are not limited to, (i) ordinary course of business uses, such as the payment of amounts related to the purchase of crude oil, NGL and other products, other expenses and interest payments on outstanding debt, (ii) investment and maintenance capital activities, (iii) acquisitions of assets or businesses, (iv) repayment of principal on long-term debt and (v) distributions to our Class A shareholders and noncontrolling interests. In addition, we may use cash for repurchases of common equity. We generally expect to fund our short-term cash requirements through cash flow generated from operating activities and/or borrowings under PAA’s commercial paper program or credit facilities. In addition, we generally expect to fund our long-term needs, such as those resulting from investment capital activities or acquisitions and refinancing long-term debt, through a variety of sources (either separately or in combination), which may include the sources mentioned above as funding for short-term needs and/or the issuance of additional equity or debt securities and the sale of assets.

As of December 31, 2020, although we had a working capital deficit of $587 million, we had approximately $2.2 billion of liquidity available to meet our ongoing operating, investing and financing needs, subject to continued covenant compliance, as noted below (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2020
Availability under PAA senior unsecured revolving credit facility (1) (2)
$1,507 
Availability under PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility (1) (2)
1,197 
Amounts outstanding under PAA commercial paper program(547)
Subtotal
2,157 
Cash and cash equivalents
25 
Total
$2,182 

(1)Represents availability prior to giving effect to borrowings outstanding under the PAA commercial paper program, which reduce available capacity under the facilities.
(2)Available capacity under the PAA senior unsecured revolving credit facility and the PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility was reduced by outstanding letters of credit of $93 million and $36 million, respectively.
99

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Usage of PAA’s credit facilities, which provide the financial backstop for PAA’s commercial paper program, is subject to ongoing compliance with covenants, as discussed further below. PAA’s borrowing capacity and borrowing costs are also impacted by its credit rating. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to PAA’s Business—Loss of PAA’s investment grade credit rating or the ability to receive open credit could negatively affect its borrowing costs, ability to purchase crude oil, NGL and natural gas supplies or to capitalize on market opportunities.”

Current macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply has caused liquidity issues impacting many energy companies; however, we believe that we have, and will continue to have, the ability to access PAA’s commercial paper program and credit facilities, which we use to meet our short-term cash needs. We believe that our financial position remains strong and we have sufficient liquid assets, cash flow from operating activities and borrowing capacity under PAA’s credit agreements to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures; however, extended disruptions in the financial markets and/or energy price volatility that adversely affect our business may have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion regarding risks that may impact our liquidity and capital resources.

Credit Agreements, Commercial Paper Program and Indentures

PAA has three primary credit arrangements, which we use to meet our short-term cash needs. These include PAA’s $1.6 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility maturing in 2024, $1.4 billion senior secured hedged inventory facility maturing in 2022 (excluding aggregate commitments of $45 million, which mature in 2021) and $3.0 billion unsecured commercial paper program that is backstopped by PAA’s revolving credit facility and its hedged inventory facility. Additionally, PAA has two $100 million term loans. The credit agreements for PAA’s revolving credit facilities (which impact PAA’s ability to access its commercial paper program because they provide the financial backstop that supports PAA’s short-term credit ratings) and PAA’s term loans and the indentures governing its senior notes contain cross-default provisions. A default under PAA’s credit agreements or indentures would permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity of the outstanding debt. As long as PAA is in compliance with the provisions in its credit agreements, its ability to make distributions of available cash is not restricted. PAA was in compliance with the covenants contained in its credit agreements and indentures as of December 31, 2020.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

The primary drivers of cash flow from operating activities are (i) the collection of amounts related to the sale of crude oil, NGL and other products, the transportation of crude oil and other products for a fee, and the provision of storage and terminalling services for a fee and (ii) the payment of amounts related to the purchase of crude oil, NGL and other products and other expenses, principally field operating costs, general and administrative expenses and interest expense.

Cash flow from operating activities can be materially impacted by the storage of crude oil in periods of a contango market, when the price of crude oil for future deliveries is higher than current prices. In the month we pay for the stored crude oil, we borrow under the PAA credit facilities or commercial paper program (or use cash on hand) to pay for the crude oil, which negatively impacts operating cash flow. Conversely, cash flow from operating activities increases during the period in which we collect the cash from the sale of the stored crude oil. Similarly, the level of NGL and other product inventory stored and held for resale at period end affects our cash flow from operating activities.

In periods when the market is not in contango, we typically sell our crude oil during the same month in which we purchase it and we do not rely on borrowings under the PAA credit facilities or commercial paper program to pay for the crude oil. During such market conditions, our accounts payable and accounts receivable generally move in tandem as we make payments and receive payments for the purchase and sale of crude oil in the same month, which is the month following such activity. In periods during which we build inventory, regardless of market structure, we may rely on the PAA credit facilities or commercial paper program to pay for the inventory. In addition, we use derivative instruments to manage the risks associated with the purchase and sale of our commodities. Therefore, our cash flow from operating activities may be impacted by the margin deposit requirements related to our derivative activities. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion regarding our derivatives and risk management activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $1.5 billion, $2.5 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, and primarily resulted from earnings from our operations. Additionally, as discussed further below, changes during these periods in our inventory levels and associated margin balances required as part of our hedging activities impacted our cash flow from operating activities.
100

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During 2020, we increased the volume of both our crude oil inventory to be stored during the contango market and our NGL inventory in anticipation of the 2020-2021 heating season as well as the margin balances required as part of our hedging activities, all of which was funded by short-term debt. The cash outflows associated with these activities were partially offset by lower prices for inventory purchased and stored at the end of the current period compared to the end of 2019. Cash provided by operating activities was favorably impacted by cash received for transactions for which the revenue has been deferred pending the completion of future performance obligations. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

During 2019, our cash provided by operating activities was positively impacted by the proceeds from the sale of NGL and crude oil inventory that we held and also by the lower weighted average price of NGL inventory compared to prior year amounts.

During 2018, our cash provided by operating activities was favorably impacted by approximately $250 million of cash received for transactions for which the revenue has been deferred pending the completion of future performance obligations. The favorable impact was partially offset by an increase in the volume of crude oil inventory that we held, which was funded from earnings from our operations and proceeds from asset sales.

Investing Activities

In addition to our operating needs discussed above, we also use cash for our investment capital projects, maintenance capital activities and acquisition activities. Historically, we have financed these expenditures primarily with cash generated by operating activities discussed in “—Cash Flow from Operating Activities” above and the financing activities discussed in “—Financing Activities” below. In recent years, we have also used proceeds from our divestiture program, as discussed further below. We have made and will continue to make capital expenditures for investment capital projects, maintenance activities and acquisitions. However, in the near term, we do not plan to issue common equity to fund such activities.

Capital Expenditures

The following table summarizes our expenditures for acquisition capital, investment capital and maintenance capital (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Investment capital (1) (2) (3)
$921 $1,340 $1,888 
Maintenance capital (1)
216 287 252 
Acquisition capital (4)
310 50 — 
$1,447 $1,677 $2,140 

(1)Capital expenditures made to expand the existing operating and/or earnings capacity of our assets are classified as “Investment capital.” Capital expenditures for the replacement and/or refurbishment of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the operating and/or earnings capacity of our existing assets are classified as “Maintenance capital.”
(2)“Investment capital” was previously termed “expansion capital.” We consider the term “investment capital” to be more descriptive.
(3)Includes contributions to unconsolidated entities, accounted for under the equity method of accounting, related to investment capital projects by such entities.
(4)Acquisition capital for 2020 primarily includes a crude oil gathering system located in the Delaware Basin.

101

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Investment Capital Projects

Our investment capital programs consist of investments in midstream infrastructure projects that build upon our core assets and operations. For the years presented, substantially all of the investment capital was invested in our fee-based Transportation and Facilities segments. The majority of this investment capital consists of highly-contracted projects that complement our broader system capabilities and support the long-term needs of the upstream and downstream sectors of the industry value chain. The following table summarizes our investment in capital projects (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
Projects202020192018
Permian Basin Takeaway Pipeline Projects (1) (2)
$292 $440 $880 
Complementary Permian Basin Projects (1)
200 503 671 
Long-Haul Pipeline Projects (Non-Permian) (1)
195 98 20 
Selected Facilities/Downstream Projects (3)
115 93 62 
Other Projects119 206 255 
Total$921 $1,340 $1,888 

(1)These projects will continue into 2021. See “—2021 Investment Capital Projects below.”
(2)Represents pipeline projects with takeaway capacity out of the Permian Basin, including (i) our 16% interest in Wink to Webster Pipeline and (ii) our 65% interest in the Cactus II Pipeline.
(3)Includes projects at our St. James and Cushing terminals.

2021 Investment Capital Projects. In April 2020, in response to the current dynamic and uncertain market conditions, we announced our plan to significantly reduce and continue to challenge our capital program. The majority of our 2021 investment capital program will be invested in our fee-based Transportation and Facilities segments. We expect that our investments will have minimal contributions to our 2021 results, but will provide growth for 2022 and beyond. Our 2021 capital program includes the following projects as of February 2021 with the estimated cost for the entire year (in millions):

Projects2021
Permian Basin Takeaway Pipeline Projects$140 
Long-Haul Pipeline Projects (Non-Permian)115 
Complementary Permian Basin Projects85 
Selected Facilities/Downstream Projects50 
Other Projects35 
Total Projected 2021 Investment Capital$425 

Divestitures

We continue to evaluate potential sales of non-core assets and/or sales of partial interests in assets to strategic joint venture partners. The following table summarizes the proceeds received for sales of such assets, which were previously reported in our Transportation and Facilities segments:

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Proceeds from divestitures (1)
$451 $205 $1,334 

(1)Includes proceeds from (i) a multi-year supply agreement related to the sale of certain NGL terminals in April 2020 and (ii) our formation of Red River Pipeline Company LLC in May 2019. See Note 7 and Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

102

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Proceeds from asset sales were used to fund our investment capital projects and reduce debt levels. See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail regarding our divestiture transactions.

Ongoing Activities Related to Strategic Transactions

We are continuously engaged in the evaluation of potential transactions that support our current business strategy. While in the past such transactions have included acquisitions and large capital projects, consistent with our current strategic focus on capital discipline, leverage reduction, portfolio optimization and free cash flow generation, we are currently primarily focused on evaluating whether we should (i) sell assets that we regard as non-core or that we believe might be a better fit with the business and/or assets of a third-party buyer or (ii) sell partial interests in assets to strategic joint venture partners, in each case to optimize our asset portfolio and strengthen our balance sheet and leverage metrics. With respect to a potential divestiture, we may also conduct an auction process or may negotiate a transaction with one or a limited number of potential buyers. Such transactions could involve assets that, if sold or put into a joint venture or joint ownership arrangement, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We typically do not announce a transaction until after we have executed a definitive agreement. However, in certain cases in order to protect our business interests or for other reasons, we may defer public announcement of a transaction until closing or a later date. Past experience has demonstrated that discussions and negotiations regarding a potential transaction can advance or terminate in a short period of time. Moreover, the closing of any transaction for which we have entered into a definitive agreement may be subject to customary and other closing conditions, which may not ultimately be satisfied or waived. Accordingly, we can give no assurance that our current or future efforts with respect to any such transactions will be successful, and we can provide no assurance that our financial expectations with respect to such transactions will ultimately be realized. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to PAA’s Business—Divestitures, joint ventures, joint ownership arrangements and acquisitions involve risks that may adversely affect PAA’s business.”

Financing Activities

Our financing activities primarily relate to funding investment capital projects, acquisitions and refinancing of debt maturities, as well as short-term working capital (including borrowings for NYMEX and ICE margin deposits) and hedged inventory borrowings related to our NGL business and contango market activities. 

Borrowings and Repayments Under Credit Arrangements

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we had net borrowings under the PAA credit facilities and commercial paper program of $296 million. The net borrowings resulted primarily from borrowings during the period related to funding needs for inventory purchases and general partnership purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we had net borrowings under the PAA credit facilities and commercial paper program of $418 million. The net borrowings resulted primarily from borrowings during the period related to funding needs for general partnership purposes.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we had net repayments on the PAA credit facilities and commercial paper program of $901 million. The net repayments resulted primarily from cash flow from operating activities and proceeds from asset sales, which offset borrowings during the period related to funding needs for capital investments, inventory purchases and other general partnership purposes.

In August 2018, PAA entered into an agreement for two $100 million term loans from the remarketing of its two $100 million bonds. The purchasers of the two term loans have the right to put, at par, the term loans in July 2023. The bonds mature by their terms in May 2032 and August 2035, respectively. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
103

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Senior Notes

Issuances of PAA Senior Notes. During 2020 and 2019, PAA issued senior unsecured notes as summarized in the table below (in millions):

YearDescriptionMaturityFace Value
Gross
Proceeds(1)
Net
Proceeds(2)
20203.80% Senior Notes issued at 99.794% of face valueSeptember 2030$750 $748 $742 
(3)
20193.55% Senior Notes issued at 99.801% of face valueDecember 2029$1,000 $998 $989 
(4)

(1)Face value of notes less the applicable premium or discount (before deducting for initial purchaser discounts, commissions and offering expenses).
(2)Face value of notes less the applicable premium or discount, initial purchaser discounts, commissions and offering expenses.
(3)PAA used the net proceeds from the offering to repay the principal amounts of its 5.00% senior notes due February 2021.
(4)PAA used the net proceeds from the offering to partially repay the principal amounts of its 2.60% senior notes due December 2019 and 5.75% senior notes due January 2020 and for general partnership purposes.

Repayments of PAA Senior Notes. During 2020 and 2019, PAA repaid the following senior unsecured notes in full (in millions):

YearDescriptionRepayment Date
2020$600 million 5.00% Senior Notes due February 2021November 2020
(1)
2019$500 million 2.60% Senior Notes due December 2019November 2019
(2)
2019$500 million 5.75% Senior Notes due January 2020December 2019
(2)

(1)PAA repaid these senior notes with proceeds from its 3.80% senior notes issued in June 2020 and cash on hand.
(2)PAA repaid these senior notes with proceeds from its 3.55% senior notes issued in September 2019 and cash on hand.

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2020, PAA repurchased $17 million of its outstanding senior notes on the open market and recognized a gain of $3 million on these transactions.

Registration Statements

PAGP Registration Statements. We have filed with the SEC a shelf registration statement that, subject to effectiveness at the time of use, allows us to issue up to an aggregate of $939 million of equity securities (“PAGP Traditional Shelf”). At December 31, 2020, we had approximately $939 million of unsold securities available under the PAGP Traditional Shelf. We also have access to a universal shelf registration statement (“PAGP WKSI Shelf”), which provides us with the ability to offer and sell an unlimited amount of equity securities, subject to market conditions and its capital needs. We did not conduct any offerings under the PAGP Traditional Shelf or PAGP WKSI Shelf during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018.

PAA Registration Statements.  PAA periodically accesses the capital markets for both equity and debt financing. PAA has filed with the SEC a universal shelf registration statement that, subject to effectiveness at the time of use, allows PAA to issue up to an aggregate of $1.1 billion of debt or equity securities (“PAA Traditional Shelf”). PAA did not conduct any offerings under the PAA Traditional Shelf during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. At December 31, 2020, PAA had approximately $1.1 billion of unsold securities available under the PAA Traditional Shelf. PAA also has access to a universal shelf registration statement (“PAA WKSI Shelf”), which provides it with the ability to offer and sell an unlimited
104

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
amount of debt and equity securities, subject to market conditions and capital needs. The offering of PAA’s $750 million, 3.80% senior notes in June 2020 was conducted under the PAA WKSI Shelf.

Common Equity Repurchase Program

In November 2020, the board of directors of our general partner approved a $500 million common equity repurchase program (the “Program”) to be utilized as an additional method of returning capital to investors. The Program authorizes the repurchase from time to time of up to $500 million of PAA’s common units and/or our Class A shares via open market purchases or negotiated transactions conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. Ultimately, the amount, timing and pace of potential repurchase activity will be determined by a number of factors, including market conditions, PAA’s financial performance and flexibility, PAA’s actual and expected Free Cash Flow after distributions, the absolute and relative equity prices of PAA’s common units and our Class A shares, and the extent to which PAA is positioned to achieve and maintain its targeted leverage ratio. No time limit has been set for completion of the Program, and the Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The Program does not obligate PAA or us to acquire a particular number of common units or Class A shares. Any PAA common units or Class A shares that are repurchased will be canceled.

PAA repurchased 6.2 million common units under the Program through open market purchases that settled during the year ended December 31, 2020. The total purchase price of these repurchases was $50 million, including commissions and fees. The remaining available capacity under the Program as of December 31, 2020 was $450 million. Additionally, PAA repurchased 350,000 common units under the Program for $3 million through open market purchases at the end of December 2020 that settled in January 2021.

Distributions to Our Class A Shareholders 

We distribute 100% of our available cash to our Class A shareholders of record within 55 days following the end of each quarter. Available cash is generally defined as all of our cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of each quarter less reserves established in the discretion of our general partner for future requirements. Our levels of financial reserves are established by our general partner and include reserves for the proper conduct of our business (including future capital expenditures and anticipated credit needs), compliance with law or contractual obligations and funding of future distributions to our shareholders. See Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Shares, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Cash Distribution Policy” for additional discussion regarding available cash and distributions.

In response to the challenging near-term market conditions, we took steps to further strengthen our balance sheet, liquidity and long-term financial flexibility. In this regard, beginning with the May 2020 distribution, PAA’s distribution per common unit and our distribution per Class A share were reduced by 50% versus the distributions paid in February 2020, which reflects a reduction of $525 million on an annualized basis. See “—Executive Summary—Recent Events and Outlook” for further discussion.

On February 12, 2021, we paid a quarterly distribution of $0.18 per Class A share ($0.72 per Class A share on an annualized basis). See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for details of distributions paid during the three years ended December 31, 2020.

Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests

Distributions to noncontrolling interests represent amounts paid on interests in consolidated entities that are not owned by us. As of December 31, 2020, noncontrolling interests in our subsidiaries consisted of (i) limited partner interests in PAA including a 69% interest in PAA’s common units and PAA’s Series A preferred units combined and 100% of PAA’s Series B preferred units, (ii) an approximate 21% limited partner interest in AAP and (iii) a 33% interest in Red River Pipeline Company LLC.

Distributions to PAA’s Series A preferred unitholders. Holders of PAA’s Series A preferred units are entitled to receive quarterly distributions, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, of $0.525 per unit ($2.10 per unit annualized). Subject to certain limitations, following January 28, 2021, the holders of PAA’s Series A preferred units may make a one-time election to reset the distribution rate. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
105

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Distributions to PAA’s Series B preferred unitholders. Holders of PAA’s Series B preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by PAA’s general partner out of legally available funds for such purpose, cumulative cash distributions, as applicable. Through and including November 15, 2022, holders are entitled to a distribution equal to $61.25 per unit per year, payable semiannually in arrears on the 15th day of May and November. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of PAA’s Series B preferred units, including distribution rates and payment dates after November 15, 2022.

Distributions to PAA’s common unitholders. On February 12, 2021, PAA paid a quarterly distribution of $0.18 per common unit ($0.72 per common unit on an annualized basis). See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for details of distributions paid during the three years ended December 31, 2020.

Contingencies

For a discussion of contingencies that may impact us, see Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commitments

Contractual Obligations.  In the ordinary course of doing business, we purchase crude oil and NGL from third parties under contracts, the majority of which range in term from thirty-day evergreen to five years, with a limited number of contracts with remaining terms extending up to 14 years. We establish a margin for these purchases by entering into various types of physical and financial sale and exchange transactions through which we seek to maintain a position that is substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand and sales and future delivery obligations on the other. The table below includes purchase obligations related to these activities. Where applicable, the amounts presented represent the net obligations associated with our counterparties (including giving effect to netting buy/sell contracts and those subject to a net settlement arrangement). We do not expect to use a significant amount of internal capital to meet these obligations, as the obligations will be funded by corresponding sales to entities that we deem creditworthy or who have provided credit support we consider adequate.

The following table includes our best estimate of the amount and timing of these payments as well as other amounts due under the specified contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

20212022202320242025ThereafterTotal
Long-term debt and related interest payments (1)
$406 $1,183 $1,662 $1,083 $1,300 $8,337 $13,971 
Leases (2)
108 100 77 63 49 304 701 
Other obligations (3)
542 368 325 281 254 934 2,704 
Subtotal1,056 1,651 2,064 1,427 1,603 9,575 17,376 
Crude oil, NGL and other purchases (4)
11,565 10,353 9,643 9,035 7,507 26,845 74,948 
Total$12,621 $12,004 $11,707 $10,462 $9,110 $36,420 $92,324 

(1)Includes debt service payments, interest payments due on PAA’s senior notes and the commitment fee on assumed available capacity under the PAA credit facilities, as well as long-term borrowings under PAA’s credit agreements and commercial paper program, if any. Although there may be short-term borrowings under PAA’s credit agreements and commercial paper program, we historically repay and borrow at varying amounts. As such, we have included only the maximum commitment fee (as if no short-term borrowings were outstanding on PAA’s credit agreements or commercial paper program) in the amounts above. For additional information regarding our debt obligations, see Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)Includes both operating and finance leases as defined by FASB guidance. Leases are primarily for (i) railcars, (ii) land, (iii) office space, (iv) storage tanks, (v) tractor trailers and (vi) vehicles. See Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
106

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3)Includes (i) other long-term liabilities, (ii) storage, processing and transportation agreements (including certain agreements for which the amount and timing of expected payments is subject to the completion of underlying construction projects), (iii) certain rights-of-way easements and (iv) noncancelable commitments related to our investment capital projects, including projected contributions for our share of the capital spending of our equity method investments. The storage, processing and transportation agreements include approximately $2.0 billion associated with agreements to store crude oil at facilities and transport crude oil on pipelines owned by equity method investees at posted tariff rates or prices that we believe approximate market. A portion of our commitment to transport is supported by crude oil buy/sell or other agreements with third parties with commensurate quantities.
(4)Amounts are primarily based on estimated volumes and market prices based on average activity during December 2020. The actual physical volume purchased and actual settlement prices will vary from the assumptions used in the table. Uncertainties involved in these estimates include levels of production at the wellhead, weather conditions, changes in market prices and other conditions beyond our control.

Letters of Credit.  In connection with supply and logistics activities, we provide certain suppliers with irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure our obligation for the purchase and transportation of crude oil, NGL and natural gas. Our liabilities with respect to these purchase obligations are recorded in accounts payable on our balance sheet in the month the product is purchased. Generally, these letters of credit are issued for periods of up to seventy days and are terminated upon completion of each transaction. Additionally, we issue letters of credit to support insurance programs, derivative transactions, including hedging-related margin obligations, and construction activities. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $129 million and $157 million, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by Item 303 of Regulation S-K.

Investments in Unconsolidated Entities

We have invested in entities that are not consolidated in our financial statements. Certain of these entities are borrowers under credit facilities. We are neither a co-borrower nor a guarantor under any facilities of such entities. We may elect at any time to make additional capital contributions to any of these entities. The following table sets forth selected information regarding these entities as of December 31, 2020 (unaudited, dollars in millions):

EntityType of OperationOur
Ownership
Interest
Total 
Entity
Assets
Total Cash
and
Restricted
Cash
Total 
Entity
Debt
BridgeTex Pipeline Company, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline20%$856 $35 $— 
Cactus II Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (1)
65%$1,167 $44 $— 
Capline Pipeline Company LLCCrude Oil Pipeline54%$1,217 $16 $— 
Diamond Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (1)
50%$951 $$— 
Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (1)
50%$808 $33 $— 
Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC
Crude Oil Terminal and Dock (1)
50%$220 $$— 
Red Oak Pipeline LLCCrude Oil Pipeline50%$205 $— $— 
Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline30%$662 $40 $— 
STACK Pipeline LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (1)
50%$146 $$— 
White Cliffs Pipeline, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline36%$518 $24 $— 
Wink to Webster Pipeline LLCCrude Oil Pipeline16%$2,068 $68 $— 
Other investments$531 $49 $

(1)We serve as operator of the asset.

107

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, including (i) commodity price risk, (ii) interest rate risk and (iii) currency exchange rate risk. We use various derivative instruments to manage such risks and, in certain circumstances, to realize incremental margin during volatile market conditions. Our risk management policies and procedures are designed to help ensure that our hedging activities address our risks by monitoring our exchange-cleared and over-the-counter positions, as well as physical volumes, grades, locations, delivery schedules and storage capacity. The board of directors of our general partner, acting through the Audit Committee, retains a general oversight role with respect to the management of these risks while management is directly responsible for our risk management activities. The Audit Committee has authorized the formation of a Risk Management Committee composed of senior members of management that oversees and works with our risk management function to ensure that we are in compliance with our risk policies and procedures and that we maintain related controls around commercial activities and certain aspects of corporate risk management. Our Risk Management Committee also approves all new risk management strategies through a formal process. The following discussion addresses each category of risk.

Commodity Price Risk

We use derivative instruments to hedge price risk associated with the following commodities:
Crude oil
We utilize crude oil derivatives to hedge commodity price risk inherent in our Supply and Logistics and Transportation segments. Our objectives for these derivatives include hedging anticipated purchases and sales, stored inventory and basis differentials. We manage these exposures with various instruments including futures, forwards, swaps and options.
Natural gas
We utilize natural gas derivatives to hedge commodity price risk inherent in our Supply and Logistics and Facilities segments. Our objectives for these derivatives include hedging anticipated purchases of natural gas. We manage these exposures with various instruments including futures, swaps and options.
NGL and other
We utilize NGL derivatives, primarily propane and butane derivatives, to hedge commodity price risk inherent in our Supply and Logistics segment. Our objectives for these derivatives include hedging anticipated purchases and sales and stored inventory. We manage these exposures with various instruments including futures, forwards, swaps and options.

See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding our hedging strategies and objectives.

The fair value of our commodity derivatives and the change in fair value as of December 31, 2020 that would be expected from a 10% price increase or decrease is shown in the table below (in millions):

Fair Value
Effect of 10%
Price Increase
Effect of 10%
Price Decrease
Crude oil
$(158)$(86)$88 
Natural gas
$$(9)
NGL and other
(144)$(47)$47 
Total fair value
$(301)

The fair values presented in the table above reflect the sensitivity of the derivative instruments only and do not include the effect of the underlying hedged commodity. Price-risk sensitivities were calculated by assuming an across-the-board 10% increase or decrease in price regardless of term or historical relationships between the contractual price of the instruments and the underlying commodity price. In the event of an actual 10% change in near-term commodity prices, the fair value of our derivative portfolio would typically change less than that shown in the table as changes in near-term prices are not typically mirrored in delivery months further out.

108

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Interest Rate Risk

Our use of variable rate debt and any forecasted issuances of fixed rate debt expose us to interest rate risk. Therefore, from time to time, we use interest rate derivatives to hedge interest rate risk associated with anticipated interest payments and, in certain cases, outstanding debt instruments. All of PAA’s senior notes are fixed rate notes and thus are not subject to interest rate risk. Our variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2020, approximately $914 million, was subject to interest rate re-sets that generally range from one day to approximately one month. The average interest rate on variable rate debt that was outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 was 1.4%, based upon rates in effect during the year. The fair value of our interest rate derivatives was an asset of $46 million as of December 31, 2020. A 10% increase in the forward LIBOR curve as of December 31, 2020 would have resulted in an increase of $15 million to the fair value of our interest rate derivatives. A 10% decrease in the forward LIBOR curve as of December 31, 2020 would have resulted in a decrease of $15 million to the fair value of our interest rate derivatives. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our interest rate risk hedging activities.

Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We use foreign currency derivatives to hedge foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with our exposure to fluctuations in the USD-to-CAD exchange rate. Because a significant portion of our Canadian business is conducted in CAD we use certain financial instruments to minimize the risks of unfavorable changes in exchange rates. These instruments include foreign currency exchange contracts, forwards and options. The fair value of our foreign currency derivatives was an asset of $2 million as of December 31, 2020. A 10% increase in the exchange rate (USD-to-CAD) would have resulted in a decrease of $3 million to the fair value of our foreign currency derivatives. A 10% decrease in the exchange rate (USD-to-CAD) would have resulted in an increase of $3 million to the fair value of our foreign currency derivatives. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our currency exchange rate risk hedging.

Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option
 
The Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option of PAA’s Series A preferred units is an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated from the related host contract, PAA’s partnership agreement, and recorded at fair value in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The valuation model utilized for this embedded derivative contains inputs including PAA’s common unit price, ten-year United States treasury rates, default probabilities and timing estimates to ultimately calculate the fair value of PAA’s Series A preferred units with and without the Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option. The fair value of this embedded derivative was a liability of $14 million as of December 31, 2020. A 10% increase or decrease in the fair value would have an impact of $1 million. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of embedded derivatives.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See “Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1.

Item 9.  Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain written disclosure controls and procedures, which we refer to as our “DCP.” Our DCP is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Applicable SEC rules require an evaluation of the effectiveness of our DCP. Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our DCP as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this report, and, based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our DCP is effective.

109

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. “Internal control over financial reporting” is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. See “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” on page F-2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as stated in the firm’s report. See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” on page F-3 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Certifications

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) are filed with this report as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 are furnished with this report as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2.

Item 9B.  Other Information

There was no information that was required to be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 2020 that has not previously been reported.

110

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Directors and Executive Officers
As of the date of filing this report, the following individuals were serving as our executive officers and/or directors:
NamePrincipal Occupation or Employment
Willie Chiang (1)(2)
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Harry N. Pefanis (1)(2)
President and Chief Commercial Officer
Chris R. Chandler (1)
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Al Swanson (1)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jeremy L. Goebel (1)
Executive Vice President - Commercial
Richard K. McGee (1)
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Chris Herbold (1)
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Greg L. Armstrong (2)
Senior Advisor to the Chief Executive Officer (former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer)
Victor Burk (2)
Managing Director, Alvarez and Marsal
Kevin McCarthy (2)
Vice Chairman, Kayne Anderson Capital Advisors, L.P.
Gary R. Petersen (2)
Managing Partner, EnCap Investments L.P.
Alexandra D. Pruner (2)
Senior Advisor, Perella Weinberg Partners
John T. Raymond (2)
Managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer, The Energy & Minerals Group
Bobby S. Shackouls (2)
Former Chairman and CEO, Burlington Resources Inc.
Christopher M. Temple (2)
President, DelTex Capital LLC
Lawrence M. Ziemba (2)
Former Executive Vice President, Refining, Phillips 66

(1)     Executive officer (for purposes of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K)
(2)     Director

A complete list of our officers, including the executive officers listed above, is available on our website at www.plainsallamerican.com under About Us—Leadership.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

111

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

112

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1)    Financial Statements

See “Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements” set forth on Page F-1.

(2)    Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

(3)    Exhibits


Exhibit No.Description
2.1*
2.2*
2.3*
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
113

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
114

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17 †
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
115

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13**
10.14**
10.15**
10.16**
10.17**
10.18**
10.19**
10.20**
116

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.21**
10.22**
10.23**
10.24**
10.25**
10.26**
10.27**
10.28**
10.29**
10.30**
10.31**
10.32**
10.33**
10.34**
10.35**
10.36**
10.37**
10.38**
10.39**
117

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.40**
10.41**
10.42**
10.43**
10.44**
10.45**
10.46**
10.47**
10.48**
10.49**
10.50**
10.51**
10.52**
10.53
10.54** †
10.55** †
10.56** †
10.57** †
21.1 †
23.1 †
31.1 †
31.2 †
32.1 ††
118

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
32.2 ††
101. INS†XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH†Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL†Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF†Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB†Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE†Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104†Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

    Filed herewith.
††    Furnished herewith.
*    Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule will be furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.
**    Management compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

None.

119

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:PAA GP HOLDINGS LLC,
its general partner
By:/s/ Willie Chiang
Willie Chiang,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 26, 2021
By:/s/ Al Swanson
Al Swanson,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of PAA GP Holdings LLC
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 26, 2021
By:/s/ Chris Herbold
Chris Herbold,
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC
(Principal Accounting Officer)
February 26, 2021

120

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NameTitleDate
/s/ Willie ChiangChairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC (Principal Executive Officer)February 26, 2021
Willie Chiang
/s/ Harry N. PefanisDirector, President and Chief Commercial Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Harry N. Pefanis
/s/ Al SwansonExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC (Principal Financial Officer)February 26, 2021
Al Swanson
/s/ Chris HerboldSenior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC (Principal Accounting Officer)February 26, 2021
Chris Herbold
/s/ Greg L. ArmstrongDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Greg L. Armstrong
/s/ Victor BurkDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Victor Burk
/s/ Kevin McCarthyDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Kevin McCarthy
/s/ Gary R. PetersenDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Gary R. Petersen
/s/ Alexandra D. PrunerDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Alexandra D. Pruner
/s/ John T. RaymondDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
John T. Raymond
/s/ Bobby S. ShackoulsDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Bobby S. Shackouls
/s/ Christopher M. TempleDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Christopher M. Temple
/s/ Lawrence M. ZiembaDirector of PAA GP Holdings LLCFebruary 26, 2021
Lawrence M. Ziemba

121

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Plains GP Holdings, L.P.’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.

The effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on Page F-3.

/s/ Willie Chiang
Willie Chiang
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Al Swanson
Al Swanson
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PAA GP Holdings LLC
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 26, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of PAA GP Holdings LLC and Shareholders of Plains GP Holdings, L.P.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Plains GP Holdings, L.P. and its subsidiaries (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income/(loss), of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), of changes in partners' capital and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Partnership’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements and on the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
F-3

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment

As described in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. Management tests goodwill to determine whether an impairment has occurred at least annually (as of June 30) and on an interim basis if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value. During the first quarter of 2020, the Partnership’s market capitalization declined significantly driven by macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions that occurred in 2020, including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply, as well as changing market conditions and expected lower crude oil production in certain regions, that resulted in expected decreases in future cash flows for certain assets, which was a triggering event that required management to perform a quantitative impairment test as of March 31, 2020. As a result of this quantitative impairment test as of March 31, 2020, the Partnership recorded an impairment loss of $2,515 million and the consolidated goodwill balance was $0 as of December 31, 2020. In the quantitative test, management compares the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective book values, including goodwill, by using an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model. This approach requires management to make long-term forecasts of future revenues, expenses and other expenditures. Those forecasts require the use of various assumptions and estimates, the most significant of which are net revenues (total revenues less purchases and related costs), operating expenses, general and administrative expenses and the weighted average cost of capital.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the Partnership’s reporting units is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of the reporting units; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions relating to the weighted average cost of capital; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of reporting units. These procedures also included among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the models; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the weighted average cost of capital assumptions used by management. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models and evaluating the reasonableness of the weighted average cost of capital assumption.

F-4

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Impairment Assessment of Certain Pipeline Assets in the Transportation Segment

As described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Partnership’s consolidated net property, plant and equipment balance was $14,620 million as of December 31, 2020. Management periodically evaluates property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset is recognized. The subjective assumptions used to determine the existence of an impairment in carrying value include whether there is an indication of impairment, the grouping of assets, the intention of “holding”, “abandoning” or “selling” an asset, the forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the asset’s estimated useful life and, if an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset group. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply, as well as changing market conditions and expected lower crude oil production in certain regions, resulted in expected decreases in future cash flows for certain assets, which was a triggering event that required management to assess the recoverability of the Partnership’s carrying value of such long-lived assets. As a result, management recognized approximately $541 million of non-cash impairment losses of which approximately $415 million was associated with certain pipeline assets in the Transportation segment located in the Central region. The evaluation is highly dependent on management’s key assumptions relating to the cash flows, including (i) future commodity volumes, (ii) tariff rates, (iii) future commodity prices, and (iv) estimated fixed and variable costs.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment assessment of certain pipeline assets included in the Transportation segment is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of these assets due to the forecasted cash flows; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumption related to future commodity volumes; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the impairment assessment of pipeline assets, including controls over management’s process to estimate fair value associated with certain pipeline assets included in the Transportation segment located in the Central region. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value of certain pipeline assets in the Transportation segment located in the Central region; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the models; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions used by management related to future commodity volumes. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to future commodity volumes involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the asset groups; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
February 26, 2021
We have served as the Partnership’s auditor since 2013.

F-5

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents$25 $47 
Restricted cash38 37 
Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net2,553 3,614 
Inventory647 604 
Other current assets405 312 
Total current assets3,668 4,614 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT18,620 18,983 
Accumulated depreciation(4,000)(3,616)
Property and equipment, net14,620 15,367 
OTHER ASSETS
Investments in unconsolidated entities3,764 3,683 
Goodwill— 2,540 
Deferred tax asset1,444 1,280 
Linefill and base gas982 981 
Long-term operating lease right-of-use assets, net378 466 
Long-term inventory130 182 
Other long-term assets, net965 856 
Total assets$25,951 $29,969 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade accounts payable$2,425 $3,687 
Short-term debt831 504 
Other current liabilities999 828 
Total current liabilities4,255 5,019 
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Senior notes, net 9,071 8,939 
Other long-term debt, net311 248 
Long-term operating lease liabilities317 387 
Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits807 891 
Total long-term liabilities10,506 10,465 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 19)
PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
Class A shareholders (194,051,436 and 182,138,592 shares outstanding, respectively)
1,464 2,155 
Noncontrolling interests9,726 12,330 
Total partners’ capital11,190 14,485 
Total liabilities and partners’ capital$25,951 $29,969 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
REVENUES
Supply and Logistics segment revenues$22,058 $32,272 $32,819 
Transportation segment revenues610 788 648 
Facilities segment revenues622 609 588 
Total revenues23,290 33,669 34,055 
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Purchases and related costs20,431 29,452 29,793 
Field operating costs1,076 1,303 1,263 
General and administrative expenses276 302 320 
Depreciation and amortization656 604 521 
(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net (Note 6, Note 7)719 28 (114)
Goodwill impairment losses (Note 8)2,515 — — 
Total costs and expenses25,673 31,689 31,783 
OPERATING INCOME/(LOSS)(2,383)1,980 2,272 
OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE)
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities355 388 375 
Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net (Note 9)(182)271 200 
Interest expense (net of capitalized interest of $24, $34 and $30, respectively)
(436)(425)(431)
Other income/(expense), net39 24 (7)
INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX(2,607)2,238 2,409 
Current income tax expense(51)(112)(66)
Deferred income tax (expense)/benefit218 (64)(236)
NET INCOME/(LOSS)(2,440)2,062 2,107 
Net (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests1,872 (1,731)(1,773)
NET INCOME/(LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO PAGP$(568)$331 $334 
BASIC NET INCOME/(LOSS) PER CLASS A SHARE
$(3.06)$1.97 $2.12 
DILUTED NET INCOME/(LOSS) PER CLASS A SHARE
$(3.07)$1.96 $2.11 
BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE CLASS A SHARES OUTSTANDING
186 168 158 
DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE CLASS A SHARES OUTSTANDING
246 170 282 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
(in millions)

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Net income/(loss)$(2,440)$2,062 $2,107 
Other comprehensive income/(loss)15 97 (260)
Comprehensive income/(loss)(2,425)2,159 1,847 
Comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests1,863 (1,805)(1,570)
Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to PAGP$(562)$354 $277 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
(in millions)

Derivative
Instruments
Translation
Adjustments
OtherTotal
Balance at December 31, 2017$(223)$(548)$$(770)
Reclassification adjustments— — 
Unrealized gain on hedges38 — — 38 
Currency translation adjustments— (305)— (305)
Other— — (1)(1)
2018 Activity46 (305)(1)(260)
Balance at December 31, 2018$(177)$(853)$— $(1,030)
Reclassification adjustments— — 
Unrealized loss on hedges(91)— — (91)
Currency translation adjustments— 179 — 179 
2019 Activity(82)179 — 97 
Balance at December 31, 2019$(259)$(674)$— $(933)
Reclassification adjustments11 — — 11 
Unrealized loss on hedges(10)— — (10)
Currency translation adjustments— 17 — 17 
Other— — (3)(3)
2020 Activity17 (3)15 
Balance at December 31, 2020$(258)$(657)$(3)$(918)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income/(loss)$(2,440)$2,062 $2,107 
Reconciliation of net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization656 604 521 
(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net (Note 6, Note 7)719 28 (114)
Goodwill impairment losses (Note 8)2,515 — — 
Equity-indexed compensation expense16 35 79 
Inventory valuation adjustments (Note 5)233 11 
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)(218)64 236 
Settlement of terminated interest rate hedging instruments(100)(55)14 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities(355)(388)(375)
Distributions on earnings from unconsolidated entities472 401 422 
(Gain on)/impairment of investments in unconsolidated entities, net (Note 9)182 (271)(200)
Other(12)21 39 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Trade accounts receivable and other 1,432 (1,158)309 
Inventory(304)(5)(75)
Trade accounts payable and other(1,286)1,151 (367)
Net cash provided by operating activities1,510 2,500 2,604 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Cash paid in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 7)(310)(50)— 
Investments in unconsolidated entities (Note 9)(461)(524)(468)
Additions to property, equipment and other(738)(1,181)(1,634)
Proceeds from sales of assets (Note 7)429 77 1,334 
Cash paid for purchases of linefill and base gas(14)(74)(45)
Other investing activities(13)— 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,093)(1,765)(813)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings/(repayments) under PAA commercial paper program (Note 11)456 93 (123)
Net borrowings/(repayments) under PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility (Note 11)(160)325 (778)
Proceeds from PAA GO Zone term loans (Note 11)— — 200 
Proceeds from the issuance of PAA senior notes (Note 11)748 998 — 
Repayments of PAA senior notes (Note 11)(617)(1,000)— 
Repurchase of common units by a subsidiary (Note 12) (50)— — 
Distributions paid to Class A shareholders (Note 12)(166)(231)(189)
Distributions paid to noncontrolling interests (Note 12)(697)(977)(843)
Sale of noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary (Note 12)— 128 — 
Other financing activities56 (53)(20)
Net cash used in financing activities(430)(717)(1,753)
Effect of translation adjustment(8)(3)(9)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash(21)15 29 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period84 69 40 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$63 $84 $69 
Cash paid for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized$428 $397 $400 
Income taxes, net of amounts refunded$111 $136 $21 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-9

Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
(in millions)

Class A ShareholdersNoncontrolling InterestsTotal Partners’
Capital
Balance at December 31, 2017$1,695 $10,663 $12,358 
Impact of adoption of ASU 2017-0524 89 113 
Balance at January 1, 20181,719 10,752 12,471 
Net income334 1,773 2,107 
Distributions (Note 12)(189)(880)(1,069)
Deferred tax asset (Note 15)22 — 22 
Change in ownership interest in connection with Exchange Right exercises (Note 12)(7)— 
Other comprehensive loss (Note 12)(57)(203)(260)
Equity-indexed compensation expense10 46 56 
Other— (8)(8)
Balance at December 31, 2018$1,846 $11,473 $13,319 
Net income331 1,731 2,062 
Distributions (Note 12)(231)(977)(1,208)
Deferred tax asset (Note 15)86 — 86 
Change in ownership interest in connection with Exchange Right exercises (Note 12)101 (101)— 
Other comprehensive income (Note 12)23 74 97 
Equity-indexed compensation expense13 18 
Sale of noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary (Note 12)— 128 128 
Other(6)(11)(17)
Balance at December 31, 2019$2,155 $12,330 $14,485 
Net loss(568)(1,872)(2,440)
Distributions (Note 12)(166)(697)(863)
Deferred tax asset (Note 15)16 — 16 
Change in ownership interest in connection with Exchange Right exercises (Note 12)10 (10)— 
Other comprehensive income (Note 12)15 
Equity-indexed compensation expense14 20 
Repurchase of common units by a subsidiary (Note 12)(54)(50)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests (Note 12)— 12 12 
Other(6)(5)
Balance at December 31, 2020$1,464 $9,726 $11,190 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-10

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

Organization

Plains GP Holdings, L.P. (“PAGP”) is a Delaware limited partnership formed in 2013 that has elected to be taxed as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. PAGP does not directly own any operating assets; as of December 31, 2020, its principal sources of cash flow are derived from an indirect investment in Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (“PAA”), a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership. As used in this Form 10-K and unless the context indicates otherwise (taking into account the fact that PAGP has no operating activities apart from those conducted by PAA and its subsidiaries), the terms “Partnership,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “ours” and similar terms refer to PAGP and its subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2020, PAGP owned (i) a 100% managing member interest in Plains All American GP LLC (“GP LLC”), an entity that has also elected to be taxed as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes and (ii) an approximate 79% limited partner interest in Plains AAP, L.P. (“AAP”) through our direct ownership of approximately 193.1 million Class A units of AAP (“AAP units”) and indirect ownership of approximately 1.0 million AAP units through GP LLC. GP LLC is a Delaware limited liability company that also holds the non-economic general partner interest in AAP. AAP is a Delaware limited partnership that, as of December 31, 2020, directly owned a limited partner interest in PAA through its ownership of approximately 245.8 million PAA common units (approximately 31% of PAA’s total outstanding common units and Series A preferred units combined). AAP is the sole member of PAA GP LLC (“PAA GP”), a Delaware limited liability company that directly holds the non-economic general partner interest in PAA.

PAA is a publicly traded master limited partnership. PAA’s business model integrates large-scale supply aggregation capabilities with the ownership and operation of critical midstream infrastructure systems that connect major producing regions to key demand centers and export terminals. As one of the largest midstream service providers in North America, PAA owns an extensive network of pipeline transportation, terminalling, storage and gathering assets in key crude oil and natural gas liquids (“NGL”) producing basins (including the Permian Basin) and transportation corridors and at major market hubs in the United States and Canada. PAA’s assets and the services it provides are primarily focused on crude oil, NGL and natural gas. Our business activities are conducted through three operating segments: Transportation, Facilities and Supply and Logistics. See Note 21 for further discussion of our operating segments.

PAA GP Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is our general partner. Our general partner manages our operations and activities and is responsible for exercising on our behalf any rights we have as the sole and managing member of GP LLC, including responsibility for conducting the business and managing the operations of AAP and PAA. GP LLC employs our domestic officers and personnel involved in the operation and management of AAP and PAA.  PAA’s Canadian officers and personnel are employed by our subsidiary, Plains Midstream Canada ULC.

References to the “Plains Entities” include us, our general partner, GP LLC, AAP, PAA GP and PAA and its subsidiaries.

Definitions

Additional defined terms are used in the following notes and shall have the meanings indicated below:

AOCI=Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
ASC=Accounting Standards Codification
ASU=Accounting Standards Update
Bcf=Billion cubic feet
CAD=Canadian dollar
CODM=Chief Operating Decision Maker
DERs=Distribution equivalent rights
EBITDA=Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
EPA=United States Environmental Protection Agency
FASB=Financial Accounting Standards Board
F-11

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GAAP=Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
ICE=Intercontinental Exchange
ISDA=International Swaps and Derivatives Association
LIBOR=London Interbank Offered Rate
LTIP=Long-term incentive plan
Mcf=Thousand cubic feet
MMbls=Million barrels
NGL=Natural gas liquids, including ethane, propane and butane
NYMEX=New York Mercantile Exchange
Oxy=Occidental Petroleum Corporation or its subsidiaries
SEC=United States Securities and Exchange Commission
TWh=Terawatt hour
U.S.=United States
USD=United States dollar
WTI=West Texas Intermediate

Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

The accompanying financial statements and related notes present and discuss our consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated results of our operations, cash flows, changes in partners’ capital, comprehensive income and changes in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation, and certain reclassifications have been made to information from previous years to conform to the current presentation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PAGP and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries and those entities that it controls. Investments in entities over which we have significant influence but not control are accounted for by the equity method. We apply proportionate consolidation for pipelines and other assets in which we own undivided joint interests.

Management judgment is required to evaluate whether PAGP controls an entity. Key areas of that evaluation include (i) determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”); (ii) determining whether PAGP is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, including evaluating which activities of the VIE most significantly impact its economic performance and the degree of power that PAGP and its related parties have over those activities through variable interests; and (iii) identifying events that require reconsideration of whether an entity is a VIE and continuously evaluating whether PAGP is a VIE’s primary beneficiary.

We have determined that our subsidiaries, PAA and AAP, are VIEs and should be consolidated by PAGP because:

The limited partners of PAA and AAP lack (i) substantive “kick-out rights” (i.e., the right to remove the general partner) based on a simple majority or lower vote and (ii) substantive participation rights and thus lack the ability to block actions of the general partner that most significantly impact the economic performance of PAA and AAP, respectively.

AAP is the primary beneficiary of PAA because it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact PAA’s performance and the right to receive benefits, and obligation to absorb losses, that could be significant to PAA.

PAGP is the primary beneficiary of AAP because it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact AAP’s performance and the right to receive benefits, and obligation to absorb losses, that could be significant to AAP.

F-12

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
With the exception of a deferred tax asset of $1.444 billion and $1.280 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, substantially all assets and liabilities presented on PAGP’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are those of PAA. Only the assets of each respective VIE can be used to settle the obligations of that individual VIE, and the creditors of each/either of those VIEs do not have recourse against the general credit of PAGP. PAGP did not provide any financial support to PAA or AAP during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 or 2018. See Note 17 for information regarding the Omnibus Agreement entered into by the Plains Entities on November 15, 2016.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the financial statements issuance date and have been included in the following footnotes where applicable.

COVID-19

During 2020, the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic resulted in a swift and material decline in global crude oil demand, which contributed to an oversupply of crude oil that was exacerbated by increases in production from certain suppliers in the global oil markets. These macroeconomic and industry specific challenges resulted in a number of impairment charges recognized during 2020. See Note 6, Note 8 and Note 9 for further discussion of these impairments.

Many uncertainties remain with respect to COVID-19, including uncertainty regarding the length of time the pandemic will continue, as well as the timing, pace and extent of an economic recovery in the United States, Canada and elsewhere, and how such uncertainties will impact the energy industry and our business. As a result, these matters may affect our estimates and assumptions on amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes in the near term.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Such estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We make significant estimates with respect to (i) estimated fair value of assets and liabilities acquired and identification of associated goodwill and intangible assets, (ii) impairment assessments of goodwill and intangible assets, (iii) fair value of derivatives, (iv) accruals and contingent liabilities, (v) property and equipment, depreciation and amortization expense and asset retirement obligations, (vi) impairment assessments of property and equipment and investments in unconsolidated entities and (vii) inventory valuations. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Purchases and Related Costs

Purchases and related costs include (i) the weighted average cost of crude oil, NGL and natural gas sold to customers, (ii) fees incurred for storage and transportation, whether by pipeline, truck or rail and (iii) performance-related bonus costs. These costs are recognized when incurred except in the case of products sold, which are recognized at the time title transfers to our customers. Inventory exchanges under buy/sell transactions are presented net in “Purchases and related costs” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Field Operating Costs and General and Administrative Expenses

Field operating costs consist of various field operating expenses, including payroll, compensation and benefits costs for operations personnel; fuel and power costs (including the impact of gains and losses from derivative related activities); third-party trucking transportation costs for our U.S. crude oil operations; maintenance and integrity management costs; regulatory compliance; environmental remediation; insurance; costs for usage of third-party owned pipeline, rail and storage assets; vehicle leases; and property taxes. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll, compensation and benefits costs; certain information systems and legal costs; office rent; contract and consultant costs; and audit and tax fees.

F-13

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Foreign Currency Transactions/Translation

Certain of our subsidiaries use the Canadian dollar as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with a Canadian dollar functional currency are translated at period-end rates of exchange, and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing for each month. The resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate component of other comprehensive income, which is reflected in Partners’ Capital on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Certain of our subsidiaries also enter into transactions and have monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the entities’ respective functional currencies. Gains and losses from the revaluation of foreign currency transactions and monetary assets and liabilities are generally included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. However, gains and losses arising from intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term investment nature are reported in the same manner as translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the revaluation of foreign currency transactions and monetary assets and liabilities resulted in the recognitions of net gains of $16 million, $1 million and $1 million, respectively, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all unrestricted demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less and typically exceed federally insured limits. We periodically assess the financial condition of the institutions where these funds are held and believe that our credit risk is minimal.

In accordance with our policy, unless they may be covered by funds on deposit, outstanding checks are classified as trade accounts payable rather than negative cash. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, trade accounts payable included $27 million and $39 million, respectively, of outstanding checks that were reclassified from cash and cash equivalents.

Restricted cash includes cash held by us that is unavailable for general use and is comprised of amounts advanced to us by certain equity method investees related to the construction of fixed assets where we serve as construction manager. The following table presents a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the total of the amount shown on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in millions):

December 31,
20202019
Cash and cash equivalents$25 $47 
Restricted cash38 37 
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash$63 $84 

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interest represents the portion of assets and liabilities in a consolidated subsidiary that is owned by a third party. FASB guidance requires all entities to report noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 12 for additional discussion regarding our noncontrolling interests.

Asset Retirement Obligations

FASB guidance establishes accounting requirements for retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets, including estimates related to (i) the time of the liability recognition, (ii) initial measurement of the liability, (iii) allocation of asset retirement cost to expense, (iv) subsequent measurement of the liability and (v) financial statement disclosures. FASB guidance also requires that the cost for asset retirement should be capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense using a systematic and rational method.

F-14

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Some of our assets, primarily related to our Transportation and Facilities segments, have contractual or regulatory obligations to perform remediation and, in some instances, dismantlement and removal activities when the assets are abandoned. These obligations include varying levels of activity including disconnecting inactive assets from active assets, cleaning and purging assets, and in some cases, completely removing the assets and returning the land to its original state. These assets have been in existence for many years and with regular maintenance will continue to be in service for many years to come. It is not possible to predict when demand for these transportation or storage services will cease, and we do not believe that such demand will cease for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we believe the date when these assets will be abandoned is indeterminate. With no reasonably determinable abandonment date, we cannot reasonably estimate the fair value of the associated asset retirement obligations. We will record asset retirement obligations for these assets in the period in which sufficient information becomes available for us to reasonably determine the settlement dates.

A small portion of our contractual or regulatory obligations is related to assets that are inactive or that we plan to take out of service and, although the ultimate timing and costs to settle these obligations are not known with certainty, we have recorded a reasonable estimate of these obligations. The following table presents the change in the liability for asset retirement obligations, substantially all of which is reflected in “Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in millions):

December 31,
202020192018
Beginning balance$137 $109 $103 
Liabilities incurred12 
Liabilities settled(1)(3)(3)
Accretion expense
Revisions in estimated cash flows(18)23 
Ending balance$135 $137 $109 

Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, which affects the placement of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy levels. The determination of the fair values includes not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits and letters of credit) but also the impact of our nonperformance risk on our liabilities. The fair value of our commodity derivatives, interest rate derivatives and foreign currency derivatives includes adjustments for credit risk. Our credit adjustment methodology uses market observable inputs and requires judgment. There were no changes to any of our valuation techniques during the period. See Note 13 for further discussion.

Other Significant Accounting Policies

See the respective footnotes for our accounting policies regarding (i) revenues and accounts receivable, (ii) net income/(loss) per Class A share, (iii) inventory, linefill and base gas and long-term inventory, (iv) property and equipment, (v) acquisitions, (vi) goodwill, (vii) investments in unconsolidated entities, (viii) other long-term assets, net, (ix) derivatives and risk management activities, (x) leases, (xi) income taxes, (xii) equity-indexed compensation and (xiii) legal and environmental matters.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity, by eliminating two of the three models that require separate accounting for embedded conversion features and the settlement assessment that entities are required to perform to determine whether a contract qualifies for equity classification. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the effect that this guidance will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
F-15

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This guidance is effective prospectively upon issuance through December 31, 2022 and may be applied from the beginning of an interim period that includes the issuance date of this ASU. We will apply applicable expedients and exceptions to contract modifications through December 31, 2022.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, to simplify the accounting for income taxes based on changes suggested by stakeholders as part of the FASB’s simplification initiative. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2021, and do not anticipate that the adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, which clarifies certain aspects of accounting for credit losses, hedging activities and financial instruments. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, in response to stakeholder observations that improvements could be made by requiring reporting entities to consider indirect interests held through related parties under common control on a proportional basis rather than as the equivalent of a direct interest in its entirety as currently required in GAAP. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), to address the accounting for implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract and to align the accounting for implementation costs for hosting arrangements, regardless of whether they convey a license to the hosted software. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, modifying the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (followed by a series of related accounting standard updates), which amends guidance on the impairment of financial instruments and adds an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (or CECL) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted by one year. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-16

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 3—Revenues and Accounts Receivable

Revenue Recognition

We disaggregate our revenues by segment and type of activity. These categories depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

Supply and Logistics Segment Revenues from Contracts with Customers. The following table presents our Supply and Logistics segment revenues from contracts with customers disaggregated by type of activity (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Supply and Logistics segment revenues from contracts with customers
Crude oil transactions$21,202 $30,082 $29,592 
NGL and other transactions1,149 1,884 3,108 
Total Supply and Logistics segment revenues from contracts with customers$22,351 $31,966 $32,700 

Revenues from sales of crude oil, NGL and natural gas are recognized at the time title to the product sold transfers to the purchaser, which occurs upon delivery of the product to the purchaser or its designee. Sales of crude oil and NGL consist of outright sales contracts. The consideration received under these contracts is variable based on commodity prices. Inventory exchanges under buy/sell transactions are excluded from Supply and Logistics segment revenues in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenues recognized by our Supply and Logistics segment primarily represent margin based activities.

In addition, we have certain crude oil sales agreements that are entered into in conjunction with storage arrangements and future inventory exchanges. The revenues under these agreements are deferred until all performance obligations associated with the related agreements are completed. The inventory that has been sold under these crude oil sales agreements is reflected in “Other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet until all of our performance obligations are complete. At that time, the inventory that has been sold is removed from our Consolidated Balance Sheet and recorded as “Purchases and related costs” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. See “Contract Balances” below for further discussion of contract liabilities associated with these agreements. The following table presents amounts in Other current assets and deferred revenue associated with these agreements (in millions):

December 31,
20202019
Other current assets$229 $142 
Deferred revenue (1)
$361 $155 

(1)Included in “Other current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We may also utilize derivatives in connection with the transactions described above. Derivative revenue is not included as a component of revenue from contracts with customers, but is included in other items in revenue. The change in the fair value of derivatives that are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting is recognized in revenues each period.

F-17

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Transportation Segment Revenues from Contracts with Customers. The following table presents our Transportation segment revenues from contracts with customers disaggregated by type of activity (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Transportation segment revenues from contracts with customers
Tariff activities:
Crude oil pipelines$1,805 $2,039 $1,724 
NGL pipelines101 99 103 
Total tariff activities1,906 2,138 1,827 
Trucking99 145 149 
Total Transportation segment revenues from contracts with customers$2,005 $2,283 $1,976 

Our Transportation segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with transporting crude oil and NGL on pipelines and trucks. Revenues from pipeline tariffs and fees are associated with the transportation of crude oil and NGL at a published tariff. We primarily recognize pipeline tariff and fee revenues over time as services are rendered, based on the volumes transported. As is common in the pipeline transportation industry, our tariffs incorporate a loss allowance factor. We recognize the allowance volumes collected as part of the transaction price and record this non-cash consideration at fair value, measured as of the contract inception date.

Facilities Segment Revenues from Contracts with Customers. The following table presents our Facilities segment revenues from contracts with customers disaggregated by type of activity (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Facilities segment revenues from contracts with customers
Crude oil, NGL and other terminalling and storage$704 $697 $688 
NGL and natural gas processing and fractionation350 349 364 
Rail load / unload45 76 84 
Total Facilities segment revenues from contracts with customers$1,099 $1,122 $1,136 

Our Facilities segment operations generally consist of fee-based activities associated with providing storage, terminalling and throughput services primarily for crude oil, NGL and natural gas, as well as NGL fractionation and isomerization services and natural gas and condensate processing services. Revenues generated in this segment include (i) fees that are generated when we receive liquids from one connecting source and deliver the applicable product to another connecting carrier, fees from storage capacity agreements and fees associated with natural gas storage related activities (collectively “Crude oil, NGL and other terminalling and storage”), (ii) fees from natural gas and condensate processing services and from NGL fractionation and isomerization services (collectively, “NGL and natural gas processing and fractionation”) and (iii) loading and unloading fees at our rail terminals.

We generate revenue through a combination of month-to-month and multi-year agreements and processing arrangements. Storage fees are typically recognized in revenue ratably over the term of the contract regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized as our performance obligation is to make available storage capacity for a period of time. Terminal fees (including throughput and rail fees) are recognized as the liquids enter or exit the terminal and are received from or delivered to the connecting carrier or third-party terminal, as applicable. Fees from NGL fractionation and isomerization services and gas processing services are recognized in the period when the services are performed. Natural gas storage related activities fees are recognized in the period the natural gas moves across our header system. We recognize rail loading and unloading fees when the volumes are delivered or received.

F-18

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Reconciliation to Total Revenues of Reportable Segments. The following disclosures only include information regarding revenues associated with consolidated entities, and revenues from entities accounted for by the equity method are not included in the disclosures. The following tables present the reconciliation of our revenues from contracts with customers (as described above for each segment) to segment revenues and total revenues as disclosed in our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in millions):

Year Ended December 31, 2020TransportationFacilitiesSupply and LogisticsTotal
Revenues from contracts with customers$2,005 $1,099 $22,351 $25,455 
Other items in revenues15 39 (292)(238)
Total revenues of reportable segments$2,020 $1,138 $22,059 $25,217 
Intersegment revenues(1,927)
Total revenues$23,290 

Year Ended December 31, 2019TransportationFacilitiesSupply and
Logistics
Total
Revenues from contracts with customers$2,283 $1,122 $31,966 $35,371 
Other items in revenues37 49 310 396 
Total revenues of reportable segments$2,320 $1,171 $32,276 $35,767 
Intersegment revenues(2,098)
Total revenues$33,669 

Year Ended December 31, 2018TransportationFacilitiesSupply and
Logistics
Total
Revenues from contracts with customers$1,976 $1,136 $32,700 $35,812 
Other items in revenues14 25 122 161 
Total revenues of reportable segments$1,990 $1,161 $32,822 $35,973 
Intersegment revenues(1,918)
Total revenues$34,055 

Minimum Volume Commitments. We have certain agreements that require counterparties to transport or throughput a minimum volume over an agreed upon period. Some of these agreements include make-up rights if the minimum volume is not met. We record a receivable from the counterparty in the period that services are provided or when the transaction occurs, including amounts for deficiency obligations from counterparties associated with minimum volume commitments. If a counterparty has a make-up right associated with a deficiency, we defer the revenue attributable to the counterparty’s make-up right as a contract liability and subsequently recognize the revenue at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is delivered or shipped, when the make-up right expires or when it is determined that the counterparty’s ability to utilize the make-up right is remote.

F-19

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table presents counterparty deficiencies associated with contracts with customers and buy/sell arrangements that include minimum volume commitments for which we had remaining performance obligations and the customers still had the ability to meet their obligations (in millions):


December 31,
Counterparty deficienciesFinancial Statement Classification20202019
Billed and collectedLiability$73 $22 
Unbilled (1)
N/A20 
Total$77 $42 

(1)Amounts were related to deficiencies for which the counterparties had not met their contractual minimum commitments and are not reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements as we had not yet billed or collected such amounts.

Contract Balances. Our contract balances consist of amounts received associated with services or sales for which we have not yet completed the related performance obligation. The following table presents the changes in the liability balance associated with contracts with customers (in millions):

Contract Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2018$338 
Amounts recognized as revenue(227)
Additions (1)
244 
Other(1)
Balance at December 31, 2019$354 
Amounts recognized as revenue (1)
(246)
Additions (2)
393 
Balance at December 31, 2020$501 

    
(1)Includes approximately $155 million associated with crude oil sales agreements that are entered into in conjunction with storage arrangements and future inventory exchanges. Such amount was recognized as revenue in the first quarter of 2020.
(2)Includes approximately $361 million, as discussed above, associated with crude oil sales agreements that are entered into in conjunction with storage arrangements and future inventory exchanges. Such amount is expected to be recognized as revenue in the first quarter of 2021.

F-20

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Remaining Performance Obligations. The information below includes the amount of consideration allocated to partially and wholly unsatisfied performance obligations under contracts that exist as of the end of the periods and the timing of revenue recognition of those remaining performance obligations. Certain contracts meet the requirements for the presentation as remaining performance obligations. These arrangements include a fixed minimum level of service, typically a set volume of service, and do not contain any variability other than expected timing within a limited range. The following table presents the amount of consideration associated with remaining performance obligations for the population of contracts with external customers meeting the presentation requirements as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

202120222023202420252026 and Thereafter
Pipeline revenues supported by minimum volume commitments and capacity agreements (1)
$174 $166 $170 $142 $125 $455 
Storage, terminalling and throughput agreement revenues340 273 206 173 114 328 
Total$514 $439 $376 $315 $239 $783 

(1)Calculated as volumes committed under contracts multiplied by the current applicable tariff rate.     

The presentation above does not include (i) expected revenues from legacy shippers not underpinned by minimum volume commitments, including pipelines where there are no or limited alternative pipeline transportation options, (ii) intersegment revenues and (iii) the amount of consideration associated with certain income generating contracts, which include a fixed minimum level of service, that are either not within the scope of ASC 606 or do not meet the requirements for presentation as remaining performance obligations. The following are examples of contracts that are not included in the table above because they are not within the scope of ASC 606 or do not meet the requirements for presentation:

Minimum volume commitments on certain of our joint venture pipeline systems;
Acreage dedications;
Supply and Logistics buy/sell arrangements with future committed volumes;
All other Supply and Logistics contracts, due to the election of practical expedients related to variable consideration and short-term contracts, as discussed below;
Transportation and Facilities contracts that are short-term, as discussed below;
Contracts within the scope of ASC Topic 842, Leases; and
Contracts within the scope of ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

We have elected practical expedients to exclude the presentation of remaining performance obligations for variable consideration which relates to wholly unsatisfied performance obligations. Certain contracts do not meet the requirements for presentation of remaining performance obligations due to variability in amount of performance obligation remaining, variability in the timing of recognition or variability in consideration. Acreage dedications do require us to perform future services but do not contain a minimum level of services and are therefore excluded from this presentation. Long-term supply and logistics arrangements contain variable timing, volumes and/or consideration and are excluded from this presentation. The duration of these contracts varies across the periods presented above.

Additionally, we have elected practical expedients to exclude contracts with terms of one year or less, and therefore exclude the presentation of remaining performance obligations for short-term transportation, storage and processing services, supply and logistics arrangements, including the non-cancelable period of evergreen arrangements, and any other types of arrangements with terms of one year or less.

F-21

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Trade Accounts Receivable and Other Receivables, Net
 
Our accounts receivable are primarily from purchasers and shippers of crude oil and, to a lesser extent, purchasers of NGL. These purchasers include, but are not limited to, refiners, producers, marketing and trading companies and financial institutions. The majority of our accounts receivable relate to our crude oil supply and logistics activities that can generally be described as high volume and low margin activities, in many cases involving exchanges of crude oil volumes.

During 2020, macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply has caused liquidity issues impacting many energy companies, which in turn has increased the potential credit risks associated with certain counterparties with which we do business. To mitigate credit risk related to our accounts receivable, we utilize a rigorous credit review process. We closely monitor market conditions and perform credit reviews of each customer to make a determination with respect to the amount, if any, of open credit to be extended to any given customer and the form and amount of financial performance assurances we require. Such financial assurances are commonly provided to us in the form of advance cash payments, standby letters of credit, credit insurance or parental guarantees. Additionally, in an effort to mitigate credit risk, a significant portion of our transactions with counterparties are settled on a net-cash basis. For a majority of these net-cash arrangements, we also enter into netting agreements (contractual agreements that allow us to offset receivables and payables with those counterparties against each other on our balance sheet).
 
Accounts receivable from the sale of crude oil are generally settled with counterparties on the industry settlement date, which is typically in the month following the month in which the title transfers. Otherwise, we generally invoice customers within 30 days of when the products or services were provided and generally require payment within 30 days of the invoice date. We review all outstanding accounts receivable balances on a monthly basis and record our receivables net of expected credit losses. We do not write-off accounts receivable balances until we have exhausted substantially all collection efforts. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, substantially all of our trade accounts receivable were less than 30 days past their scheduled invoice date. Our expected credit losses are immaterial. Although we consider our credit procedures to be adequate to mitigate any significant credit losses, given the sharp decline in demand for crude oil and the drop in prices, the actual amount of current and future credit losses could vary significantly from estimated amounts.

The following is a reconciliation of trade accounts receivable from revenues from contracts with customers to total Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net as presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):
December 31,
20202019
Trade accounts receivable arising from revenues from contracts with customers$2,317 $3,381 
Other trade accounts receivables and other receivables (1)
2,818 3,576 
Impact due to contractual rights of offset with counterparties(2,582)(3,343)
Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net$2,553 $3,614 

(1)    The balance is comprised primarily of accounts receivable associated with buy/sell arrangements that are not within the scope of ASC 606.

Note 4—Net Income/(Loss) Per Class A Share

Basic net income/(loss) per Class A share is determined by dividing net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP by the weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding during the period. Our Class B and Class C shares do not share in the earnings of the Partnership; accordingly, basic and diluted net income/(loss) per Class B and Class C share has not been presented.

F-22

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share is determined by dividing net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP by the diluted weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding during the period. For purposes of calculating diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share, both the net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP and the diluted weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding consider the impact of possible future exchanges of (i) AAP units and the associated Class B shares into our Class A shares and (ii) certain Class B units of AAP (referred to herein as “AAP Management Units”) into our Class A shares. In addition, the calculation of the diluted weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding considers the effect of potentially dilutive awards under the Plains GP Holdings, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “PAGP LTIP”).

All AAP Management Units that have satisfied the applicable performance conditions are considered potentially dilutive. Exchanges of potentially dilutive AAP units and AAP Management Units are assumed to have occurred at the beginning of the period and the incremental income attributable to PAGP resulting from the assumed exchanges is representative of the incremental income that would have been attributable to PAGP if the assumed exchanges occurred on that date. See Note 12 for information regarding exchanges of AAP units and AAP Management Units. PAGP LTIP awards that are deemed to be dilutive are reduced by a hypothetical share repurchase based on the remaining unamortized fair value, as prescribed by the treasury stock method in guidance issued by the FASB. See Note 18 for information regarding PAGP LTIP awards.

On a weighted-average basis, for the year ended December 31, 2019, the possible exchange of 99 million AAP units would not have had a dilutive effect on basic net income/(loss) per Class A share. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the possible exchange of 1 million AAP Management Units would not have had a dilutive effect on basic net income/(loss) per Class A share on a weighted-average basis. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our PAGP LTIP awards were antidilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 our PAGP LTIP awards were dilutive; however, there were less than 0.1 million dilutive LTIP awards for each period, which did not change the presentation of weighted average Class A shares outstanding or net income/(loss) per Class A share.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share (in millions, except per share data):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Basic Net Income/(Loss) per Class A Share
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP$(568)$331 $334 
Basic weighted average Class A shares outstanding186 168 158 
Basic net income/(loss) per Class A share$(3.06)$1.97 $2.12 
Diluted Net Income/(Loss) per Class A Share
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP$(568)$331 $334 
Incremental net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP resulting from assumed exchange of AAP units and AAP Management Units
(189)262 
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP including incremental net income/(loss) from assumed exchange of AAP units and AAP Management Units
$(757)$333 $596 
Basic weighted average Class A shares outstanding
186 168 158 
Dilutive shares resulting from assumed exchange of AAP units and AAP Management Units
60 124 
Diluted weighted average Class A shares outstanding
246 170 282 
Diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share$(3.07)$1.96 $2.11 

F-23

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 5—Inventory, Linefill and Base Gas and Long-term Inventory

Inventory, including long-term inventory, primarily consists of crude oil and NGL in pipelines, storage facilities and railcars that are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using an average cost method within specific inventory pools. At the end of each reporting period, we assess the carrying value of our inventory and make any adjustments necessary to reduce the carrying value to the applicable net realizable value. Any resulting adjustments are a component of “Purchases and related costs” on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recorded charges of $233 million (of which $40 million was associated with our long-term inventory), $11 million and $8 million, respectively, related to the write down of our crude oil and NGL inventory due to declines in prices. A portion of these inventory valuation adjustments was offset by the recognition of gains on derivative instruments being utilized to hedge future sales of our crude oil and NGL inventory. Such gains were recorded to “Supply and Logistics segment revenues” in our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 13 for discussion of our derivative and risk management activities.

Linefill and base gas in assets we own are recorded at historical cost and consist of crude oil, NGL and natural gas. We classify as linefill or base gas (i) our proportionate share of barrels used to fill a pipeline that we own such that when an incremental barrel is pumped into or enters a pipeline it forces product out at another location, (ii) barrels that represent the minimum working requirements in tanks and caverns that we own and (iii) natural gas required to maintain the minimum operating pressure of natural gas storage facilities we own.

Linefill and base gas carrying amounts are reviewed for impairment in accordance with FASB guidance with respect to accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. Carrying amounts that are not expected to be recoverable through future cash flows are written down to estimated fair value. See Note 6 for further discussion regarding impairment of long-lived assets. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, we did not recognize any material impairments of linefill and base gas.

Minimum working inventory requirements in third-party assets and other working inventory in our assets that are needed for our commercial operations are included within specific inventory pools in inventory (a current asset) in determining the average cost of operating inventory. At the end of each period, we reclassify the inventory not expected to be liquidated within the succeeding twelve months out of “Inventory,” at the average cost of the applicable inventory pools, and into “Long-term inventory,” which is reflected as a separate line item under “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-24

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Inventory, linefill and base gas and long-term inventory consisted of the following (barrels and natural gas volumes in thousands and carrying value in millions):

December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
VolumesUnit of
Measure
Carrying
Value
Price/
Unit (1)
VolumesUnit of
Measure
Carrying
Value
Price/
Unit (1)
Inventory
Crude oil13,450 barrels$441 $32.79 8,613 barrels$450 $52.25 
NGL12,302 barrels199 $16.18 7,574 barrels142 $18.75 
OtherN/AN/AN/A12 N/A
Inventory subtotal647 604 
Linefill and base gas
Crude oil14,669 barrels828 $56.45 14,316 barrels826 $57.70 
NGL1,640 barrels44 $26.83 1,701 barrels47 $27.63 
Natural gas25,576 Mcf110 $4.30 24,976 Mcf108 $4.32 
Linefill and base gas subtotal982 981 
Long-term inventory
Crude oil2,499 barrels111 $44.42 2,598 barrels152 $58.51 
NGL1,185 barrels19 $16.03 1,707 barrels30 $17.57 
Long-term inventory subtotal130 182 
Total$1,759 $1,767 

(1)Price per unit of measure is comprised of a weighted average associated with various grades, qualities and locations. Accordingly, these prices may not coincide with any published benchmarks for such products.

Note 6—Property and Equipment

In accordance with our capitalization policy, expenditures made to expand the existing operating and/or earnings capacity of our assets are capitalized. We also capitalize certain costs directly related to the construction of such assets, including related internal labor costs, engineering costs and interest costs. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, capitalized interest recorded to property and equipment was $8 million, $14 million and $21 million, respectively. In addition, we capitalize interest related to investments in certain unconsolidated entities. See Note 9 for additional information. We also capitalize expenditures for the replacement and/or refurbishment of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the operating and/or earnings capacity of our existing assets. Repair and maintenance expenditures incurred in order to maintain the day to day operation of our existing assets are expensed as incurred.

F-25

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Property and equipment, net is stated at cost and consisted of the following (in millions):

Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
December 31,
20202019
Pipelines and related facilities (1)
10 - 70
$11,147 $11,149 
Storage, terminal and rail facilities
10 - 70
6,042 6,134 
Trucking equipment and other
2 - 15
524 486 
Construction in progressN/A272 518 
Office property and equipment
2 - 50
293 269 
Land and otherN/A342 427 
Property and equipment, gross18,620 18,983 
Accumulated depreciation(4,000)(3,616)
Property and equipment, net$14,620 $15,367 

(1)We include rights-of-way, which are intangible assets, in our Pipelines and related facilities amounts within property and equipment.

We calculate our depreciation using the straight-line method, based on estimated useful lives and salvage values of our assets. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $566 million, $528 million and $455 million, respectively. See “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Held and Used)” below for a discussion of our policy for the recognition of asset impairments.

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we incurred liabilities for construction in progress that had not been paid of $51 million, $120 million and $206 million, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Held and Used)

Long-lived assets with recorded values that are not expected to be recovered through future cash flows are written down to estimated fair value in accordance with FASB guidance with respect to the accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. Under this guidance, a long-lived asset is tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset is recognized.

We periodically evaluate property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is highly dependent on the underlying assumptions of related cash flows. The subjective assumptions used to determine the existence of an impairment in carrying value include:
whether there is an indication of impairment;
the grouping of assets;
the intention of “holding,” “abandoning” or “selling” an asset;
the forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the asset’s estimated useful life; and
if an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset group.

In addition, when we evaluate property and equipment and other long-lived assets for recoverability, it may also be necessary to review related depreciation estimates and methods.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized approximately $541 million of non-cash impairment losses, reflected in “(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-26

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Of our impairment losses, approximately $415 million was associated with certain pipeline assets in our Transportation segment located in the Central region. The macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions that occurred in 2020, including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply, as well as changing market conditions and expected lower crude oil production in certain regions, resulted in expected decreases in future cash flows for certain of our assets, which was a triggering event that required us to assess the recoverability of our carrying value of such long-lived assets. As a result of our impairment review, we wrote off the portion of the carrying amount of these long-lived assets that exceeded their fair value. Our estimated fair values (which we consider a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy) were based upon a discounted cash flow approach utilizing various assumptions and the application of a discount rate of approximately 14%, which represents our estimate of the cost of capital of a theoretical market participant. Such assumptions included (but were not limited to) (i) future commodity volumes (consistent with historical information and estimates of future drilling and completion activity), (ii) tariff rates, (iii) future commodity prices (based on relevant indices and applicable quality and location differentials), and (iv) estimated fixed and variable costs.

The remaining impairment losses were associated with idled or underutilized assets, including certain pipelines in our Transportation segment located in the Western region and other long-lived assets in our Facilities segment, for which it has been determined that it is unlikely that opportunities will exist in the future to recover our investment in these assets. We wrote off substantially all of the carrying value of these assets.

We did not recognize any material impairments during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Note 7—Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions

In February 2020, we acquired Felix Midstream LLC, now known as FM Gathering LLC (“FM Gathering”) from Felix Energy Holdings II, LLC for approximately $300 million, net of working capital and other adjustments. FM Gathering owns and operates a newly constructed crude oil gathering system in the Delaware Basin, with associated crude oil storage and truck offloading capacity, and is supported by a long-term acreage dedication. The assets acquired are included in our Transportation and Supply and Logistics segments. This acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was determined in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. The assets acquired primarily consisted of property and equipment of $115 million and intangible assets of $187 million. The fair value of the tangible assets is a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy and was determined using a cost approach. The cost approach was based on costs incurred on similar recent construction projects. The fair value of the intangible assets is also a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy and was determined by applying a discounted cash flow approach. Such approach utilized discount rates varying from 18% to 19%, based on our estimate of the risk that a theoretical market participant would assign to the respective intangible assets.

During the second quarter of 2019, we acquired a crude oil terminal, including tank bottoms and linefill, in Cushing, Oklahoma for cash consideration of $44 million, which was accounted for as an asset acquisition.

Divestitures

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we received cash proceeds of $451 million, primarily from the sale of:
certain Los Angeles Basin crude oil terminals previously disclosed in our Facilities segment for proceeds of approximately $200 million, subject to certain adjustments;
certain NGL terminals previously disclosed in our Facilities segment for proceeds of approximately $163 million (including $22 million related to a multi-year supply agreement related to the sale), subject to certain adjustments; and
a 10% ownership interest in Saddlehorn Pipeline Company, LLC (“Saddlehorn”) for proceeds of approximately $78 million, including working capital adjustments (see Note 9 for additional information).

We recognized a loss related to these assets sales of $178 million, including non-cash impairments recognized upon classification to assets held for sale, for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such amount is included in “(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-27

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we sold certain non-core assets for total proceeds of $77 million that primarily consisted of a storage terminal in North Dakota, which was previously reported in our Facilities segment. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a net loss related to these asset sales of $16 million, which is comprised of gains of $31 million and losses of $47 million. Such amounts are included in “(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we received proceeds from asset sales of $1.334 billion, which primarily consisted of the sale of a 30% interest in BridgeTex Pipeline Company, LLC for proceeds of $868 million, resulting in a gain of $200 million. See Note 9 for additional discussion. The other assets sold during the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily included non-core property and equipment or are associated with the formation of strategic joint ventures and were previously reported in our Facilities and Transportation segments. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized a net gain on sales of assets of $120 million, which is comprised of gains of $146 million and losses of $26 million. Such amounts are included in “(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Note 8—Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized.

In accordance with FASB guidance, we test goodwill to determine whether an impairment has occurred at least annually (as of June 30) and on an interim basis if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by segment management. Our reporting units are our operating segments. FASB guidance provides for a quantitative approach to testing goodwill for impairment; however, we may first assess certain qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. In the quantitative test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective book values, including goodwill, by using an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model. This approach requires us to make long-term forecasts of future revenues, expenses and other expenditures. Those forecasts require the use of various assumptions and estimates, the most significant of which are net revenues (total revenues less purchases and related costs), operating expenses, general and administrative expenses and the weighted average cost of capital. Fair value of the reporting units is determined using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value is greater than book value, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is not considered impaired. If the book value is greater than fair value, then goodwill is impaired by the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill.

During the first quarter of 2020, we recorded impairment losses of $2.515 billion related to goodwill. Our market capitalization declined significantly during the first quarter driven by macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions that occurred in 2020, including the collapse of oil prices driven by both the decrease in demand caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and excess supply, as well as changing market conditions and expected lower crude oil production in certain regions, that resulted in expected decreases in future cash flows for certain of our assets, which we concluded was a triggering event that required us to perform a quantitative impairment test as of March 31, 2020, utilizing a discounted cash flow approach. We applied a discount rate of approximately 14% in the determination of the fair value of each of our reporting units, which represents our estimate of the cost of capital of a theoretical market participant as of March 31, 2020. The fair values of the reporting units are Level 3 measurements in the fair value hierarchy and were based on various inputs, as discussed below. The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit were based on six years of projected cash flows and terminal values that we believe would be applied by a theoretical market participant in similar market transactions. The discounted cash flows for the respective reporting units utilized various other assumptions, including, but not limited to (i) volumes (based on historical information and estimates of future drilling and completion activity, as well as expectations of future demand recovery), (ii) tariff and storage rates, (iii) future commodity prices (based on relevant indices and applicable quality and location differentials), and (iv) estimated fixed and variable costs. We used a range of cash flows for the discounted cash flow calculations based on differing potential market scenarios, but for each of the reporting units, the ultimate outcome of the impairment test was unchanged by the various points within the range of cash flows. As a result of the impairment test, we concluded that the carrying value of each of our reporting units exceeded their respective fair values, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge for the entire goodwill balance for each reporting unit. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not recognize any impairments of goodwill.

F-28

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Goodwill by segment and changes in goodwill is reflected in the following table (in millions):

TransportationFacilitiesSupply and LogisticsTotal
Balance at December 31, 2018$1,040 $978 $503 $2,521 
Foreign currency translation adjustments12 19 
Balance at December 31, 2019$1,052 $982 $506 $2,540 
Acquisitions— — 
Goodwill, gross1,054 982 506 2,542 
Impairments(1,038)(975)(502)(2,515)
Foreign currency translation adjustments(16)(7)(4)(27)
Accumulated impairment losses(1,054)(982)(506)(2,542)
Balance at December 31, 2020$— $— $— $— 

Note 9—Investments in Unconsolidated Entities

Investments in entities over which we have significant influence but not control are accounted for under the equity method. We do not consolidate any part of the assets or liabilities of our equity investees. Our share of net income or loss is reflected as one line item on our Consolidated Statements of Operations entitled “Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities” and will increase or decrease, as applicable, the carrying value of our investments in unconsolidated entities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate our equity investments for impairment in accordance with FASB guidance with respect to the equity method of accounting for investments in common stock. An impairment of an equity investment results when factors indicate that the investment’s fair value is less than its carrying value and the reduction in value is other than temporary in nature.

Our investments in unconsolidated entities consisted of the following (in millions, except percentage data):

Ownership
Interest at December 31,
2020
Investment Balance
December 31,
Entity (1)
Type of Operation20202019
BridgeTex Pipeline Company, LLC (“BridgeTex”)Crude Oil Pipeline20%$421 $431 
Cactus II Pipeline LLC (“Cactus II”)Crude Oil Pipeline65%752 738 
Capline Pipeline Company LLC
Crude Oil Pipeline (2)
54%514 484 
Diamond Pipeline LLC (“Diamond”)Crude Oil Pipeline50%480 476 
Eagle Ford Pipeline LLC (“Eagle Ford Pipeline”)Crude Oil Pipeline50%372 382 
Eagle Ford Terminals Corpus Christi LLC (“Eagle Ford Terminals”)Crude Oil Terminal and Dock50%122 126 
Red Oak Pipeline LLC (“Red Oak”)Crude Oil Pipeline50%35 20 
SaddlehornCrude Oil Pipeline 30%208 234 
STACK Pipeline LLC (“STACK”)Crude Oil Pipeline50%22 117 
White Cliffs Pipeline, LLCCrude Oil Pipeline36%192 196 
Wink to Webster Pipeline LLC (“W2W Pipeline”)Crude Oil Pipeline16%330 136 
Other investments316 343 
Total Investments in Unconsolidated Entities$3,764 $3,683 

(1)Except for Eagle Ford Terminals, which is reported in our Facilities segment, the financial results from the entities are reported in our Transportation segment.
(2)The Capline pipeline was taken out of service pending the reversal of the pipeline system.
F-29

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Impairments

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized losses as a result of the write-down of certain of our investments in unconsolidated entities, as discussed further below. Such amounts are reflected in “Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

STACK. During the third quarter of 2020, we determined that there was an other-than-temporary impairment of our investment in STACK Pipeline LLC as a result of a continued decline of drilling activity and related volumes of crude oil in its area of operation. We recognized a loss of $91 million related to the write-down of the portion of the carrying amount of our investment that exceeded its fair value. The estimated fair value (which we consider a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy) was based on a discounted cash flow approach utilizing various assumptions and the application of a discount rate of approximately 14%, which represents our estimate of the cost of capital of a theoretical market participant. Such assumptions included (but were not limited to) (i) volumes (consistent with historical information and estimates of future drilling and completion activity), (ii) tariff rates, (iii) future commodity prices (based on relevant indices and applicable quality and location differentials), and (iv) estimated fixed and variable costs.

Red Oak. In June 2019, we announced the formation of Red Oak, a joint venture with a subsidiary of Phillips 66. We own a 50% interest in Red Oak, which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Red Oak was developing a new pipeline that would provide crude oil transportation service from Cushing, Oklahoma, and the Permian Basin in West Texas to multiple destinations along the Texas Gulf Coast, including Corpus Christi, Ingleside, Houston and Beaumont, Texas. In March 2020, the partners of Red Oak announced they were deferring the Red Oak pipeline project and suspending actions that would require additional capital spending on the project, and that they would re-evaluate demand for the project in light of recent market developments. Subsequently, the partners determined that the project would not proceed as previously contemplated. We determined that there was an other-than-temporary impairment of our investment in Red Oak, and we recognized a loss of $69 million related to the write-down of our investment in Red Oak to the estimated residual value of our share of the net assets during the second quarter of 2020.

Other investments. During the first quarter of 2020, we also recognized a loss of $43 million related to the write-down of certain of our investments included in “Other investments” in the table above due to an other-than-temporary impairment related to a decline in market conditions.

Formations

Capline LLC. During the first quarter of 2019, the owners of the Capline pipeline system contributed their undivided joint interests in the system to a newly formed entity, Capline Pipeline Company LLC (“Capline LLC”), in exchange for equity interests in such entity. After the contribution, Capline LLC owns 100% of the pipeline system. Each owner’s undivided joint interest in the Capline pipeline system prior to the transaction is equal to each owner’s equity interest in Capline LLC. Although we own a majority of Capline LLC’s equity, we do not have a controlling financial interest in Capline LLC because the other members have substantive participating rights. Therefore, we account for our ownership interest in Capline LLC as an equity method investment.

Under applicable accounting rules, the transaction resulted in a “loss of control” of our undivided joint interest, which was derecognized and contributed to Capline LLC. The “loss of control” required us to measure our equity interest in Capline LLC at fair value. At the time of the transaction, our 54% undivided joint interest in the Capline pipeline system had a carrying value of $175 million, which primarily related to property and equipment included in our Transportation segment. We determined the fair value of our investment in Capline LLC to be approximately $444 million, resulting in the recognition of a gain of $269 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Such gain is included in “Gain on/(impairment of) investment in unconsolidated entities, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The fair value of our investment in Capline LLC was based on an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. The cash flow forecasts require the use of various assumptions and estimates which include those related to the timing and amount of capital expenditures, the expected tariff rates and volumes of crude oil, and the terminal value. We probability-weighted various forecasted cash flow scenarios utilized in the analysis when we considered the possible outcomes. We used a discount rate representing our estimate of the risk adjusted discount rate that would be used by market participants. If shipper interest varies from the levels assumed in our model, the related cash flows, and thus the fair value of our investment, could be materially impacted. The fair value of our investment was determined using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
F-30

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

W2W Pipeline. In 2019, we participated in the formation of W2W Pipeline, a joint venture with subsidiaries of ExxonMobil, Lotus Midstream, LLC and three additional entities, in which we own a 16% interest. We account for our interest in W2W Pipeline under the equity method of accounting. W2W Pipeline has entered into an undivided joint-ownership arrangement with a subsidiary of Enterprise Products Partners, L.P. that has acquired 29% of the capacity of the pipeline segment from Midland, Texas to Webster, Texas, and W2W Pipeline now owns 71% of this segment of the pipeline. The pipeline originates in the Permian Basin in West Texas and transports crude oil to multiple destinations in the Houston and Galveston market areas. The pipeline system, which is currently in partial service, will provide approximately 1.5 million barrels per day of crude oil capacity (1.1 million barrels per day, net to the undivided joint ownership interest).

Cushing Connect. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we announced the formation of Cushing Connect Pipeline & Terminal LLC, a joint venture with Holly Energy Partners LP for (i) the development and construction of a new 160,000 barrel per day pipeline that will connect the Cushing, Oklahoma crude oil hub to the Tulsa, Oklahoma refining complex owned by a subsidiary of HollyFrontier Corporation and (ii) the ownership and operation of 1.5 million barrels of crude oil storage in Cushing, Oklahoma (the “JV Terminal”). We contributed the crude oil storage to Cushing Connect and own a 50% interest, which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The pipeline is expected to be in service during the first quarter of 2021.

Cactus II. In the second quarter of 2018, a subsidiary of Oxy and another third party each exercised their purchase options for a 20% interest and a 15% interest, respectively, in Cactus II, which owns the Cactus II pipeline system. Although we own a majority of Cactus II’s equity, we do not have a controlling financial interest in Cactus II because the other members have substantive participating rights. Therefore, we account for our ownership interest in Cactus II as an equity method investment. Following the exercise of the purchase options, we deconsolidated Cactus II resulting in a reduction of property and equipment of $74 million (which was representative of the costs incurred to date to construct the pipeline and equivalent to fair value), and we received $26 million of cash from Cactus II, which represented the other members’ portion of the property and equipment.

In addition, during the second quarter of 2018, we received a $100 million advance cash payment from Cactus II associated with pipeline capacity agreements, which is recorded as long-term deferred revenue within “Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Such amount is being recognized in revenue ratably over the life of the contracts.

Divestitures

Saddlehorn. In February 2020, we sold a 10% ownership interest in Saddlehorn for proceeds of approximately $78 million and have retained a 30% ownership interest. We recorded a gain of approximately $21 million related to this sale, which is included in “Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net” on our Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. We continue to account for our remaining interest under the equity method of accounting.

BridgeTex. During the third quarter of 2018, we sold a 30% interest in BridgeTex for proceeds of $868 million, including working capital adjustments, and have retained a 20% interest. We recorded a gain of $200 million related to this sale, which is included in “Gain on investment in unconsolidated entities” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations. We continue to account for our remaining interest under the equity method of accounting.

Distributions

Distributions received from unconsolidated entities are classified based on the nature of the distribution approach, which looks to the activity that generated the distribution. We consider distributions received from unconsolidated entities as a return on investment in those entities to the extent that the distribution was generated through operating results, and therefore classify these distributions as cash flows from operating activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Other distributions received from unconsolidated entities are considered a return of investment and classified as cash flows from investing activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

F-31

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Contributions

We generally fund our portion of development, construction or capital investment projects of our equity method investees through capital contributions. Our contributions to these entities increase the carrying value of our investments and are reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash used in investing activities. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we made cash contributions of $445 million, $504 million and $459 million, respectively, to certain of our equity method investees. In addition, we capitalized interest of $16 million, $20 million and $9 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to contributions to unconsolidated entities for projects under development and construction. We anticipate that we will make additional contributions in 2021 related to ongoing projects.

Basis Differences

Our investments in unconsolidated entities exceeded our share of the underlying equity in the net assets of such entities by $170 million and $349 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Such basis differences are included in the carrying values of our investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The portion of the basis differences attributable to depreciable or amortizable assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related assets, which reduces “Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities” on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The portion of the basis differences attributable to goodwill is not amortized. The majority of the basis difference at both December 31, 2020 and 2019 was attributable to goodwill related to our ownership interest in BridgeTex and Capline with the remaining basis difference primarily related to capitalized interest incurred during construction of the assets of our unconsolidated entities. The basis difference at December 31, 2020 was further impacted by impairments as discussed above.

Summarized Financial Information of Unconsolidated Entities

Combined summarized financial information for all of our unconsolidated entities is shown in the tables below (in millions). None of our unconsolidated entities have noncontrolling interests.

December 31,
20202019
Current assets$580 $652 
Noncurrent assets$8,769 $7,264 
Current liabilities$343 $298 
Noncurrent liabilities$10 $26 

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Revenues$1,360 $1,469 $1,235 
Operating income$828 $994 $824 
Net income$826 $995 $824 

F-32

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 10—Other Long-Term Assets, Net

Other long-term assets, net of accumulated amortization, consisted of the following (in millions):

December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
CostAccumulated
Amortization
NetCostAccumulated
Amortization
Net
Customer contracts and relationships (1)
3 – 29
$1,291 $(519)$772 $1,134 $(463)$671 
Property tax abatement
13
23 (20)23 (18)
Other agreements
1 – 70
40 (10)30 42 (11)31 
Intangible assets (2)
1,354 (549)805 1,199 (492)707 
Other163 (3)160 150 (1)149 
Other long-term assets, net$1,517 $(552)$965 $1,349 $(493)$856 
(1)Amounts for the year ended December 31, 2020 include intangible assets associated with the acquisition of FM Gathering. See Note 7 for additional information.
(2)We include rights-of-way, which are intangible assets, in our pipeline and related facilities amounts within property and equipment. See Note 6 for a discussion of property and equipment.

Intangible assets that have finite lives are tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We did not recognize any impairments of finite-lived intangible assets during the three years ended December 31, 2020.

Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $90 million, $76 million and $66 million, respectively. We estimate that our amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years will be as follows (in millions):

2021$87 
2022$86 
2023$82 
2024$80 
2025$77 

F-33

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 11—Debt

Debt consisted of the following (in millions):

December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
SHORT-TERM DEBT
PAA commercial paper notes, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 0.7% and 2.2%, respectively (1)
$547 $93 
PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 1.2% and 2.7%, respectively (1)
167 325 
Other117 86 
Total short-term debt831 504 
LONG-TERM DEBT
PAA senior notes:
5.00% senior notes due February 2021
— 600 
3.65% senior notes due June 2022
750 750 
2.85% senior notes due January 2023
400 400 
3.85% senior notes due October 2023
700 700 
3.60% senior notes due November 2024
750 750 
4.65% senior notes due October 2025
1,000 1,000 
4.50% senior notes due December 2026
750 750 
3.55% senior notes due December 2029
1,000 1,000 
3.80% senior notes due September 2030
750 — 
6.70% senior notes due May 2036
250 250 
6.65% senior notes due January 2037
600 600 
5.15% senior notes due June 2042 (2)
499 500 
4.30% senior notes due January 2043 (2)
348 350 
4.70% senior notes due June 2044 (2)
687 700 
4.90% senior notes due February 2045 (2)
649 650 
Unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs(62)(61)
PAA senior notes, net of unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs9,071 8,939 
Other long-term debt:
PAA GO Zone term loans, net of debt issuance costs of $1 and $1, respectively, bearing a weighted-average interest rate of 1.3% and 2.6%, respectively
199 199 
Other112 49 
Total long-term debt9,382 9,187 
Total debt (3) 
$10,213 $9,691 

(1)We classified these PAA commercial paper notes and credit facility borrowings as short-term as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, as these notes and borrowings were primarily designated as working capital borrowings, were required to be repaid within one year and were primarily for hedged NGL and crude oil inventory and NYMEX and ICE margin deposits.
(2)During the year ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased $17 million of our outstanding senior notes on the open market and recognized a gain of $3 million on these transactions, which is included in “Other income/(expense), net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
F-34

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(3)PAA’s fixed-rate senior notes had a face value of approximately $9.1 billion and $9.0 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We estimated the aggregate fair value of these notes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 to be approximately $9.9 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively. PAA’s fixed-rate senior notes are traded among institutions, and these trades are routinely published by a reporting service. Our determination of fair value is based on reported trading activity near the end of the reporting period. We estimate that the carrying value of outstanding borrowings under PAA’s credit facilities, commercial paper program and GO Zone term loans approximates fair value as interest rates reflect current market rates. The fair value estimates for the PAA senior notes, credit facilities, commercial paper program and GO Zone term loans are based upon observable market data and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

PAA Commercial Paper Program

PAA has a commercial paper program under which it may issue (and have outstanding at any time) up to $3.0 billion in the aggregate of privately placed, unsecured commercial paper notes. Such notes are backstopped by the PAA senior unsecured revolving credit facility and the PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility; as such, any borrowings under the PAA commercial paper program reduce the available capacity under these facilities.

Credit Agreements

PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility. PAA has a credit agreement that provides for a senior secured hedged inventory facility with a committed borrowing capacity of $1.4 billion, of which $400 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. Subject to obtaining additional or increased lender commitments, the committed capacity of the facility may be increased to $1.9 billion. Proceeds from the facility are primarily used to finance purchased or stored hedged inventory, including NYMEX and ICE margin deposits. Such obligations under the committed facility are secured by the financed inventory and the associated accounts receivable and are repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the financed inventory. Borrowings accrue interest based, at PAA’s election, on certain floating rate indices as defined in the credit agreement, in each case plus a margin based on PAA’s credit rating at the applicable time. The agreement also provides for one or more one-year extensions, subject to applicable approval. In August 2019, PAA amended this agreement to, among other things, extend the maturity date of the facility to August 2022 for each extending lender. The maturity date with respect to each non-extending lender (which represent aggregate commitments of approximately $45 million out of total commitments of $1.4 billion from all lenders) remains August 2021.

PAA senior unsecured revolving credit facility. PAA has a credit agreement that provides for a senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a committed borrowing capacity of $1.6 billion. Subject to obtaining additional or increased lender commitments, the committed capacity may be increased to $2.1 billion. The credit agreement also provides for the issuance of letters of credit. Borrowings accrue interest based, at PAA’s election, on certain floating rate indices as defined in the credit agreement, in each case plus a margin based on PAA’s credit rating at the applicable time. The agreement also provides for one or more one-year extensions, subject to applicable approval. In August 2019, PAA amended this agreement to, among other things, extend the maturity date of the facility to August 2024 for each extending lender.

PAA GO Zone term loans.  In August 2018, PAA entered into an agreement for two $100 million term loans (the “GO Zone term loans”) from the remarketing of its $100 million Mississippi Business Finance Corporation Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. Project), Series 2009 and its $100 million Mississippi Business Finance Corporation Gulf Opportunity Zone Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. Project), Series 2010 (collectively, the “GO Bonds”). The GO Zone term loans accrue interest, based on certain floating rate indices, in accordance with the interest payable on the related GO Bonds as provided in the GO Bonds Indenture pursuant to which such GO Bonds are issued and governed. The purchasers of the two GO Zone term loans have the right to put, at par, the GO Zone term loans in July 2023. The GO Bonds mature by their terms in May 2032 and August 2035, respectively.

PAA Senior Notes

PAA’s senior notes are co-issued, jointly and severally, by Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. and a 100%-owned consolidated finance subsidiary (neither of which have independent assets or operations) and are unsecured senior obligations of such entities and rank equally in right of payment with existing and future senior indebtedness of the issuers. PAA may, at its option, redeem any series of senior notes at any time in whole or from time to time in part, prior to maturity, at the redemption prices described in the indentures governing the senior notes. PAA’s senior notes are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.

F-35

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAA Senior Notes Issuances. The table below summarizes PAA’s issuances of senior unsecured notes during the three years ended December 31, 2020 (in millions):

YearDescriptionMaturityFace ValueInterest Payment Dates
2020
3.80% Senior Notes issued at 99.794% of face value
September 2030$750 March 15 and September 15
2019
3.55% Senior Notes issued at 99.801% of face value
December 2029$1,000 June 15 and December 15

PAA Senior Notes Repayments. During the three years ended December 31, 2020, PAA repaid the following senior unsecured notes in full (in millions):
YearDescriptionRepayment Date
2020
$600 million 5.00% Senior Notes due February 2021
November 2020
(1)
2019
$500 million 2.60% Senior Notes due December 2019
November 2019
(2)
2019
$500 million 5.75% Senior Notes due January 2020
December 2019
(2)

(1)These senior notes were repaid with proceeds from PAA’s 3.80% senior notes issued in June 2020 and cash on hand.
(2)These senior notes were repaid with proceeds from PAA’s 3.55% senior notes issued in September 2019 and cash on hand.

Maturities

The weighted average maturity of our senior notes and GO Zone term loans outstanding at December 31, 2020 was approximately 10 years. The following table presents the aggregate contractually scheduled maturities of such senior notes and GO Zone term loans for the next five years and thereafter. The amounts presented exclude unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs.

Calendar Year
Payment
(in millions)
2021$— 
2022$750 
2023$1,300 
2024$750 
2025$1,000 
Thereafter$5,533 

F-36

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Covenants and Compliance

The credit agreements for PAA’s revolving credit facilities (which impact the ability to access the PAA commercial paper program because they provide the financial backstop that supports PAA’s short-term credit ratings) and PAA’s term loans and the indentures governing PAA’s senior notes contain cross-default provisions. PAA’s credit agreements prohibit declaration or payments of distributions on, or purchases or redemptions of, units if any default or event of default is continuing. In addition, PAA’s agreements contain various covenants limiting PAA’s ability to, among other things:
grant liens on certain property;
incur indebtedness, including finance leases;
sell substantially all of its assets or enter into a merger or consolidation;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and
enter into certain burdensome agreements.

The credit agreements for the PAA senior unsecured revolving credit facility, the PAA senior secured hedged inventory facility and the PAA GO Zone term loans treat a change of control as an event of default and also require PAA to maintain a debt-to-EBITDA coverage ratio that, on a trailing four-quarter basis, will not be greater than 5.00 to 1.00 (or 5.50 to 1.00 on all outstanding debt during an acquisition period (generally, the period consisting of three fiscal quarters following an acquisition greater than $150 million)). For covenant compliance purposes, Consolidated EBITDA may include certain adjustments, including those for material projects and certain non-recurring expenses. Additionally, letters of credit and borrowings to fund hedged inventory and margin requirements are excluded when calculating the debt coverage ratio.

A default under PAA’s credit agreements or indentures would permit the lenders to accelerate the maturity of the outstanding debt. As long as PAA is in compliance with the provisions contained in its credit agreements, PAA’s ability to make distributions of available cash is not restricted. As of December 31, 2020, PAA was in compliance with the covenants contained in its credit agreements and indentures.

Borrowings and Repayments

Total borrowings under PAA’s credit facilities and commercial paper program for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $29.3 billion, $13.3 billion and $45.4 billion, respectively. Total repayments under PAA’s credit facilities and commercial paper program were approximately $29.0 billion, $12.9 billion and $46.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The variance in total gross borrowings and repayments is impacted by various business and financial factors including, but not limited to, the timing, average term and method of general partnership borrowing activities.

Letters of Credit

In connection with our supply and logistics activities, we provide certain suppliers with irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure our obligation for the purchase and transportation of crude oil, NGL and natural gas. These letters of credit are issued under PAA’s senior unsecured revolving credit facility and senior secured hedged inventory facility, and our liabilities with respect to these purchase obligations are recorded in accounts payable on our balance sheet in the month the crude oil, NGL or natural gas is purchased. Generally, these letters of credit are issued for periods of up to seventy days and are terminated upon completion of each transaction. Additionally, we issue letters of credit to support insurance programs, derivative transactions, including hedging-related margin obligations, and construction activities. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had outstanding letters of credit of $129 million and $157 million, respectively.

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of senior notes are recorded as a direct deduction from the related debt liability and are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the related debt. Use of the straight-line method does not differ materially from the “effective interest” method of amortization.

F-37

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 12—Partners’ Capital and Distributions

Our Shares

Our Class A shares, Class B shares and Class C shares represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of our Class A and Class B shares are entitled to exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement, but only holders of Class A shares are entitled to participate in our distributions.

Our Class C shares are non-economic and provide PAA, as the sole holder of such Class C shares, the right to vote, pro rata with the holders of our Class A and Class B shares, in the election of eligible PAGP GP directors. Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement entered into on November 15, 2016, the number of Class C shares that PAA owns will at all times equal the number of outstanding PAA common units, excluding common units held by AAP, and Series A preferred units. Thus, the Class C shares function as a “pass-through” voting mechanism through which PAA votes at the direction of and as proxy for the PAA common unitholders, other than AAP, and Series A preferred unitholders in such director elections.
 
Exchange and Redemption Rights

Holders of AAP units and their permitted transferees each have the right to exchange all or a portion of their AAP units for Class A shares at an exchange ratio of one Class A share for each AAP unit exchanged (referred to herein as their “Exchange Right”). This Exchange Right may be exercised only if, simultaneously therewith, an equal number of our Class B shares and general partner units are transferred by the exercising party to us. Additionally, a holder of vested AAP Management Units is entitled to convert his or her AAP Management Units into AAP units and a like number of our Class B shares based on a conversion ratio of approximately 0.941 AAP units for each AAP Management Unit. Following any such conversion, the holder will have the Exchange Right for our Class A shares. Holders of AAP Management Units who convert such units into AAP units and Class B shares will not receive general partner units and thus will not need to include any general partner units in a transfer or the exercise of their Exchange Right. See Note 15 for information regarding the recognition of deferred tax assets associated the transfer of ownership resulting from Exchange Right exercises.

Additionally, subject to certain limitations, a holder of AAP units (other than us and GP LLC) has the right (a “Redemption Right”) to cause AAP to redeem any or all of such holder’s AAP units in exchange for the distribution of an equivalent number of PAA common units held by AAP (“AAP Unit Redemption”). In connection with any AAP Unit Redemption, the redeeming holder will transfer the AAP units to AAP and a corresponding number of our Class B shares and general partner units (if any), in each case, to us. The AAP units transferred to AAP will be canceled, the Class B shares transferred to us will be canceled and the general partner units transferred to us will remain outstanding and increase our ownership percentage in our general partner. Additionally, we will issue a corresponding number of Class C shares to PAA.
F-38

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Shares Outstanding

The following table presents the activity for our Class A shares, Class B shares and Class C shares:

Class A SharesClass B SharesClass C Shares
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
156,111,139 126,984,572 510,925,432 
Exchange Right exercises3,363,199 (3,363,199)— 
Redemption Right exercises— (4,017,035)4,017,035 
Issuance of Series A preferred units by a subsidiary— — 1,393,926 
Other11,250 — 601,887 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
159,485,588 119,604,338 516,938,280 
Exchange Right exercises (1)
22,637,818 (22,637,818)— 
Redemption Right exercises (1)
— (31,180,818)31,180,818 
Other15,186 — 1,419,041 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
182,138,592 65,785,702 549,538,139 
Conversion of AAP Management Units— 595,117 — 
Exchange Right exercises11,858,457 (11,858,457)
Redemption Right exercises(3,882,170)3,882,170 
Repurchase of common units by a subsidiary— — (6,222,748)
Other54,387 520,201 
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
194,051,436 50,640,192 547,717,762 

(1)Includes exercises by Oxy and an affiliate of The Energy & Minerals Group (“EMG”). See Note 17 for additional information.

Distributions

We distribute 100% of our available cash within 55 days following the end of each quarter to Class A shareholders of record. Available cash is generally defined as all cash on hand at the date of determination of available cash for the distribution in respect to such quarter (including expected distributions from AAP in respect of such quarter), less reserves established by our general partner for future requirements.

The following table details the distributions paid to our Class A shareholders during the periods indicated (in millions, except per share data):
YearDistributions to Class A ShareholdersDistributions per Class A Share
2020$166 $0.90 
2019$231 $1.38 
2018$189 $1.20 

On January 7, 2021, we declared a cash distribution of $0.18 per outstanding Class A share. This distribution of $35 million was paid on February 12, 2021 to shareholders of record at the close of business on January 29, 2021, for the period October 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020.
F-39

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to our Class A shareholders is comprised solely of their proportionate share of PAA’s other comprehensive income/(loss) based on our indirect ownership interest in PAA during the period.

Consolidated Subsidiaries

Noncontrolling Interests in Subsidiaries

As of December 31, 2020, noncontrolling interests in our subsidiaries consisted of (i) limited partner interests in PAA including a 69% interest in PAA’s common units and PAA’s Series A preferred units combined and 100% of PAA’s Series B preferred units, (ii) an approximate 21% limited partner interest in AAP and (iii) a 33% interest in Red River Pipeline Company LLC (“Red River LLC”), as discussed further below.

In May 2019, we formed a joint venture, Red River LLC, with Delek Logistics Partners, LP (“Delek”) on our Red River pipeline system. We received approximately $128 million for Delek’s 33% interest in Red River LLC. We consolidate Red River LLC, with Delek’s 33% interest accounted for as a noncontrolling interest.

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2020, we received $12 million of contributions from noncontrolling interests in Red River LLC related to the Red River pipeline capacity expansion.

Repurchases of Units by Subsidiary

Common Equity Repurchase Program. In November 2020, the board of directors of our general partner approved a $500 million common equity repurchase program (the “Program”) to be utilized as an additional method of returning capital to investors. The Program authorizes the repurchase from time to time of up to $500 million of PAA common units and/or our Class A shares via open market purchases or negotiated transactions conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. No time limit has been set for completion of the Program, and the Program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The Program does not obligate PAA or us to acquire a particular number of PAA common units or Class A shares. Any PAA common units or Class A shares that are repurchased will be canceled. Class C shares held by PAA associated with any publicly held common units that are repurchased will also be canceled.

PAA repurchased 6,222,748 common units under the Program through open market purchases during the year ended December 31, 2020. The total purchase price of these repurchases was $50 million, including commissions and fees. The repurchased common units were canceled immediately upon acquisition, as were the Class C shares held by PAA associated with the repurchased common units. We did not repurchase any Class A shares under the Program during the year ended December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the remaining available capacity under the program was $450 million.

PAA’s capital attributable to AAP was adjusted, in accordance with ASC 810, to reflect the accretion of its interest in PAA as a result of the repurchase of common units from public unitholders. Such adjustment is recognized by PAGP in proportion to its ownership interest in AAP, which results in a net increase in partners’ capital attributable to PAGP. See Note 15 for additional information regarding the associated impact to the deferred tax asset.

F-40

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Subsidiary Distributions

PAA Preferred Unit Distributions. The following table details distributions paid to PAA’s preferred unitholders during the year presented (in millions, except unit data):
Series A Preferred UnitholdersSeries B Preferred Unitholders
Distribution (1)
Cash
Distribution
YearCashUnits
2020$149 — $49 
2019$149 — $49 
2018$112 1,393,926 $49 


(1)PAA elected to pay distributions on its Series A preferred units in additional Series A preferred units for each quarterly distribution from their issuance through the February 2018 distribution. Distributions on PAA’s Series A preferred units have been paid in cash since the May 2018 distribution. During 2018, PAA issued additional Series A preferred units in lieu of cash distributions of $37 million.

On February 12, 2021, PAA paid a cash distribution of $37 million to its Series A preferred unitholders. At December 31, 2020, such amount was accrued as distributions payable in “Other current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2020, approximately $6 million of accrued distributions payable to PAA’s Series B preferred unitholders was included in “Other current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

PAA Common Unit Distributions. PAA distributes 100% of its available cash within 45 days following the end of each quarter to common unitholders of record, including AAP. Available cash is generally defined as all of PAA’s cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established in the reasonable discretion of its general partner for future requirements.

The following table details distributions paid by PAA during the year presented (in millions, except per unit data):
Distributions PaidDistributions per
common unit
YearPublicAAPTotal
2020$432 $223 $655 $0.90 
2019$632 $372 $1,004 $1.38 
2018$532 $339 $871 $1.20 

On January 7, 2021, PAA declared a cash distribution of $0.18 per unit on its outstanding common units. The total distribution of $130 million was paid on February 12, 2021 to unitholders of record at the close of business on January 29, 2021, for the period from October 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020. Of this amount, approximately $44 million was paid to AAP.

AAP Distributions. AAP distributes all of the cash received from PAA distributions on a quarterly basis, less reserves established in the discretion of its general partner for future requirements. Generally, distributions are paid to its partners in proportion to their percentage interest in AAP. The following table details the distributions to AAP’s partners paid during the periods indicated from distributions received from PAA (in millions):
Distributions to AAP’s Partners
YearNoncontrolling InterestsPAGPTotal Cash Distributions
2020$57 $166 $223 
2019$141 $231 $372 
2018$150 $189 $339 

On February 12, 2021, AAP distributed $44 million to its partners from distributions received from PAA. Of this amount, $9 million was distributed to noncontrolling interests and $35 million was distributed to us.
F-41

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Distributions. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, distributions of $10 million and $6 million, respectively, were paid to noncontrolling interests in Red River LLC.

Note 13—Derivatives and Risk Management Activities

We identify the risks that underlie our core business activities and use risk management strategies to mitigate those risks when we determine that there is value in doing so. We use various derivative instruments to optimize our profits while managing our exposure to (i) hydrocarbon commodity (referred to herein as “commodity”) price risk, (ii) interest rate risk and (iii) currency exchange rate risk. Our commodity price risk management policies and procedures are designed to help ensure that our hedging activities address our risks by monitoring our derivative positions, as well as physical volumes, grades, locations, delivery schedules and storage capacity. Our interest rate and currency exchange rate risk management policies and procedures are designed to monitor our derivative positions and ensure that those positions are consistent with our objectives and approved strategies. Our policy is to use derivative instruments for risk management purposes and not for the purpose of speculating on changes in commodity prices, interest rates or currency exchange rates. When we apply hedge accounting, our policy is to formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives for undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness will be assessed. At the inception of the hedging relationship, we assess whether the derivatives employed are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of anticipated hedged transactions. Throughout the hedging relationship, retrospective and prospective hedge effectiveness is assessed on a qualitative basis.

We record all open derivatives on the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are deferred in AOCI and recognized in earnings in the periods during which the underlying hedged transactions are recognized in earnings. Derivatives that are not designated as a hedging instrument and derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized in earnings each period. Cash settlements associated with our derivative activities are classified within the same category as the related hedged item in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Our financial derivatives, used for hedging risk, are governed through ISDA master agreements and clearing brokerage agreements. These agreements include stipulations regarding the right of set off in the event that we or our counterparty default on performance obligations. If a default were to occur, both parties have the right to net amounts payable and receivable into a single net settlement between parties.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, none of our outstanding derivatives contained credit-risk related contingent features that would result in a material adverse impact to us upon any change in our credit ratings. Although we may be required to post margin on our exchange-traded derivatives transacted through a clearing brokerage account, as described below, we do not require our non-cleared derivative counterparties to post collateral with us.

Commodity Price Risk Hedging

Our core business activities involve certain commodity price-related risks that we manage in various ways, including through the use of derivative instruments. Our policy is to (i) only purchase inventory for which we have a sales market, (ii) structure our sales contracts so that price fluctuations do not materially affect our operating income and (iii) not acquire and hold physical inventory or derivatives for the purpose of speculating on commodity price changes. The material commodity-related risks inherent in our business activities can be divided into the following general categories:

Commodity Purchases and Sales — In the normal course of our operations, we purchase and sell commodities. We use derivatives to manage the associated risks and to optimize profits. As of December 31, 2020, net derivative positions related to these activities included:
A net long position of 5.8 million barrels associated with our crude oil purchases, which was unwound ratably during January 2021 to match monthly average pricing.
A net short time spread position of 6.6 million barrels, which hedges a portion of our anticipated crude oil lease gathering purchases through March 2022.
F-42

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A net crude oil basis spread position of 0.6 million barrels at multiple locations through December 2021. These derivatives allow us to lock in grade basis differentials.
A net short position of 37.4 million barrels through December 2022 related to anticipated net sales of crude oil and NGL inventory.

Natural Gas Processing/NGL Fractionation — We purchase natural gas for processing and operational needs. Additionally, we purchase NGL mix for fractionation and sell the resulting individual specification products (including ethane, propane, butane and condensate). In conjunction with these activities, we hedge the price risk associated with the purchase of the natural gas and the subsequent sale of the individual specification products. The following table summarizes our open derivative positions utilized to hedge the price risk associated with anticipated purchases and sales related to our natural gas processing and NGL fractionation activities as of December 31, 2020.

Notional Volume
(Short)/Long
Remaining Tenor
Natural gas purchases
37.3 Bcf
December 2021
Propane sales
(6.3) MMbls
December 2021
Butane sales
(2.3) MMbls
December 2021
Condensate sales (WTI position)
(0.6) MMbls
December 2021
Fuel gas requirements (1)
14.3 Bcf
December 2022
Power supply requirements (1)
0.7 TWh
December 2022

(1)Positions to hedge a portion of our power supply and fuel gas requirements at our Canadian natural gas processing and fractionation plants.

Physical commodity contracts that meet the definition of a derivative but are ineligible, or not designated, for the normal purchases and normal sales scope exception are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. We have determined that substantially all of our physical commodity contracts qualify for the normal purchases and normal sales scope exception.

Our commodity derivatives are not designated as a hedging relationship, as such, changes in the fair value are reported in earnings. A summary of the impact of our commodity derivatives recognized in earnings as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Supply and Logistics segment revenues$(302)$310 $150 
Field operating costs14 (2)
Net gain/(loss) from commodity derivative activity$(297)$324 $148 

Our accounting policy is to offset derivative assets and liabilities executed with the same counterparty when a master netting arrangement exists. Accordingly, we also offset derivative assets and liabilities with amounts associated with cash margin. Our exchange-traded derivatives are transacted through clearing brokerage accounts and are subject to margin requirements as established by the respective exchange. On a daily basis, our account equity (consisting of the sum of our cash balance and the fair value of our open derivatives) is compared to our initial margin requirement resulting in the payment or return of variation margin. The following table provides the components of our net broker receivable/(payable) (in millions):

December 31,
20202019
Initial margin$91 $73 
Variation margin posted/(returned)290 (45)
Letters of credit(63)(73)
Net broker receivable/(payable)$318 $(45)
F-43

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table reflects the Consolidated Balance Sheet line items that include the fair values of our commodity derivative assets and liabilities and the effect of the collateral netting. Such amounts are presented on a gross basis, before the effects of counterparty netting. However, we have elected to present our commodity derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty on a net basis on our Consolidated Balance Sheet when the legal right of offset exists. Amounts in the table below are presented in millions.

December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Effect of Collateral NettingNet Carrying Value Presented on the Balance SheetEffect of Collateral NettingNet Carrying Value Presented on the Balance Sheet
Commodity DerivativesCommodity Derivatives
AssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilities
Derivative Assets
Other current assets$71 $(314)$318 $75 $179 $(37)$(45)$97 
Other long-term assets, net— — 24 — — 24 
Derivative Liabilities
Other current liabilities(40)— (31)32 (56)— (24)
Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits— (32)— (32)— (12)— (12)
Total$85 $(386)$318 $17 $235 $(105)$(45)$85 

Interest Rate Risk Hedging

We use interest rate derivatives to hedge the benchmark interest rate associated with interest payments occurring as a result of debt issuances. The derivative instruments we use to manage this risk consist of forward starting interest rate swaps and treasury locks. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges. As such, changes in fair value are deferred in AOCI and are reclassified to interest expense as we incur the interest expense associated with the underlying debt. 

The following table summarizes the terms of our outstanding interest rate derivatives as of December 31, 2020 (notional amounts in millions):

Hedged Transaction
Number and Types of
Derivatives Employed
Notional
Amount
Expected
Termination Date
Average Rate Locked
Accounting
Treatment
Anticipated interest payments
8 forward starting swaps
(30-year)
$200 6/15/20231.38 %Cash flow hedge
Anticipated interest payments
8 forward starting swaps
(30-year)
$200 6/14/20240.73 %Cash flow hedge

As of December 31, 2020, there was a net loss of $258 million deferred in AOCI. The deferred net loss recorded in AOCI is expected to be reclassified to future earnings contemporaneously with (i) the earnings recognition of the underlying hedged commodity transactions or (ii) interest expense accruals associated with underlying debt instruments. We reclassified losses of $11 million, $9 million and $5 million during years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Of the total net loss deferred in AOCI at December 31, 2020, we expect to reclassify a loss of $13 million to earnings in the next twelve months. We estimate that substantially all of the remaining deferred loss will be reclassified to earnings through 2054 as the underlying hedged transactions impact earnings. A portion of these amounts is based on market prices as of December 31, 2020; thus, actual amounts to be reclassified will differ and could vary materially as a result of changes in market conditions.

The following table summarizes the net unrealized gain/(loss) recognized in AOCI for derivatives (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Interest rate derivatives, net$(10)$(91)$38 

F-44

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
At December 31, 2020, the net fair value of our interest rate hedges, which were included in “Other long-term assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, totaled $46 million. At December 31, 2019, the fair value of these hedges was $44 million and included in “Other current liabilities.”

Currency Exchange Rate Risk Hedging

Because a significant portion of our Canadian business is conducted in CAD we use foreign currency derivatives to minimize the risk of unfavorable changes in exchange rates. These instruments include foreign currency exchange contracts, forwards and options.

Our use of foreign currency derivatives include (i) derivatives we use to hedge currency exchange risk created by the use of USD-denominated commodity derivatives to hedge commodity price risk associated with CAD-denominated commodity purchases and sales and (ii) foreign currency exchange contracts we use to manage our Canadian business cash requirements.

The following table summarizes our open forward exchange contracts as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

USDCAD
Average Exchange Rate
USD to CAD
Forward exchange contracts that exchange CAD for USD:
2021$46 $59 
$1.00 - $1.28
Forward exchange contracts that exchange USD for CAD:
2021$80 $104 
$1.00 - $1.30

These derivatives are not designated as a hedging relationship. As such, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings as a component of Supply and Logistics segment revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the amounts recognized in earnings for our currency exchange rate hedges were a gain of less than $1 million, a gain of $8 million and a loss of $23 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2020, the net fair value of these currency exchange rate hedges, which is included in “Other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, totaled $2 million. At December 31, 2019, the net fair value of these currency exchange rate hedges, which was included in “Other current assets” and “Other current liabilities” on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, totaled $2 million and $1 million, respectively.

Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option
 
A derivative feature embedded in a contract that does not meet the definition of a derivative in its entirety must be bifurcated and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract. The Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option of the PAA Series A preferred units is an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated from the related host contract, the PAA partnership agreement, and recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. This embedded derivative is not designated as a hedging relationship and corresponding changes in fair value are recognized in “Other income/(expense), net” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 we recognized net gains of $20 million, $2 million and a net loss of $14 million, respectively. The fair value of the Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option, which was included in “Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaled $14 million and $34 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See Note 12 for additional information regarding our Series A preferred units and the Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option.

F-45

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Derivative Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions):

Fair Value as of December 31, 2020Fair Value as of December 31, 2019
Recurring Fair Value Measures (1)
Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Commodity derivatives$(143)$(143)$(15)$(301)$42 $105 $(17)$130 
Interest rate derivatives— 46 — 46 — (44)— (44)
Foreign currency derivatives— — — — 
Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option— — (14)(14)— — (34)(34)
Total net derivative asset/(liability)$(143)$(95)$(29)$(267)$42 $62 $(51)$53 

(1)Derivative assets and liabilities are presented above on a net basis but do not include related cash margin deposits.

Level 1

Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy includes exchange-traded commodity derivatives and over-the-counter commodity contracts such as futures and swaps. The fair value of exchange-traded commodity derivatives and over-the-counter commodity contracts is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets.

Level 2

Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy includes exchange-cleared commodity derivatives and over-the-counter commodity, interest rate and foreign currency derivatives that are traded in observable markets with less volume and transaction frequency than active markets. In addition, it includes certain physical commodity contracts. The fair values of these derivatives are corroborated with market observable inputs.

Level 3

Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy includes certain physical commodity and other contracts, over-the-counter options and the Preferred Distribution Rate Reset Option contained in our partnership agreement which is classified as an embedded derivative.

The fair values of our Level 3 physical commodity and other contracts and over-the-counter options are based on valuation models utilizing significant timing estimates, which involve management judgment, and pricing inputs from observable and unobservable markets with less volume and transaction frequency than active markets. Significant deviations from these estimates and inputs could result in a material change in fair value. We report unrealized gains and losses associated with these contracts in our Consolidated Statements of Operations as Supply and Logistics segment revenues.

F-46

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Rollforward of Level 3 Net Asset/(Liability)

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in fair value of the beginning and ending balances for our derivatives classified as Level 3 (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Beginning Balance$(51)$(24)
Net gains/(losses) for the period included in earnings12 10 
Settlements10 (11)
Derivatives entered into during the period— (26)
Ending Balance$(29)$(51)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings relating to Level 3 derivatives still held at the end of the period$12 $(16)

Note 14—Leases

Lessee

On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC Topic 842, Leases (“Topic 842”), using the optional transitional method, thereby applying the new guidance at the effective date, without adjusting the comparative periods. Therefore, results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic accounting under ASC Topic 840, Leases (“Topic 840”). We evaluate all agreements entered into or modified after the date of adoption of Topic 842 that convey to us the use of property or equipment for a term to determine whether the agreement is or contains a lease. We lease certain property and equipment under noncancelable and cancelable operating and finance leases. Our operating leases primarily relate to railcars, office space, land, vehicles, and storage tanks, and our finance leases primarily relate to tractor trailers, land, storage tanks and vehicles. One of our finance leases is for storage tanks owned by an equity method investee, in which we own a 50% interest. For leases with an initial term of greater than 12 months, we recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Our lease agreements have remaining lease terms ranging from one year to approximately 60 years. When applicable, this range includes additional terms associated with leases for which we are reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew and such renewal options are recognized as part of our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. We have renewal options for leases with terms ranging from one year to 25 years that are not recognized as part of our right-of-use assets or lease liabilities as we have determined we are not reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew.

Certain of our leases have variable lease payments, many of which are based on changes in market indices such as the Consumer Price Index. Our lease agreements for our tractor trailers contain residual value guarantees equal to the fair market value of the tractor trailers at the end of the lease term in the event that we elect not to purchase the asset for an amount equal to the fair value. Our lease agreements do not contain any material restrictive covenants.

For determining the present value of lease payments, we use the discount rate implicit in the lease when readily determinable; however, such rate is not readily determinable for most of our leases. For those leases for which the discount rate is not readily determinable, we utilize incremental borrowing rates that reflect collateralized borrowing with payments and terms that mirror our lease portfolio to discount the lease payments based on information available at the lease commencement date.

F-47

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table presents components of lease cost, including both amounts recognized in income and amounts capitalized (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
Lease Cost20202019
Operating lease cost$111 $125 
Short-term lease cost31 35 
Other (1) (2)
— 
Total lease cost$150 $160 

(1)Includes finance lease costs, variable lease costs and sublease income.
(2)Includes approximately $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 associated with leased storage tanks owned by an equity method investee, in which we own a 50% interest.

Lease cost for the year ended December 31, 2018, accounted for in accordance with Topic 840, was $199 million.

The following table presents information related to cash flows arising from lease transactions (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases$108 $116 
Operating cash flows for finance leases$$
Financing cash flows for finance leases$19 $18 
Non-cash change in lease liabilities arising from obtaining new right-of-use assets or modifications:
Operating leases$$77 
Finance leases (1)
$32 $27 

(1)Includes approximately $25 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, associated with leased storage tanks owned by an equity method investee, in which we own a 50% interest.

Information related to the weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate is presented in the table below:

December 31,
20202019
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases1211
Finance leases96
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases4.5 %4.4 %
Finance leases11.1 %7.1 %

F-48

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table presents the amount and location of our operating and finance lease right-of-use assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

December 31,
LeasesBalance Sheet Location20202019
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assetsLong-term operating lease right-of-use assets, net$378 $466 
Finance lease right-of-use assets (1)
Property and equipment$141 $124 
Accumulated depreciation(27)(16)
Property and equipment, net$114 $108 
Total lease right-of-use assets$492 $574 
Liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
CurrentOther current liabilities$78 $94 
NoncurrentLong-term operating lease liabilities317 387 
Total operating lease liabilities$395 $481 
Finance lease liabilities (1)
CurrentShort-term debt$11 $18 
NoncurrentOther long-term debt, net70 49 
Total finance lease liabilities$81 $67 
Total lease liabilities$476 $548 

(1)Includes right-of-use assets of $35 million and $12 million and lease liabilities of $36 million and $12 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, associated with leased storage tanks owned by an equity method investee, in which we own a 50% interest.

F-49

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table presents the maturity of undiscounted cash flows for future minimum lease payments under noncancelable leases as of December 31, 2020 reconciled to our lease liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet (amounts in millions):

Operating
Finance (2)
Future minimum lease payments (1):
2021$90 $18 
202282 18 
202362 15 
202449 14 
202538 11 
Thereafter237 67 
Total558 143 
Less: Present value discount(163)(62)
Lease liabilities$395 $81 

(1)Excludes future minimum payments for short-term and other immaterial leases not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(2)Includes payments of approximately $6 million for each of the years ending 2021 through 2025 and approximately $64 million thereafter associated with leased storage tanks owned by an equity method investee, in which we own a 50% interest.

Lessor

We evaluate all agreements entered into or modified after the date of adoption of Topic 842 that convey to others the use of property or equipment for a term to determine whether the agreement is or contains a lease. Significant judgment is required when determining whether a customer obtains the right to direct the use of identified property or equipment. The underlying assets associated with these agreements are evaluated for future use beyond the lease term.

Our Facilities and Transportation segments enter into agreements to conduct fee-based activities associated with (i) providing storage services primarily for crude oil, NGL and natural gas and (ii) transporting crude oil and NGL. Certain of these agreements convey counterparties the right to direct the operation of physically distinct assets. Such agreements include (i) fixed consideration, which is measured based on an available capacity during the period multiplied by the rate in the agreement, or (ii) a fixed monthly fee and variable consideration based on usage. These agreements often include options to extend or terminate the lease, with advance notice. These agreements are operating leases under Topic 842. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our lease revenue was not material.

The table below presents the maturity of lease payments for operating lease agreements in effect as of December 31, 2020. This presentation includes minimum fixed lease payments and does not include an estimate of variable lease consideration. These agreements have remaining lease terms ranging from one year to 21 years. The following table presents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be received related to these agreements (in millions):

20212022202320242025Thereafter
Lease revenue$40 $27 $22 $18 $16 $205 

F-50

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 15—Income Taxes

Income tax expense is estimated using the tax rate in effect or to be in effect during the relevant periods in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and tax purposes and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. To the extent we do not consider it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is established. Changes in tax legislation are included in the relevant computations in the period in which such changes are effective. We review contingent tax liabilities for estimated exposures on a more likely than not standard related to our current tax positions.

Pursuant to FASB guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the tax position and also the past administrative practices and precedents of the taxing authority. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had not recognized any material amounts in connection with uncertainty in income taxes.

U.S. Federal and State Taxes

Although we are organized as a limited partnership, we have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are therefore subject to both U.S. federal and state income taxes.

Canadian Federal and Provincial Taxes

All of our Canadian operations are conducted by entities that are treated as corporations for Canadian tax purposes (flow through for U.S. income tax purposes) and that are subject to Canadian federal and provincial taxes. Additionally, payments of interest and dividends from our Canadian entities to other Plains entities are subject to Canadian withholding tax that is treated as income tax expense.

Tax Components

Components of income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Current income tax expense:
State income tax$— $$
Canadian federal and provincial income tax51 109 63 
Total current income tax expense$51 $112 $66 
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit):
Federal income tax$(149)$89 $90 
State income tax21 14 
Canadian federal and provincial income tax(70)(46)132 
Total deferred income tax expense/(benefit)$(218)$64 $236 
Total income tax expense/(benefit)$(167)$176 $302 

F-51

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The difference between income tax expense based on the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax expense is summarized as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Income/(loss) before tax$(2,607)$2,238 $2,409 
Net (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests1,872 (1,731)(1,773)
Income taxes attributable to noncontrolling interests19 (66)(198)
$(716)$441 $438 
Federal statutory income tax rate21 %21 %21 %
Income tax expense/(benefit) at statutory rate$(150)$93 $92 
Deferred tax rate adjustment11 10 
State income tax, net of federal benefit(9)
Income taxes attributable to noncontrolling interests:
Canadian federal and provincial income tax(19)63 195 
State income tax— 
Total income tax expense/(benefit)$(167)$176 $302 

The Canadian federal and provincial income tax for the year ended December 31, 2020 reflects the impact of permanent differences primarily related to an impairment of goodwill that was recognized during the year. A portion of the goodwill that was impaired had no basis for Canadian income tax purposes and thus was not a deductible expense in determining taxable income, resulting in a permanent difference for Canadian tax purposes. See Note 8 for additional information regarding this impairment.

During the second quarter of 2019, the Alberta government enacted legislation that reduces the Alberta provincial corporate income tax rate from 12% to 8% over the period from July 1, 2019 through January 1, 2022. As a result, during the second quarter of 2019, we recognized a reduction of our deferred income tax liability of approximately $60 million and a corresponding deferred tax benefit. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Alberta government changed the timing of the rate reduction to decrease the corporate income tax rate to 8% starting July 1, 2020.
F-52

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are aggregated by the applicable tax paying entity and jurisdiction and result from the following (in millions):

December 31,
20202019
Deferred tax assets:
Investment in partnerships$917 $874 
Net operating losses527 406 
Derivative instruments45 — 
Lease liabilities39 55 
Other16 16 
Total deferred tax assets1,544 1,351 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment in excess of tax values(475)(472)
Derivative instruments— (22)
Lease assets(38)(53)
Other(3)(5)
Total deferred tax liabilities(516)(552)
Net deferred tax assets$1,028 $799 
Balance sheet classification of deferred tax assets/(liabilities):
Deferred tax asset$1,444 $1,280 
Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits(416)(481)
$1,028 $799 

As a result of the exchange of the ownership interest in AAP in connection with our IPO and all subsequent exchanges, a deferred tax asset was created. These transfers of ownership were accounted for at the historical carrying basis for GAAP accounting purposes, but were recorded at the fair market value of the Class A shares at the time of exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The resulting basis difference resulted in a deferred tax asset that was recorded as a component of partners’ capital as it results from transactions among shareholders. The deferred tax asset is amortized to deferred income tax expense as the associated basis step-up is realized on our tax returns. Also, in connection with the repurchase of common units by PAA and the associated adjustment to partners’ capital attributable to PAGP, a corresponding change to the deferred tax balance was recorded to partners’ capital. See Note 12 for additional information regarding exchanges and the repurchase of common units by PAA.

As of December 31, 2020, our federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes were approximately $2,328 million, $690 million and $9 million, respectively. If not utilized, the state and foreign net operating losses will begin to expire in 2021 and 2034, respectively, and a portion of our federal net operating losses will begin to expire in 2033. Under the Tax Act, U.S. federal NOLs generated after 2017 will have an indefinite carryforward period but may only reduce up to 80% of taxable income in any given year. Our U.S. federal NOLs generated prior to 2018 will not be subject to the taxable income limitation and will remain subject to a 20 year carryforward period.

Generally, tax returns for our Canadian entities are open to audit from 2016 through 2020. Our U.S. and state tax years are generally open to examination from 2017 to 2020.

F-53

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2020, in reference to tax years 2008 to 2015, we had received notices of reassessment (“notices”) from the Canada Revenue Agency and the Alberta Tax and Revenue Administration (the “Canadian Tax Authorities”) related primarily to transfer pricing associated with cross-border intercompany financing transactions. These notices include assessments, including penalties and interest, associated with these transfer pricing matters totaling approximately $91 million (based on the exchange rate as of December 31, 2020). Payment of a portion of the assessment is required in order to file a notice of objection to dispute the reassessment. Accordingly, we have remitted approximately $64 million (based on the exchange rate as of December 31, 2020) related to the assessments, which is included in “Other long-term assets, net,” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We disagree with these notices and have contested the reassessments. We intend to vigorously defend our position, and we plan to pursue all remedies available to us to successfully resolve these matters, including administrative remedies with the Canadian Tax Authorities, and judicial remedies, if necessary. As of December 31, 2020, we believe that our tax position associated with these matters is “more likely than not” to be sustained and have not recognized any amounts for uncertainty in income taxes related to these notices.

Note 16—Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

Marathon Petroleum Corporation and its subsidiaries accounted for 13%, 12% and 14% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. ExxonMobil Corporation and its subsidiaries accounted for 12%, 12% and 14% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Phillips 66 Company and its subsidiaries accounted for 11% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues during any of the three years ended December 31, 2020. The majority of revenues from these customers pertain to our supply and logistics operations. The sales to these customers occur at multiple locations and we believe that the loss of these customers would have only a short-term impact on our operating results. There is risk, however, that we would not be able to identify and access a replacement market at comparable margins.

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. Our accounts receivable are primarily from purchasers and shippers of crude oil and, to a lesser extent, purchasers of NGL. This industry concentration has the potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk in that the customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions. We review credit exposure and financial information of our counterparties and generally require letters of credit for receivables from customers that are not considered creditworthy, unless the credit risk can otherwise be reduced. See Note 3 for additional discussion of our accounts receivable and our review of credit exposure.

Note 17—Related Party Transactions

PAA’s Ownership of our Class C Shares

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, PAA owned 547,717,762 and 549,538,139, respectively, Class C shares. See Note 12 for additional information regarding our Class C shares.

Omnibus Agreement

The Plains Entities entered into an Omnibus Agreement on November 15, 2016, which, among other things, provides for the following:

our ability to issue additional Class A shares and use the net proceeds therefrom to purchase a like number of AAP units from AAP, and the corresponding ability of AAP to use the net proceeds therefrom to purchase a like number of PAA common units; and

our ability to lend proceeds of any future indebtedness incurred by us to AAP, and AAP’s corresponding ability to lend such proceeds to PAA, in each case on substantially the same terms as incurred by us.

F-54

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Transactions with Other Related Parties

Our other related parties include (i) principal owners and their affiliated entities and (ii) entities in which we hold investments and account for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 9 for information regarding such entities). We recognize as our principal owners entities that have a designated representative on the board of directors of PAGP GP and/or own greater than 10% of the limited partner interests in AAP. Such limited partner interests in AAP translates into a significantly smaller indirect ownership interest in PAA. We also consider subsidiaries or funds identified as affiliated with principal owners to be related parties.

As of December 31, 2020, Kayne Anderson Capital Advisors, L.P. was a principal owner. Through various transactions by an affiliate of EMG in May 2019, EMG’s limited partner interest in AAP was significantly reduced, which caused EMG to lose its right to designate a representative on the board of directors of PAGP GP. As a result, EMG’s board designee, John T. Raymond, was automatically removed from the PAGP GP board. Subsequent to such removal, Mr. Raymond was elected to continue to serve as a director of the PAGP GP board. Additionally, as a result of various transactions by Oxy in September 2019, Oxy no longer holds a limited partner interest in AAP and lost its right to designate a representative on the board of directors of PAGP GP. As a result, Oxy’s board designee, Oscar Brown, was automatically removed from the PAGP GP board. Following these transactions, we no longer recognize EMG or Oxy as a principal owner.

During the three years ended December 31, 2020, we recognized sales and transportation revenues, purchased petroleum products and utilized transportation and storage services from our principal owners and their affiliated entities and our equity method investees. These transactions were conducted at posted tariff rates or prices that we believe approximate market. Included in these transactions was a crude oil buy/sell agreement that includes a multi-year minimum volume commitment.

The impact to our Consolidated Statements of Operations from these transactions is included below (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Revenues from related parties (1)
$46 $692 $1,067 
Purchases and related costs from related parties (1)
$451 $223 $410 

(1)Crude oil purchases that are part of inventory exchanges under buy/sell transactions are netted with the related sales, with any margin presented in “Purchases and related costs” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Our receivable and payable amounts with these related parties as reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in millions):
December 31,
20202019
Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net from related parties (1)
$34 $134 
Trade accounts payable to related parties (1) (2)
$88 $102 

(1)Includes amounts related to crude oil purchases and sales, transportation and storage services and amounts owed to us or advanced to us related to investment capital projects of equity method investees where we serve as construction manager.
(2)We have agreements to store at facilities and transport crude oil on pipelines that are owned by equity method investees, in which we own a 50% interest. A portion of our commitment to transport is supported by crude oil buy/sell or other agreements with third parties with commensurate quantities.

F-55

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 18—Equity-Indexed Compensation Plans

Our equity-indexed compensation plans primarily include PAGP and PAA LTIPs. Our LTIP awards include both liability-classified and equity-classified awards. In accordance with FASB guidance regarding share-based payments, the fair value of liability-classified LTIP awards is calculated based on the closing market price of the underlying PAGP share or PAA unit at each balance sheet date and adjusted for the present value of any distributions that are estimated to occur on the underlying shares or units over the vesting period that will not be received by the award recipients. The fair value for equity-classified awards is calculated in a similar manner on the respective grant dates. These fair values are recognized as compensation expense over the service period. We have elected to recognize forfeitures of awards when they occur.

Our LTIP awards contain (i) time-based vesting criteria, (ii) performance conditions, (iii) market conditions or (iv) a combination of time-based vesting criteria and performance conditions. For awards with performance conditions, expense is accrued over the service period only if the performance condition is considered probable of occurring. When awards with performance conditions that were previously considered improbable become probable, we incur additional expense in the period that the probability assessment changes. This is necessary to bring the accrued obligation associated with these awards up to the level it would be if we had been accruing for these awards since the grant date. For awards with market conditions, the probable outcomes are determined on the respective dates that the fair values are calculated, and the resulting expense is accrued over the service period.

The following is a summary of the awards authorized under our LTIPs as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

LTIP
LTIP
Awards Authorized
Plains GP Holdings, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan3.8 
Plains All American 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan13.1 
Plains All American PNG Successor Long-Term Incentive Plan1.3 
Plains All American GP LLC 2006 Long-Term Incentive Tracking Unit Plan10.8 
Total (1)
29.0 

(1)Of the 29.0 million total awards authorized, 5.6 million awards are currently available. The remaining balance has already vested or is currently outstanding.

Although other types of awards are contemplated under certain of the LTIPs, currently outstanding awards are limited to “phantom units,” which mature into the right to receive our Class A shares or common units of PAA (or cash equivalent) upon vesting, and “tracking units,” which, upon vesting, represent the right to receive a cash payment in an amount based upon the market value of a PAA common unit at the time of vesting. Some awards also include DERs, which, subject to applicable vesting criteria, entitle the grantee to a cash payment equal to the cash distribution paid on an outstanding Class A share or PAA common unit. The DERs terminate with the vesting or forfeiture of the underlying LTIP award.

As of December 31, 2020, 9.6 million PAA LTIP awards and 0.2 million PAGP LTIP awards were outstanding. Of this amount, 6.9 million PAA LTIP awards and 0.2 million PAGP LTIP awards include DERs. At December 31, 2020, certain of the outstanding LTIP awards were considered probable of vesting and such awards are expected to vest at various dates between January 2021 and August 2026.

F-56

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We have commitments, some of which are leases, related to real property, equipment and operating facilities. We also incur costs associated with leased land, rights-of-way, permits and regulatory fees. Future noncancelable commitments related to these items at December 31, 2020 are summarized below (in millions):

20212022202320242025ThereafterTotal
Leases (1)
$108 $100 $77 $63 $49 $304 $701 
Other commitments (2)
312 303 285 278 252 763 2,193 
Total
$420 $403 $362 $341 $301 $1,067 $2,894 

(1)Includes both operating and finance leases as defined by FASB guidance. Leases are primarily for (i) railcars, (ii) office space, (iii) land, (iv) vehicles, (v) storage tanks and (vi) tractor trailers. See Note 14 for additional information.

(2)Primarily includes storage, transportation and pipeline throughput agreements, as well as certain rights-of-way easements. Expense associated with our storage, transportation and pipeline throughput agreements was approximately $265 million, $236 million and $228 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. A majority of the storage, transportation and pipeline throughput commitments are associated with agreements to store crude oil at facilities and transport crude oil on pipelines owned by equity method investees, in which we own a 50% interest, at posted tariff rates or prices that we believe approximate market. A portion of our commitment to transport is supported by crude oil buy/sell or other agreements with third parties with commensurate quantities.

Loss Contingencies — General

To the extent we are able to assess the likelihood of a negative outcome for a contingency, our assessments of such likelihood range from remote to probable. If we determine that a negative outcome is probable and the amount of loss is reasonably estimable, we accrue an undiscounted liability equal to the estimated amount. If a range of probable loss amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then we accrue an undiscounted liability equal to the minimum amount in the range. In addition, we estimate legal fees that we expect to incur associated with loss contingencies and accrue those costs when they are material and probable of being incurred.

We do not record a contingent liability when the likelihood of loss is probable but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated or when the likelihood of loss is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and the impact would be material to our consolidated financial statements, we disclose the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss.

Legal Proceedings — General

In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in various legal proceedings, including those arising from regulatory and environmental matters. In connection with determining the probability of loss associated with such legal proceedings and whether any potential losses associated therewith are estimable, we take into account what we believe to be all relevant known facts and circumstances, and what we believe to be reasonable assumptions regarding the application of those facts and circumstances to existing agreements, laws and regulations. Although we are insured against various risks to the extent we believe it is prudent, there is no assurance that the nature and amount of such insurance will be adequate, in every case, to fully protect us from losses arising from current or future legal proceedings.

Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that the outcome of the various legal proceedings that we are currently involved in, or will become involved with in the future, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

F-57

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Environmental — General

Although we have made significant investments in our maintenance and integrity programs, we have experienced (and likely will experience future) releases of hydrocarbon products into the environment from our pipeline, rail, storage and other facility operations. These releases can result from accidents or from unpredictable man-made or natural forces and may reach surface water bodies, groundwater aquifers or other sensitive environments. Damages and liabilities associated with any such releases from our existing or future assets could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We record environmental liabilities when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Generally, our recording of these accruals coincides with our completion of a feasibility study or our commitment to a formal plan of action. We do not discount our environmental remediation liabilities to present value. We also record environmental liabilities assumed in business combinations based on the estimated fair value of the environmental obligations caused by past operations of the acquired company. We record receivables for amounts we believe are recoverable from insurance or from third parties under indemnification agreements in the period that we determine the costs are probable of recovery.

Environmental expenditures that pertain to current operations or to future revenues are expensed or capitalized consistent with our capitalization policy for property and equipment. Expenditures that result from the remediation of an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not contribute to current or future profitability are expensed.

At December 31, 2020, our estimated undiscounted reserve for environmental liabilities (including liabilities related to the Line 901 incident, as discussed further below) totaled $141 million, of which $94 million was classified as short-term and $47 million was classified as long-term. At December 31, 2019, our estimated undiscounted reserve for environmental liabilities (including liabilities related to the Line 901 incident) totaled $140 million, of which $60 million was classified as short-term and $80 million was classified as long-term. Such short-term liabilities are reflected in “Trade accounts payable” and “Other current liabilities” and long-term liabilities are reflected in “Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2020, we had recorded receivables totaling $97 million for amounts probable of recovery under insurance and from third parties under indemnification agreements, of which $96 million was classified as short-term and $1 million was classified as long-term. At December 31, 2019, we had recorded $72 million of such receivables, of which $35 million was classified as short-term and $37 million was classified as long-term. Such short- and long-term receivables are reflected in “Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net” and “Other long-term assets, net,” respectively, on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In some cases, the actual cash expenditures associated with these liabilities may not occur for three years or longer. Our estimates used in determining these reserves are based on information currently available to us and our assessment of the ultimate outcome. Among the many uncertainties that impact our estimates are the necessary regulatory approvals for, and potential modification of, our remediation plans, the limited amount of data available upon initial assessment of the impact of soil or water contamination, changes in costs associated with environmental remediation services and equipment and the possibility of existing or future legal claims giving rise to additional liabilities. Therefore, although we believe that the reserve is adequate, actual costs incurred (which may ultimately include costs for contingencies that are currently not reasonably estimable or costs for contingencies where the likelihood of loss is currently believed to be only reasonably possible or remote) may be in excess of the reserve and may potentially have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Specific Legal, Environmental or Regulatory Matters

Line 901 Incident. In May 2015, we experienced a crude oil release from our Las Flores to Gaviota Pipeline (Line 901) in Santa Barbara County, California. A portion of the released crude oil reached the Pacific Ocean at Refugio State Beach through a drainage culvert. Following the release, we shut down the pipeline and initiated our emergency response plan. A Unified Command, which included the United States Coast Guard, the EPA, the State of California Department of Fish and Wildlife (“CDFW”), the California Office of Spill Prevention and Response and the Santa Barbara Office of Emergency Management, was established for the response effort. Clean-up and remediation operations with respect to impacted shoreline and other areas has been determined by the Unified Command to be complete, and the Unified Command has been dissolved. Our estimate of the amount of oil spilled, based on relevant facts, data and information, and as set forth in the Consent Decree described below, is approximately 2,934 barrels; of this amount, we estimate that 598 barrels reached the Pacific Ocean.

F-58

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As a result of the Line 901 incident, several governmental agencies and regulators initiated investigations into the Line 901 incident, various claims have been made against us and a number of lawsuits have been filed against us, the majority of which have been resolved. Set forth below is a brief summary of actions and matters that are currently pending or recently resolved:

As the “responsible party” for the Line 901 incident we are liable for various costs and for certain natural resource damages under the Oil Pollution Act. In this regard, following the Line 901 incident, we entered into a cooperative Natural Resource Damage Assessment (“NRDA”) process with the federal and state agencies designated or authorized by law to act as trustees for the natural resources of the United States and the State of California (collectively, the “Trustees”). Additionally, various government agencies sought to collect civil fines and penalties under applicable state and federal regulations. On March 13, 2020, the United States and the People of the State of California filed a civil complaint against Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. and Plains Pipeline L.P. along with a pre-negotiated settlement agreement in the form of a Consent Decree (the “Consent Decree”) that was signed by the United States Department of Justice, Environmental and Natural Resources Division, the United States Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the EPA, CDFW, the California Department of Parks and Recreation, the California State Lands Commission, the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection’s Office of the State Fire Marshal, Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board, and Regents of the University of California. The Consent Decree was approved and entered by the Federal District Court for the Central District of California on October 14, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the Consent Decree, Plains paid $24 million in civil penalties and $22.325 million as compensation for injuries to, destruction of, loss of, or loss of use of natural resources resulting from the Line 901 incident. The Consent Decree also contains requirements for implementing certain agreed-upon injunctive relief, as well as requirements for potentially restarting Line 901 and the Sisquoc to Pentland portion of Line 903. The Consent Decree resolved all claims asserted by the regulatory agencies.

Following an investigation and grand jury proceedings, in May of 2016, PAA was charged by a California state grand jury, pursuant to an indictment filed in California Superior Court, Santa Barbara County (the “May 2016 Indictment”), with alleged violations of California law in connection with the Line 901 incident. Fifteen charges from the May 2016 Indictment were the subject of a jury trial in California Superior Court in Santa Barbara County, and the jury returned a verdict on September 7, 2018, pursuant to which we were (i) found guilty on one felony discharge count and eight misdemeanor counts (which included one reporting count, one strict liability discharge count and six strict liability animal takings counts) and (ii) found not guilty on one strict liability animal takings count. The remaining counts were subsequently dismissed by the Court. On April 25, 2019, PAA was sentenced to pay fines and penalties in the aggregate amount of just under $3.35 million for the convictions covered by the September 2018 jury verdict (the “2019 Sentence”). The fines and penalties imposed in connection with the 2019 Sentence have been paid. The only pending matter relating to these proceedings is that the Superior Court indicated that it would conduct further hearings on the issue of whether there were any “direct victims” of the spill that are entitled to restitution under applicable law.

Shortly following the Line 901 incident, we established a claims line and encouraged any parties that were damaged by the release to contact us to discuss their damage claims. We received a number of claims through the claims line and we have processed those claims and made payments as appropriate. Nine class action lawsuits were filed against us; however, after various claims were either dismissed or consolidated, two proceedings remain pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. In the first proceeding, the plaintiffs claim two different classes of claimants were damaged by the release: (i) commercial fishermen who landed fish in certain specified fishing blocks in the waters off the coast of Southern California or persons or businesses who resold commercial seafood caught in those areas; and (ii) owners and lessees of residential beachfront properties, or properties with a private easement to a beach, where plaintiffs claim oil from the spill washed up. We are vigorously defending against those claims. A September 2020 trial date initially set by the Court has been postponed indefinitely due to COVID-19 related trial suspensions. In the second proceeding, the plaintiffs seek a declaratory judgment that Plains’ right-of-way agreements would not allow Plains to lay a new pipeline to replace Line 901 and/or the non-operating segment of Line 903 without paying additional compensation. No trial date has been set in that action.

In addition, four unitholder derivative lawsuits were filed by certain purported investors in PAA against PAGP and certain of PAA’s affiliates, officers and directors. After various claims were either dismissed or consolidated, one proceeding against PAGP remains pending in Delaware Chancery Court. Generally, the plaintiffs claim that PAGP failed to exercise proper oversight over PAA’s pipeline integrity efforts. We will vigorously defend the claim. No trial date has been set in this action.

F-59

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have also received several other individual lawsuits and claims from companies, governmental agencies and individuals alleging damages arising out of the Line 901 incident. These lawsuits and claims generally seek restitution, compensatory and punitive damages, and/or injunctive relief. The majority of these lawsuits have been settled or dismissed by the court. Remaining claims include claims for lost revenue or profit asserted by a former oil producer that declared bankruptcy and shut in its offshore production platform following the Line 901 incident, a state agency that received royalties on oil produced from that platform until it was abandoned by its owner, and various companies and individuals who provided labor, goods, or services associated with oil production activities they claim were disrupted following the Line 901 incident. The courts have not finally resolved whether those claims are legally viable; however, if necessary, we will mount vigorous defenses to them. We may be subject to additional claims and lawsuits, which could materially impact the liabilities and costs we currently expect to incur as a result of the Line 901 incident.

Taking the foregoing into account, as of December 31, 2020, we estimate that the aggregate total costs we have incurred or will incur with respect to the Line 901 incident will be approximately $460 million, which estimate includes actual and projected emergency response and clean-up costs, natural resource damage assessments, fines and penalties payable pursuant to the Consent Decree and certain third-party claims settlements, as well as estimates for certain legal fees. We accrue such estimates of aggregate total costs to “Field operating costs” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. This estimate considers our prior experience in environmental investigation and remediation matters and available data from, and in consultation with, our environmental and other specialists, as well as currently available facts and presently enacted laws and regulations. We have made assumptions for (i) the resolution of certain third-party claims and lawsuits, but excluding claims and lawsuits with respect to which losses are not probable and reasonably estimable, and excluding future claims and lawsuits and (ii) the nature, extent and cost of legal services that will be required in connection with all lawsuits, claims and other matters requiring legal or expert advice associated with the Line 901 incident. Our estimate does not include any lost revenue associated with the shutdown of Line 901 or 903 and does not include any liabilities or costs that are not reasonably estimable at this time or that relate to contingencies where we currently regard the likelihood of loss as being only reasonably possible or remote. We believe we have accrued adequate amounts for all probable and reasonably estimable costs; however, this estimate is subject to uncertainties associated with the assumptions that we have made. For example, the amount of time it takes for us to resolve all of the current and future lawsuits and claims that relate to the Line 901 incident could turn out to be significantly longer than we have assumed, and as a result the costs we incur for legal services could be significantly higher than we have estimated. Accordingly, our assumptions and estimates may turn out to be inaccurate and our total costs could turn out to be materially higher; therefore, we can provide no assurance that we will not have to accrue significant additional costs in the future with respect to the Line 901 incident.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a remaining undiscounted gross liability of $86 million related to this event, which is reflected in “Trade accounts payable” and “Other current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We maintain insurance coverage, which is subject to certain exclusions and deductibles, in the event of such environmental liabilities. Subject to such exclusions and deductibles, we believe that our coverage is adequate to cover the current estimated total emergency response and clean-up costs, claims settlement costs and remediation costs and we believe that this coverage is also adequate to cover any potential increase in the estimates for these costs that exceed the amounts currently identified. Through December 31, 2020, we had collected, subject to customary reservations, $245 million out of the approximate $335 million of release costs that we believe are probable of recovery from insurance carriers, net of deductibles. Therefore, as of December 31, 2020, we have recognized a receivable of approximately $90 million for the portion of the release costs that we believe is probable of recovery from insurance, net of deductibles and amounts already collected. Such amount is recognized as a current asset in “Trade accounts receivable and other receivables, net” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We have completed the required clean-up and remediation work as determined by the Unified Command and the Unified Command has been dissolved; however, we expect to make payments for additional costs associated with restoration of the impacted areas, as well as legal, professional and regulatory costs during future periods.

Environmental Remediation
We currently own or lease, and in the past have owned and leased, properties where hazardous liquids, including hydrocarbons, are or have been handled. These properties and the hazardous liquids or associated wastes disposed thereon may be subject to the U.S. federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, and the U.S. federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, as well as state and Canadian federal and provincial laws and regulations. Under such laws and regulations, we could be required to remove or remediate hazardous liquids or associated wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators) and to clean up contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater).

F-60

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We maintain insurance of various types with varying levels of coverage that we consider adequate under the circumstances to cover our operations and properties. The insurance policies are subject to deductibles and retention levels that we consider reasonable and not excessive. Consistent with insurance coverage generally available in the industry, in certain circumstances our insurance policies provide limited coverage for losses or liabilities relating to gradual pollution, with broader coverage for sudden and accidental occurrences.

Assets we have acquired or will acquire in the future may have environmental remediation liabilities for which we are not indemnified. We have in the past experienced and in the future likely will experience releases of hydrocarbon products into the environment from our pipeline, rail, storage and other facility operations. We also may discover environmental impacts from past releases that were previously unidentified.
Insurance
Pipelines, terminals, trucks or other facilities or equipment may experience damage as a result of an accident, natural disaster, terrorist attack, cyber event or other event. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain various types and varying levels of insurance coverage to cover our operations and properties, and we self-insure certain risks, including gradual pollution, cybersecurity and named windstorms. However, such insurance does not cover every potential risk that might occur, associated with operating pipelines, terminals and other facilities and equipment, including the potential loss of significant revenues and cash flows.

The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured, indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We believe that we maintain adequate insurance coverage, although insurance will not cover many types of interruptions that might occur, will not cover amounts up to applicable deductibles and will not cover all risks associated with certain of our assets and operations. With respect to our insurance coverage, our policies are subject to deductibles and retention levels that we consider reasonable and not excessive. Additionally, no assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. As a result, we may elect to self-insure or utilize higher deductibles in certain other insurance programs. In addition, although we believe that we have established adequate reserves and liquidity to the extent such risks are not insured, costs incurred in excess of these reserves may be higher or we may not receive insurance proceeds in a timely manner, which may potentially have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions, results of operations or cash flows.

F-61

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 20—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Total (1)
(in millions, except per share data)
2020
Total revenues
$8,269 $3,225 $5,833 $5,963 $23,290 
Gross margin (2)
$(190)$282 $313 $$408 
Operating income/(loss)
$(2,775)$208 $251 $(67)$(2,383)
Net income/(loss)
$(2,692)$137 $139 $(23)$(2,440)
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP
$(581)$16 $17 $(20)$(568)
Basic net income/(loss) per Class A share
$(3.18)$0.09 $0.09 $(0.11)$(3.06)
Diluted net income/(loss) per Class A share
$(3.18)$0.09 $0.09 $(0.11)$(3.07)
Cash distributions per Class A share (3)
$0.36 $0.18 $0.18 $0.18 $0.90 
0
2019
Total revenues
$8,375 $8,253 $7,886 $9,154 $33,669 
Gross margin (2)
$790 $525 $565 $402 $2,282 
Operating income
$713 $449 $490 $329 $1,980 
Net income
$914 $426 $431 $291 $2,062 
Net income attributable to PAGP
$147 $66 $70 $48 $331 
Basic net income per Class A share
$0.92 $0.41 $0.41 $0.26 $1.97 
Diluted net income per Class A share
$0.92 $0.40 $0.41 $0.26 $1.96 
Cash distributions per Class A share (3)
$0.30 $0.36 $0.36 $0.36 $1.38 

(1)The sum of the four quarters may not equal the total year due to rounding.
(2)Gross margin is calculated as Total revenues less (i) Purchases and related costs, (ii) Field operating costs, (iii) Depreciation and amortization and (iv) (Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net.
(3)Represents cash distributions declared and paid in the period presented.

The quarterly financial data in the table above includes the impact of:
impairments of long-lived assets of $446 million and $95 million in the first and fourth quarter of 2020, respectively, as well as $167 million of non-cash impairments recognized upon classification to assets held for sale during the first quarter of 2020. Such amounts are reflected in “(Gains)/losses on asset sales and asset impairments, net” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. See Note 6 for additional information;
goodwill impairment losses of $2.515 billion in the first quarter of 2020, which is reflected in “Goodwill impairment losses” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. See Note 8 for additional information; and
other-than-temporary impairments of certain of our investments in unconsolidated entities of $69 million and $91 million in the second and third quarter of 2020, respectively, as well as a write-down of certain of our investments of $43 million in the first quarter of 2020. The first and third quarter of 2019 include a gain on our investment in Capline LLC of $267 million and $2 million, respectively. Such amounts are reflected in “Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 9 for additional information.

F-62

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 21—Operating Segments

We manage our operations through three operating segments: Transportation, Facilities and Supply and Logistics. See Note 3 for a summary of the types of products and services from which each segment derives its revenues. Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) (our Chief Executive Officer) evaluates segment performance based on measures including Segment Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) and maintenance capital investment.

The measure of Segment Adjusted EBITDA forms the basis of our internal financial reporting and is the primary performance measure used by our CODM in assessing performance and allocating resources among our operating segments. We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as revenues and equity earnings in unconsolidated entities less (a) purchases and related costs, (b) field operating costs and (c) segment general and administrative expenses, plus our proportionate share of the depreciation and amortization expense of unconsolidated entities, and further adjusted for certain selected items including (i) gains and losses on derivative instruments that are related to underlying activities in another period (or the reversal of such adjustments from a prior period), gains and losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities (such as the purchase of linefill) and inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable, (ii) long-term inventory costing adjustments, (iii) charges for obligations that are expected to be settled with the issuance of equity instruments, (iv) amounts related to deficiencies associated with minimum volume commitments, net of the applicable amounts subsequently recognized into revenue and (v) other items that our CODM believes are integral to understanding our core segment operating performance.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization. We look at each period’s earnings before non-cash depreciation and amortization as an important measure of segment performance. The exclusion of depreciation and amortization expense could be viewed as limiting the usefulness of Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure because it does not account in current periods for the implied reduction in value of our capital assets, such as crude oil pipelines and facilities, caused by age-related decline and wear and tear. We compensate for this limitation by recognizing that depreciation and amortization are largely offset by repair and maintenance investments, which act to partially offset the aging and wear and tear in the value of our principal fixed assets. These maintenance investments are a component of field operating costs included in Segment Adjusted EBITDA or in maintenance capital, depending on the nature of the cost. Capital expenditures made to expand the existing operating and/or earnings capacity of our assets are classified as investment capital. Capital expenditures for the replacement and/or refurbishment of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the operating and/or earnings capacity of our existing assets are classified as maintenance capital, which is deducted in determining “available cash.” Repair and maintenance expenditures incurred in order to maintain the day to day operation of our existing assets are charged to expense as incurred.

The following tables reflect certain financial data for each segment (in millions):

TransportationFacilitiesSupply and 
Logistics
Intersegment
Adjustment
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenues:
External customers (1)
$1,016 $622 $22,058 $(406)$23,290 
Intersegment (2)
1,004 516 406 1,927 
Total revenues of reportable segments$2,020 $1,138 $22,059 $— $25,217 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities$350 $$— $355 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA$1,616 $731 $210 $2,557 
Investment and acquisition capital (3)
$981 $173 $77 $1,231 
Maintenance capital$136 $51 $29 $216 
As of December 31, 2020
Total assets$14,416 $6,165 $5,370 $25,951 
Investments in unconsolidated entities$3,642 $122 $— $3,764 

F-63

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TransportationFacilitiesSupply and 
Logistics
Intersegment
Adjustment
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Revenues:
External customers (1)
$1,259 $609 $32,272 $(471)$33,669 
Intersegment (2)
1,061 562 471 2,098 
Total revenues of reportable segments$2,320 $1,171 $32,276 $— $35,767 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities$388 $— $— $388 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA $1,722 $705 $803 $3,230 
Investment and acquisition capital (3)
$1,127 $227 $33 $1,387 
Maintenance capital$161 $97 $29 $287 
As of December 31, 2019
Total assets$15,549 $7,593 $6,827 $29,969 
Investments in unconsolidated entities$3,557 $126 $— $3,683 

TransportationFacilitiesSupply and 
Logistics
Intersegment
Adjustment
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Revenues:
External customers (1)
$1,116 $588 $32,819 $(468)$34,055 
Intersegment (2)
874 573 468 1,918 
Total revenues of reportable segments$1,990 $1,161 $32,822 $— $35,973 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated entities$375 $— $— $375 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA $1,508 $711 $462 $2,681 
Investment and acquisition capital (3)
$1,631 $234 $23 $1,888 
Maintenance capital$139 $100 $13 $252 
As of December 31, 2018    
Total assets$13,947 $7,464 $5,419 $26,830 
Investments in unconsolidated entities$2,594 $108 $— $2,702 

(1)Transportation revenues from External customers include certain inventory exchanges with our customers where our Supply and Logistics segment has transacted the inventory exchange and serves as the shipper on our pipeline systems. See Note 3 for a discussion of our related accounting policy. We have included an estimate of the revenues from these inventory exchanges in our Transportation segment revenues from External customers presented above and adjusted those revenues out such that Total revenues from External customers reconciles to our Consolidated Statements of Operations. This presentation is consistent with the information provided to our CODM.
(2)Segment revenues include intersegment amounts that are eliminated in Purchases and related costs and Field operating costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Intersegment activities are conducted at posted tariff rates where applicable, or otherwise at rates similar to those charged to third parties or rates that we believe approximate market at the time the agreement is executed or renegotiated.
(3)Investment and acquisition capital expenditures, including investments in unconsolidated entities.
F-64

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation
The following table reconciles Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$2,557 $3,230 $2,681 
Adjustments (1):
Depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities (2)
(73)(62)(56)
Gains/(losses) from derivative activities, net of inventory valuation adjustments (3)
(480)(160)519 
Long-term inventory costing adjustments (4)
(44)20 (21)
Deficiencies under minimum volume commitments, net (5)
(74)18 (7)
Equity-indexed compensation expense (6)
(19)(17)(55)
Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency revaluation (7)
(14)(3)
Line 901 incident (8)
— (10)— 
Significant acquisition-related expenses (9)
(3)— — 
Unallocated general and administrative expenses
(5)(5)(4)
Depreciation and amortization
(656)(604)(521)
Gains/(losses) on asset sales and asset impairments, net(719)(28)114 
Goodwill impairment losses(2,515)— — 
Gain on/(impairment of) investments in unconsolidated entities, net(182)271 200 
Interest expense, net
(436)(425)(431)
Other income/(expense), net
39 24 (7)
Income/(loss) before tax
(2,607)2,238 2,409 
Income tax (expense)/benefit
167 (176)(302)
Net income/(loss)
(2,440)2,062 2,107 
Net (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
1,872 (1,731)(1,773)
Net income/(loss) attributable to PAGP
$(568)$331 $334 

(1)Represents adjustments utilized by our CODM in the evaluation of segment results.
(2)Includes our proportionate share of the depreciation and amortization of unconsolidated entities.
(3)We use derivative instruments for risk management purposes and our related processes include specific identification of hedging instruments to an underlying hedged transaction. Although we identify an underlying transaction for each derivative instrument we enter into, there may not be an accounting hedge relationship between the instrument and the underlying transaction. In the course of evaluating our results, we identify the earnings that were recognized during the period related to derivative instruments for which the identified underlying transaction does not occur in the current period and exclude the related gains and losses in determining Segment Adjusted EBITDA. In addition, we exclude gains and losses on derivatives that are related to investing activities, such as the purchase of linefill. We also exclude the impact of corresponding inventory valuation adjustments, as applicable.
(4)We carry crude oil and NGL inventory that is comprised of minimum working inventory requirements in third-party assets and other working inventory that is needed for our commercial operations. We consider this inventory necessary to conduct our operations and we intend to carry this inventory for the foreseeable future. Therefore, we classify this inventory as long-term on our balance sheet and do not hedge the inventory with derivative instruments (similar to linefill in our own assets). We exclude the impact of changes in the average cost of the long-term inventory (that result from fluctuations in market prices) and write-downs of such inventory that result from price declines from Segment Adjusted EBITDA.
F-65

Table of Contents
PLAINS GP HOLDINGS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(5)We, and certain of our equity method investments, have certain agreements that require counterparties to deliver, transport or throughput a minimum volume over an agreed upon period. Substantially all of such agreements were entered into with counterparties to economically support the return on our capital expenditure necessary to construct the related asset. Some of these agreements include make-up rights if the minimum volume is not met. We record a receivable from the counterparty in the period that services are provided or when the transaction occurs, including amounts for deficiency obligations from counterparties associated with minimum volume commitments. If a counterparty has a make-up right associated with a deficiency, we defer the revenue attributable to the counterparty’s make-up right and subsequently recognize the revenue at the earlier of when the deficiency volume is delivered or shipped, when the make-up right expires or when it is determined that the counterparty’s ability to utilize the make-up right is remote. We include the impact of amounts billed to counterparties for their deficiency obligation, net of applicable amounts subsequently recognized into revenue, as a selected item impacting comparability. Our CODM views the inclusion of the contractually committed revenues associated with that period as meaningful to Segment Adjusted EBITDA as the related asset has been constructed, is standing ready to provide the committed service and the fixed operating costs are included in the current period results.
(6)Includes equity-indexed compensation expense associated with awards that will or may be settled in units.
(7)Includes gains and losses realized on the settlement of foreign currency transactions as well as the revaluation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency.
(8)Includes costs recognized during the period related to the Line 901 incident that occurred in May 2015, net of amounts we believe are probable of recovery from insurance. See Note 19 for additional information regarding the Line 901 incident.
(9)Includes acquisition-related expenses associated with the Felix Midstream LLC acquisition. See Note 7 for additional discussion. An adjustment for these non-recurring expenses is included in the calculation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 as our CODM does not view such expenses as integral to understanding our core segment operating performance.

Geographic Data

We have operations in the United States and Canada. Set forth below are revenues and long-lived assets attributable to these geographic areas (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
Revenues (1)
202020192018
United States$17,942 $27,162 $28,362 
Canada5,348 6,507 5,693 
$23,290 $33,669 $34,055 

(1)Revenues are primarily attributed to each region based on where the services are provided or the product is shipped.

December 31,
Long-Lived Assets (1)
20202019
United States$16,896 $17,577 
Canada3,892 3,935 
$20,788 $21,512 

(1)Excludes long-term derivative assets, long-term deferred tax assets and goodwill.

F-66